<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4560078772389344246</id><updated>2011-11-27T16:15:45.083-08:00</updated><category term='Forex Online Manual For Successful Trading'/><category term='The Day Trade Forex System [Erol Bortucene and Cynthia Macy]'/><category term='The Day Trade Forex System:The ULTIMATE Step-By-Step Guide to Online'/><category term='Elite Trader Seccrets - Refined Elliott Wave'/><category term='Discovering How To Use'/><category term='80 Trading stategies for forex'/><category term='Trade Book'/><category term='The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators [Wall Street Courier]'/><category term='STUDY BOOK FOR SUCCESSFUL FOREIGN EXCHANGE'/><category term='Long Term Secrets To Short term Trading'/><category term='Hidden Divergence'/><category term='A practical Guide To Swing Tradaing'/><title type='text'>Ebook  Forex Money</title><subtitle type='html'></subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><author><name>ฺBest</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08192619906037610452</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/-8C6RnmS7PBw/TjeVSCb5RjI/AAAAAAAAAHY/KfKz6Rwcbao/s220/220757415.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>15</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4560078772389344246.post-1584135013461693872</id><published>2007-08-25T19:02:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2007-08-25T19:02:04.920-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Trade Book'/><title type='text'>Trade Book</title><content type='html'>1&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION&lt;br /&gt;1.1 MAIN WORLD FINANCIAL MARKETS&lt;br /&gt;1.2 GENERAL FOREX MARKET DATA&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 2. FUNDAMENTAL ANALYSIS&lt;br /&gt;2.1 FACTORS INFLUENCING THE EXCHANGE RATE&lt;br /&gt;2.2 GENERAL ECONOMICAL QUESTIONS AND BANKING&lt;br /&gt;SYSTEM&lt;br /&gt;• CENTRAL BANKS&lt;br /&gt;• MONETARY UNITS&lt;br /&gt;• THE TOTAL PRODUCT(Gross Domestic Product-GDP)&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3. TECHNICAL ANALYSIS&lt;br /&gt;3.1 SUBSTANTIVE PROVISIONS&lt;br /&gt;3.2 CLASSICAL METHODS&lt;br /&gt;3.3 MATHEMATICAL METHODS&lt;br /&gt;3.4 FIBONACCI NUMBERS AND ELLIOT WAVE THEORY&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 4. STOCKJOBBING PSYCHOLOGY&lt;br /&gt;4.1. TRADING RESULTS ANALYSIS&lt;br /&gt;4.2 ASSOCIATION OF ALL GIVEN AND VARIOUS KINDS OF&lt;br /&gt;ANALYSIS&lt;br /&gt;4.3 MANAGEMENT OF THE CAPITAL AND TRADING&lt;br /&gt;TACTICS&lt;br /&gt;2&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 1. Introduction&lt;br /&gt;1.1 MAIN WORLD FINANCIAL MARKETS&lt;br /&gt;1. The market of the exchequer obligations (fixed incomes). The exchequer obligations act&lt;br /&gt;as the goods in this market let out by corresponding state institutes of the countries, the&lt;br /&gt;state exchequers and the Ministries of Finance. As a rule, the profitability depends on a&lt;br /&gt;term of repayment and a discount rate valid in the country.&lt;br /&gt;2. The precious metals market (commodities). The goods in this market are precious and&lt;br /&gt;rare metals (silver, gold, platinum, a palladium, etc.). As it is known from the past,&lt;br /&gt;practically all currencies have passed a stage of maintenance with that or another&lt;br /&gt;precious metal, from silver (silver dollar) and up to gold maintenance. Investment of&lt;br /&gt;funds of precious metals in the market allows to get profit, concerned to quotations of the&lt;br /&gt;prices on precious metals, because precious metals always can "be exchanged" for money.&lt;br /&gt;Investor always can place available precious metals in the banks and receive credit using&lt;br /&gt;"metal" deposits for realization of the other purposes. At a rise in prices of precious&lt;br /&gt;metals placed on deposit. The investor’s property grows and the incomes received from&lt;br /&gt;the credit only increase his capital.&lt;br /&gt;3. The share markets (Stocks). Stocks of the companies are the goods in this market. The&lt;br /&gt;formation of the share markets has started in the beginning of the last century – the&lt;br /&gt;market of stocks of the companies. The investment of funds in this segment of the&lt;br /&gt;financial market is attractive to the investor for two reasons. Firstly, investing funds in&lt;br /&gt;the stocks of this or another company, the investor acquires the right for reception of&lt;br /&gt;share of the company profit – dividends, so to speak that usually make up to 10 % of the&lt;br /&gt;invested funds sum. Secondly, the cost of the gained stocks can increase (at successful&lt;br /&gt;development of the company). Thus, profitability from investments into stocks has two&lt;br /&gt;components - the dividend and a difference between price of the stock and current price&lt;br /&gt;of the stock. Trade in stocks is carried out at regional stock exchanges, such as, the New&lt;br /&gt;York stock exchange, the Tokyo stock exchange, the Frankfurt stock exchange, the&lt;br /&gt;London stock exchange, etc.&lt;br /&gt;4. The international currency market FOREX (currency). The goods in this market are&lt;br /&gt;currencies of various countries. It is the youngest and most roughly developing of all&lt;br /&gt;segments of the financial markets. Profitableness of investment in this market depends on&lt;br /&gt;change of currencies quotations. Attractiveness of investment in this market is concerned&lt;br /&gt;to quickness of transaction fulfillment and additional bank service (crediting of&lt;br /&gt;transactions with a credit leverage 1:100) also can make tens or even hundreds annual&lt;br /&gt;interest rates.&lt;br /&gt;3&lt;br /&gt;1.2. GENERAL FOREX MARKET DATA&lt;br /&gt;At the end of 70th of the previous century after fixed rate system of national currencies in&lt;br /&gt;relation to US dollar was canceled formation of currency FOREX market has started. (Foreign&lt;br /&gt;Exchange Operations – set of operations on sale and purchase of foreign currency, and granting&lt;br /&gt;of loans on concrete conditions, (the sum, the exchange rate, and the period with execution for&lt;br /&gt;the certain date). The basic participants of the currency market are: commercial banks, currency&lt;br /&gt;stock exchanges, the central banks, the firms carrying out the foreign trade operations,&lt;br /&gt;investment funds, the broker companies and private persons. FOREX today is the global market&lt;br /&gt;incorporated by a uniform communication network which opens on Monday morning in New&lt;br /&gt;Zealand and gets closed on Friday night in the USA. FOREX trade is divided on some trading&lt;br /&gt;sessions.&lt;br /&gt;Operating time of FOREX (round the clock) GMT(Winter time)&lt;br /&gt;Region City Open Time Close Time&lt;br /&gt;ASIA TOKYO&lt;br /&gt;HONK KONG&lt;br /&gt;SINGAPOUR&lt;br /&gt;23:00&lt;br /&gt;01:00&lt;br /&gt;01:00&lt;br /&gt;08:00 – 09:00&lt;br /&gt;09:00 – 10:00&lt;br /&gt;09:00 – 10:00&lt;br /&gt;EUROPE FRANFURT&lt;br /&gt;LONDON&lt;br /&gt;06:00&lt;br /&gt;10:00&lt;br /&gt;14:00 – 15:00&lt;br /&gt;18:00 – 20:00&lt;br /&gt;AMERICA NEW YORK&lt;br /&gt;CHICAGO&lt;br /&gt;13:00&lt;br /&gt;14:00&lt;br /&gt;20:00 – 21:00&lt;br /&gt;21:00 – 22:00&lt;br /&gt;PACIFIC VELLINGTONE&lt;br /&gt;SYDNEY&lt;br /&gt;21:00&lt;br /&gt;22:00&lt;br /&gt;05:00 – 06:00&lt;br /&gt;06:00 – 07:00&lt;br /&gt;The American and Asian sessions are the most aggressive, and great volume of&lt;br /&gt;operations belongs to the European session. New Zealand and Australian sessions are the&lt;br /&gt;quietest. The main currencies which are shared on the basic volume of all operations in the&lt;br /&gt;FOREX market today are: Euro (EUR), Japanese Yen (JPY), Swiss franc (CHF) and English&lt;br /&gt;Pound (GBP) and US dollar (USD). The daily volume of conversion operations in the world&lt;br /&gt;makes about 2 billion US dollars. In the London market it was necessary about 32 % of turnover,&lt;br /&gt;on a share of the markets of the USA - 20 %, Germany - 10 %. Operations with US dollar make&lt;br /&gt;70 %. About 15 % volume in FOREX market today is on a share of electronic brokers. The&lt;br /&gt;daytime volume of operations of the largest international banks (Deutsche Bank, Barclays Bank,&lt;br /&gt;Union Bank of Switzerland, City Bank, Chase Manhattan Bank, Standard Chartered Bank)&lt;br /&gt;reaches billions of dollars. (Spot) operations or current conversion operations are transactions of&lt;br /&gt;currency sale and purchase of refer to as actual execution (value) which is carried out for the&lt;br /&gt;second working day after the day the transaction was made. According to the data for 1998,&lt;br /&gt;about 40 % of all Forex-activity fell at the Spot-market.&lt;br /&gt;Typical transaction volumes in interbank trade make 10 million dollars, but due to margin&lt;br /&gt;trade system, the output on the market is accessible also to the individuals with small capital. The&lt;br /&gt;brokers rendering margin trade services, demand entering of the mortgaging deposit and enable&lt;br /&gt;the client to make operations of currency sale and purchase for the sums, 40 - 50, sometimes a&lt;br /&gt;100 times bigger, than plased deposit. The risk of losses is assigned to the client. The deposit&lt;br /&gt;serves as the maintenance insuring the broker.&lt;br /&gt;4&lt;br /&gt;Sources of the information about condition of the financial markets - systems of real time&lt;br /&gt;delivering the data on quotations of currencies, and also financial and economic news from the&lt;br /&gt;international agencies, REUTERS, DOW JONES, CQG, BLOOMBERG, TENFORE, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Currency Rates&lt;br /&gt;Currency Rate - is the price of monetary unit of one country, expressed in monetary units&lt;br /&gt;of the other country, at the sale and purchase transactions. Such price can be established&lt;br /&gt;proceeding from a parity of supply and demand of certain currency according to conditions of&lt;br /&gt;the free market, or to be strictly regulated by decision of the government or its main financial&lt;br /&gt;body, usually Central Bank.&lt;br /&gt;Quotation - It is a cost of one currency unit (named base currency), expressed in terms of&lt;br /&gt;another currency (named quoted or counter currency). The base currency enters the first, quoted -&lt;br /&gt;the second, in designation of quoted currency pairs (for example, USD/CHF). The quotation will&lt;br /&gt;consist of two figures. The first figure - (Bid) - the price client can sell the base currency at; the&lt;br /&gt;second - (Ask or Offer) - the price client can buy the base currency for quoted. The difference&lt;br /&gt;between these rates is known as (spread). The size of spread depends on the considered pair&lt;br /&gt;currencies, from the sum of the transaction and from a condition of the market.&lt;br /&gt;The minimal change of the quotation refers to - as (Point, Pip) item. Different tools&lt;br /&gt;(currency pairs) are quoted with different accuracy, with different quantity of decimal signs in&lt;br /&gt;the quotation. The majority of currencies quoted to within 0.0001, for example, yen and its crossrates&lt;br /&gt;- to within 0.01. As the senior figures of the quotation (Big Figure) get changed slowly, the&lt;br /&gt;quotation, as a rule, is given in abbreviated form: CHF 1.2380/84 for example, USD/CHF&lt;br /&gt;1.2380/1.2384.&lt;br /&gt;Example:&lt;br /&gt;Quote: USD/CHF 1.2380/84 means, that&lt;br /&gt;the client can sell dollars at the price - 1.2380 Swiss francs for 1 USD;&lt;br /&gt;The client can buy dollars at the price - 1.2384 Swiss francs for 1 USD;&lt;br /&gt;spread is 4 points;&lt;br /&gt;base currency - USD, quoted - CHF.&lt;br /&gt;quote GBP/USD 1.8430/33 meaning, that&lt;br /&gt;the client can sell pounds at the price of 1.8430 dollars for 1 GBP;&lt;br /&gt;the client can buy pounds at the price of 1.8433 dollars for 1 GBP;&lt;br /&gt;spread is 3 poins;&lt;br /&gt;base currency - GBP, quoted - USD.&lt;br /&gt;The direct and inverse quotation The direct quotation - quantity of national&lt;br /&gt;currency for one unit of foreign currency. The inverse quotation - quantity of a foreign currency&lt;br /&gt;for national currency unit.&lt;br /&gt;Use of the direct and inverse quotation has a historical substantiation. The basic world&lt;br /&gt;reserve currency is American dollar therefore quotations for the majority of currencies are used&lt;br /&gt;such as USD/JPY, USD/CHF, I.e. the dollar is base currency. However in the quotation of pound&lt;br /&gt;sterling (GBP/USD) the pound is base currency, and dollar - quoted. The European currency of&lt;br /&gt;5&lt;br /&gt;euro is also quoted to American dollar as a base currency (EUR/USD). It frequently should be&lt;br /&gt;known in information systems currencies reduce USD, i.e. USD/CHF designate as CHF, and&lt;br /&gt;GBP/USD designate as GBP.&lt;br /&gt;Cross-countries-rates are parity between two currencies following from their rate in&lt;br /&gt;relation to the third currency rate. Cross rates with US dollar are frequently used at world&lt;br /&gt;market operations, as the US dollar is not only the basic reserve currency, but also currency of&lt;br /&gt;the deal in the majority of currency transactions&lt;br /&gt;Example: EUR/CHF = (USD/CHF) * (EUR/USD)&lt;br /&gt;Spot-Rate – The currency price of one country, expressed in currency of the other country,&lt;br /&gt;established at the moment the transaction made, under the currency swap condition by bankscontractors&lt;br /&gt;for the second working day from the date of the transaction making.&lt;br /&gt;The spot-rate reflects, how high the national currency rated at the moment of operation&lt;br /&gt;carrying out outside following country&lt;br /&gt;Basic rules of curreny pairs composing&lt;br /&gt;1. EUR always represents itself as base currency.&lt;br /&gt;2. GBP always represents itself as base currency, except for a case with EUR&lt;br /&gt;3. JPY always represents itself as counter currency.&lt;br /&gt;Cross rates (without USD)&lt;br /&gt;EUR/USD EUR/GBP&lt;br /&gt;GBP/USD EUR/CHF&lt;br /&gt;USD/CHF EUR/JPY&lt;br /&gt;USD/JPY GBP/CHF&lt;br /&gt;USD/CAD GBP/JPY&lt;br /&gt;AUD/USD&lt;br /&gt;Margin Trade&lt;br /&gt;As against currency transactions with real delivery or real exchange, the Participants of&lt;br /&gt;FOREX, especially if they have a small capital, use trade with insurance deposit - margin or&lt;br /&gt;leverage trade. Each operation at margin trade necessarily has two stages: purchase (sale) of&lt;br /&gt;currency under one price and then obligatory sale of it (purchase) at another (or at the same) the&lt;br /&gt;price. The first action is defined as opening of position, and the second - closing of position. The&lt;br /&gt;real delivery of the currency does not occur at opening of a position, and the participant who has&lt;br /&gt;opened a position, brings an insurance deposit serving as an indemnification of possible losses&lt;br /&gt;guarantee. The insurance deposit comes back, and there is a calculation of the profit or losses,&lt;br /&gt;which are usually equivalent to the size of insurance deposit after position closing. Thus the&lt;br /&gt;deposit is frequently a hundred times less than that sum given the participant for use in this&lt;br /&gt;trading operation. Operation at margin trade necessarily consists of two parts: position opening&lt;br /&gt;and closing. For example, at the predicting rise in price (amplification) of yen in relation to&lt;br /&gt;dollar we want to buy a cheaper yen for dollars now and to sell it back when it becomes more&lt;br /&gt;6&lt;br /&gt;expensive. In this case operation will look as follows: position opening - purchase of yen, closing&lt;br /&gt;a position - its sale. All the time the position is not closed, we have “an open position of yen ".&lt;br /&gt;In the same way, if we suppose that yen will become cheaper (weak) in relation to dollar our&lt;br /&gt;operation will consist of such steps: opening of a position - sale of yen, closing a position -&lt;br /&gt;purchase of fallen in price yen. Thus, we have an opportunity to gain profit both at increase and&lt;br /&gt;decrease of an exchange rate.&lt;br /&gt;Absence of uniformity in the quotations of different currencies makes certain&lt;br /&gt;inconveniences, especially for beginners. So, increase in a rate (movement of the chart upwards)&lt;br /&gt;for pound and for euro in relation to dollar (GBPUSD, EURUSD), means a rise in price of these&lt;br /&gt;currencies and downfall of dollar. And for franc, yen (USDCHF, USDJPY) means increase in&lt;br /&gt;rate (movement of the chart upwards), fall of these currencies and rise of dollar. Generally,&lt;br /&gt;during movement of the chart upwards the base currency raises in price, quoted currency&lt;br /&gt;becomes cheaper.&lt;br /&gt;For extraction of profit from the transaction it is necessary to buy cheaper (below at the&lt;br /&gt;chart) and to sell more expansive (above at the chart). The sequence of these actions of value has&lt;br /&gt;no necessity i.e. it is possible to sell all over again above, and then to buy below.&lt;br /&gt;Deal Making&lt;br /&gt;The making of transaction consists of several stages: quote request, quote reception,&lt;br /&gt;submission of a command and confirmation of the transaction. It is necessary to specify&lt;br /&gt;interesting pair of currency (tool) and the sum of the transaction at request. Thus it is not&lt;br /&gt;necessary to inform the broker on the intentions - buy or sale. After reception of the quotation it&lt;br /&gt;is necessary to give Buy or Sell command. The decision should be accepted beforehand as the&lt;br /&gt;answer should be given within seconds - the market prices constantly change so the broker can&lt;br /&gt;cancel the quotation and offer another price. Then the broker will confirm the transaction&lt;br /&gt;conclusion and it already cannot be cancelled after the confirmation.&lt;br /&gt;It is needed to specify the sum of base currency, and usually the transaction sum is multiple up to&lt;br /&gt;100 000 units of base currency (1 Lot) at the Forex market.&lt;br /&gt;Open position&lt;br /&gt;The open position is a condition when the trader is under risk because when the change of the&lt;br /&gt;exchange rates influences a condition of his account or, being expressed in different way when&lt;br /&gt;he can get profit or loss because of change of the exchange rates. If the trader has leaded the&lt;br /&gt;operation of currency purchases then they say he’s in a long position (long). Short position&lt;br /&gt;(short) - if he sold.&lt;br /&gt;Example:&lt;br /&gt;Position opening. If the transaction Buy 100 000 GBP is made at the rate 1.8400 and&lt;br /&gt;accordingly Sell 184 000 USD, that was the long position of pound (so to speak on&lt;br /&gt;GBP/USD) and a short position of US dollar.&lt;br /&gt;Position closing. If now you strike a Sell 100 000 GBP bargain, thus the position will be&lt;br /&gt;closed. Thus the profit or loss will be received, depending on a closing rate.&lt;br /&gt;7&lt;br /&gt;Profit or loss calculation If you have bought the goods (currency) at one price, then&lt;br /&gt;have sold it at another one, then the profit or loss will make a difference between the price of sale&lt;br /&gt;and purchase of the transaction multiplied by the sum of the transaction. Profit or loss=&lt;br /&gt;Transaction sum * (Sell price – Buy price)&lt;br /&gt;In a general view the formula of calculation of the profit and losses looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;Profit/Loss = N lots*100000*(Sell–Buy) – Nlots* Commission –N&lt;br /&gt;lots*100000*Overnight*Ndays/365,&lt;br /&gt;where N lots – quantity of lots 100 000each, used by trader&lt;br /&gt;Sell – sell price of base currency&lt;br /&gt;Buy – buy price of base currency&lt;br /&gt;Spread – the commission raised by the dealing company&lt;br /&gt;Overnight – difference in interest rates between base currency and counter currency for&lt;br /&gt;operations Sell or Buy, depending on operations made by the trader. It is raised only in a case if&lt;br /&gt;trader has not had time to close a position the same day. It can be positive (it is paid due to the&lt;br /&gt;trader), and negative (is paid extra to the trader) Ndays – Quantity of days the trader has closed a&lt;br /&gt;position within.&lt;br /&gt;Possible profit or the loss (Unrealized P/L)&lt;br /&gt;If you have an open position, you will have a necessity of possible profit or loss&lt;br /&gt;calculation during concrete moments of time as rate constantly changes. While the position is not&lt;br /&gt;closed, the profit or loss data is not finalized and refer to floating (possible or unrealized). If you&lt;br /&gt;close your position during this moment at this rate you will receive such profit or loss. Same&lt;br /&gt;formula should be used for calculation of possible profit or loss&lt;br /&gt;You can carry out an output on FOREX only through the intermediary. The commission&lt;br /&gt;house or the dealing center could be such intermediary. These organizations give you an&lt;br /&gt;opportunity to use one of computer information systems such as Dow Jones Telerate, REUTERS&lt;br /&gt;and have the allocated telephone or computer channel with the broker that gives you the&lt;br /&gt;quotation of currency and you can make operations through. You also can directly work with the&lt;br /&gt;commercial bank or the broker house. At the second variant you reduce the quantity of&lt;br /&gt;intermediaries between you and FOREX that allows receiving more favorable operating&lt;br /&gt;conditions. Even if you are so solvent and presume to buy and pay to yourself monthly services&lt;br /&gt;of one of the information systems, the output on the active market participant (market-maker)&lt;br /&gt;giving you the price for transactions is necessary for you either way.&lt;br /&gt;The prices you see on the computer screen are the prices of real FOREX transactions. The&lt;br /&gt;prices constantly change. Therefore you cannot simply call the broker and order operation under&lt;br /&gt;the price convenient for you as this price can not suit him. Before you make a deal you request&lt;br /&gt;for the price and can buy or sell only at the price given to you by broker. Firstly, do not forget&lt;br /&gt;that you are a passive participant of the market and cannot establish the price. Secondly, the&lt;br /&gt;broker will give you quotation poorly distinguished from what you see on the computer screen.&lt;br /&gt;You should specify what operation we want to make - purchase or sale at the closing or opening&lt;br /&gt;of a position. The commands Buy (to buy) or Sell (to sell) are used for this purpose&lt;br /&gt;8&lt;br /&gt;Participants of FOREX&lt;br /&gt;The participants of this market, first of all, are large commercial banks through which the&lt;br /&gt;basic operations under the instruction of exporters and importers, investment institutes are&lt;br /&gt;carried out, insurance and pension funds, hedgers and private investors. These banks also carry&lt;br /&gt;out the operations in the interests due to own funds, thus volumes of daily operations in the large&lt;br /&gt;banks reach billions of dollars, and the basic part of the profit is formed only due to speculative&lt;br /&gt;operations with currency at some banks. Except for banks, the broker houses carrying out a role&lt;br /&gt;of the intermediary between a plenty of banks, funds, commission houses, the dealing centers,&lt;br /&gt;etc. Commercial banks and broker houses not only make operations on sale and purchase of&lt;br /&gt;currency at the prices which are exposed by the other active participants, but also offer own&lt;br /&gt;prices. Thus, they actively influence the process of pricing and a life of all market, therefore they&lt;br /&gt;are called (market makers).&lt;br /&gt;As against the active participants, the passive participants of the market cannot expose&lt;br /&gt;own quotations and make currency purchase-sale under the prices offered by active participants&lt;br /&gt;of the market. Passive participants of the market usually pursue following purposes: payment of&lt;br /&gt;export-import contracts, foreign industrial investments, opening of branches abroad or creation&lt;br /&gt;of joint ventures, tourism, gamble on a difference of rates, hedging of currency risks, etc. The&lt;br /&gt;Central banks of the different countries come on FOREX, not only with the purpose of extraction&lt;br /&gt;of the profit, as a rule. They usually do it with the purpose of stability check up, or correction of&lt;br /&gt;an existing rate of the national currency. The correction of an existing rate of national currency&lt;br /&gt;influences on the national economy condition. The central banks also come out on the currency&lt;br /&gt;market through the commercial banks. Profit extraction is not the basic purpose of these banks,&lt;br /&gt;but unprofitable operations do not involve them as well. The central banks of different countries&lt;br /&gt;can carry out also the joint coordinated interventions. If the active participants make the&lt;br /&gt;operations with the big sums of a few million dollars, the passive participants can use margin&lt;br /&gt;trade. They have an opportunity to temporarily operate the capital, in one hundred times&lt;br /&gt;exceeding their deposit. Such way of trade allows to take a part in work of the currency market&lt;br /&gt;to fine investors with small capital and thus to receive significant profit. The structure of the&lt;br /&gt;basic participants of the market testifies that this market is actively used by “the serious business&lt;br /&gt;", for the serious purposes. That means not all the market participants use FOREX in speculative&lt;br /&gt;purposes.&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 2. FUNDAMENTAL ANALYSIS&lt;br /&gt;2.1 THE FACTORS INFLUENCING THE EXCHANGE RATE&lt;br /&gt;One of the most important and complicated components of currency dealing is an ability&lt;br /&gt;to carry out the analysis of the market change tendencies and accordingly to foresee, what factors&lt;br /&gt;will affect the exchange rates and how it may happen. There are the opportunities of fast profit&lt;br /&gt;extraction, and the opposite - opportunities fast and substantial losses possible in the market&lt;br /&gt;price movement. Therefore the correct forecasting of the market movements, estimation of those&lt;br /&gt;or the other events, and also manipulation with gossips and expectations is a necessary&lt;br /&gt;component of work of the broker or dealer and a pledge of his successful activity. There is a&lt;br /&gt;multitude of factors influencing both all currency market as whole and separate currencies. There&lt;br /&gt;are two basic ways of the market situation analysis - fundamental and technical ways. The first is&lt;br /&gt;9&lt;br /&gt;engaged in estimation of situation from the point of view of a political, economic and financialcredit&lt;br /&gt;policy. The second one is based on graphic research methods and the analysis based on&lt;br /&gt;mathematical principles. There are various messages about currency-financial events in the&lt;br /&gt;world studied within the framework of the fundamental analysis. The phenomena of political and&lt;br /&gt;economical life both the separate countries, and the world community as a whole which can&lt;br /&gt;influence the currency market development, the analysis is carried out, in exchange rates they&lt;br /&gt;can result in what change. The important factor here is the information about work of stock&lt;br /&gt;exchanges and the large companies such as market-makers, discount rates of the central banks,&lt;br /&gt;an economic rate of the government, possible changes in a political life of the country, and also&lt;br /&gt;every possible gossips and expectations. The fundamental analysis is one of the most&lt;br /&gt;complicated parts and at the same time, one of key parts of work in the currency market. It’s&lt;br /&gt;much more difficult to carry out the fundamental analysis than any other type of it because the&lt;br /&gt;same factors render unequal value on the market in various conditions and may become&lt;br /&gt;absolutely insignificant from deciding factors. It is necessary to know interrelation and mutual&lt;br /&gt;influence of two various currencies, reflecting communications between the various states,&lt;br /&gt;history of currencies development, to define cumulative result of those or the other economic&lt;br /&gt;measures and to establish communication between absolutely different at first sight events.&lt;br /&gt;Besides any primary and most formal rules, here is the greatest degree of operational experience&lt;br /&gt;in the currency market required. The factors reflecting a national economical situation an&lt;br /&gt;influencing currency rates are such:&lt;br /&gt;• Parameters of economic growth (a total national product, volumes of&lt;br /&gt;industrial production, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;• The condition of trading balance, a degree of dependence on external sources&lt;br /&gt;of raw material&lt;br /&gt;• Growth of monetary weight in a home market&lt;br /&gt;• The inflation rate and inflationary expectations&lt;br /&gt;• The level of the interest rate&lt;br /&gt;• Solvency of the country and trust to the national currency in the world market&lt;br /&gt;• Speculative operations in currency market&lt;br /&gt;• The of development of the other sectors of the world financial market degree,&lt;br /&gt;for example a securities market competing to the currency market.&lt;br /&gt;2.2 GENERAL ECONOMICAL QUESTIONS AND BANKING&lt;br /&gt;SYSTEM&lt;br /&gt;Central Banks&lt;br /&gt;The Central Bank watches a rate of inflation in the country, a rate of national currency&lt;br /&gt;and tries to adjust them by means of three basic interest rates.&lt;br /&gt;11. The Discount Rate. The interest rate, Central Bank finances commercial banks at.&lt;br /&gt;USA 1.75%&lt;br /&gt;Japan 0.15%&lt;br /&gt;10&lt;br /&gt;Euro zone 2.00%&lt;br /&gt;Great Britain 4.75%&lt;br /&gt;Switzerland 0-0.75%&lt;br /&gt;Australia 5.25%&lt;br /&gt;Canada 2.25%&lt;br /&gt;The American and English rates are high, that’s why foreign investors show the big&lt;br /&gt;interest to these.&lt;br /&gt;2. The Rate – Repo rate. The interest rate used by the Central Bank in the operations&lt;br /&gt;with commercial banks and other credit institutes at purchase (account) of the state exchequer&lt;br /&gt;obligations. The Central Bank carries out regulation of the market of loan capitals. Fed Funds&lt;br /&gt;(rate Repo USA).&lt;br /&gt;3. The pawn rate - Lombard rate. The interest rate used by the Central Bank on the&lt;br /&gt;security of the real estate, gold and values exchange at delivery of credits to commercial banks.&lt;br /&gt;There is the business activity raising and inflation increasing at the reduction of the interest rates.&lt;br /&gt;Decrease in interest rates leads to price reduction of national currency. Increase of the interest&lt;br /&gt;rates leads to decrease in business activity, decrease in inflation and rise in price of national&lt;br /&gt;currency. There is the method of influence a national currency rate remaining in modern&lt;br /&gt;conditions. It is the practice of purchase and sale of foreign currency by the central banks, named&lt;br /&gt;continues to currency intervention.&lt;br /&gt;USA&lt;br /&gt;Anerican Centrall Bank is called Federal Reserve System. The President – Alan&lt;br /&gt;Greenspan. The decision to change the interest rate is getting made by FOMC – Federal Open&lt;br /&gt;Market Committee, which session passes time in six weeks two days: Monday and Tuesday.&lt;br /&gt;Financial Ministry USA - Treasure = TSY. The President – Lawrence Summerce. Usually, when&lt;br /&gt;Summers speaks, the dollar rises in price; when Greenspan speaks, - the dollar falls.&lt;br /&gt;GERMANY&lt;br /&gt;German Central Bank – Bundes Bank. Session is carried out once in two weeks on&lt;br /&gt;Thursdays in Frankfurt, but rate Repo may be changed every week on Wednesdays. The&lt;br /&gt;President - Ernst Welteke. Bundes Bank is considered one of the most professional participants&lt;br /&gt;of the market.&lt;br /&gt;UK&lt;br /&gt;The central bank of the Great Britain – Bank of England (BOE). The manager of the bank -&lt;br /&gt;George (George). Usually the important messages under accepted decisions OPQ act at 15:30&lt;br /&gt;GMT.&lt;br /&gt;SWITZERLAND&lt;br /&gt;The Central Bank of Switzerland – Swiss National Bank (SNB). The bank of Switzerland&lt;br /&gt;is considered silent and cautious in the market. Watches closely a parity of rate EUR/CHF&lt;br /&gt;RSTUVWX Y ZY[\Y] ^UV_`[SZYXaX bS[cY[ Z ]SXUcd 1.1400 eX 1.1480 U fV\VcTV cVZYXWgYTh&lt;br /&gt;iTc]f, T e[WVV eX ]SXUcd 1.1580 U fV\VcTV RXZWVe]jkVaX \[Z[from a level 1.1400 up to&lt;br /&gt;1.1480 within several minutes, and further up to a level 1.1580 within the next hour&lt;br /&gt;JAPAN&lt;br /&gt;11&lt;br /&gt;The central bank of Japan – Bank of Japan (BOJ). Differs from the other Central Banks&lt;br /&gt;with unexpected and very powerful currency interventions.&lt;br /&gt;Alongside with the central banks in the currency market, the broker firms also function,&lt;br /&gt;working with concrete bank and represent itself as intermediaries between currency seller and&lt;br /&gt;buyer. It is possible to attribute anonymity to the certain advantages of work via broker at&lt;br /&gt;fulfillment of transactions such as a continuity of process of the quotation, and an opportunity to&lt;br /&gt;offer own prices. There was a change of trade character with transferring accent on change of&lt;br /&gt;trade promptness last decades such as: significant growth of transactions. The execution of those&lt;br /&gt;occurs in the future. All this has led, on the one hand, to the raised susceptibility of the currency&lt;br /&gt;market, to tactical changes and to substantial growth of currency fluctuations, and on the other&lt;br /&gt;hand, to growth of opportunities of highly effective investment. There is a wide circulation&lt;br /&gt;alongside with the operations on purchase and sale of currency gotten by the operations with&lt;br /&gt;derivative financial tools - financial futures and options. Examples of such stock exchanges are:&lt;br /&gt;the London International Stock exchange of Financial Futures (London International Financial&lt;br /&gt;Futures Exchange - LIFFE), (European Options Exchange - EOE), the German Urgent Stock&lt;br /&gt;exchange in Frankfurt (Deutsche Terminboerse - DTB), the Singapore Stock exchange&lt;br /&gt;(Singapore International Monetary Exchange - SIMEX) (Sydney Futures Exchange - SFE) and&lt;br /&gt;the Stock exchange of Urgent Trade in Sydney.&lt;br /&gt;MonetaryUnits&lt;br /&gt;90, 91, 92, 93 – MONEY SUPPLY.&lt;br /&gt;90 - Cash in circulation, banknotes and coins;&lt;br /&gt;91 = 90 + Funds for settlement and current accounts in the banks, traveler’s cheques;&lt;br /&gt;92 = 91 + Fixed deposits in the banks;&lt;br /&gt;93 = 92 + Valuable state papers.&lt;br /&gt;The accelerated growth of monetary weight, both in cash, and in the non-cash form,&lt;br /&gt;renders lowering influence a rate of national currency. The consumer price index (Consumer&lt;br /&gt;Price Index - CPI) is a retail price index. The price index of the manufacturer (Producer Price&lt;br /&gt;Index - PPI) is an index of wholesale prices. When those indexes run high the national currency&lt;br /&gt;rate runs high as well. It is considered allowable growth of these indexes up to 3 % a year.&lt;br /&gt;Gross Domestic Product – GDP&lt;br /&gt;The economical situation gets up and down as same as GDP . Optimal change is up to&lt;br /&gt;3% a year. If it is higher then it brings an inverse reaction. Then it is necessary to enter the raised&lt;br /&gt;rates that will cause rise in price of national currency. CPI and PPI once a month M/M are&lt;br /&gt;considered. GDP - quarterly Q/Q also it is recalculated for a year Y/Y.&lt;br /&gt;It is necessary to pay attention to the following parameters at the analysis of a developed&lt;br /&gt;situation in the market: Incomes and charges of citizens&lt;br /&gt;Personal Income&lt;br /&gt;Sensation of the consumer, readiness of the person to spend money (Consumer Sentiment)&lt;br /&gt;Construction Spending&lt;br /&gt;12&lt;br /&gt;Hosing Starts&lt;br /&gt;Building Permits&lt;br /&gt;New Houses Sales&lt;br /&gt;Existing Houses Sales&lt;br /&gt;Unemployment Rate – It is calculated once a month. At increasing in a parameter the&lt;br /&gt;national currency becomes cheaper. The primary reference on unemployment (Imital&lt;br /&gt;Claims).&lt;br /&gt;Continued reference (Continuing Claims).&lt;br /&gt;Retail trade (Retail Sales) – When the commodity circulation gets better, currency gets&lt;br /&gt;stronger&lt;br /&gt;Orders of dealers for the durable goods (Durable Goods).&lt;br /&gt;All the above shown information is usually broadcasted at 19:30 and 21:30 GMT&lt;br /&gt;(Reuters,CQG).&lt;br /&gt;JAPAN&lt;br /&gt;Fiscal year of Japan comes to the end on March, 31. By the end of the year, a plenty of&lt;br /&gt;foreign currency in yens is converted for leading balances that leads to to its rise in price. Many&lt;br /&gt;insurance companies of Japan are the largest players in the market: USD/JPY, USD/EUR,&lt;br /&gt;EUR/JPY, SFR/JPY, GBP/JPY. The big problems in Japan are caused with the growing old&lt;br /&gt;population. Deduction of the small interest rate for many years has caused a skew in bank sphere,&lt;br /&gt;But, nevertheless, banks of Japan remain the largest world banks. Strengthening of South-East&lt;br /&gt;economy for the long term will give chance to yen to become the basic currency for the Asian&lt;br /&gt;region.&lt;br /&gt;SWITZERLAND&lt;br /&gt;Switzerland is not going to enter the European Community, thus, emphasizing the&lt;br /&gt;independence. Appeal of CHF remains very high. But there are some problems associated to&lt;br /&gt;nazi gold which put reputation of large Swiss banks under doubt.&lt;br /&gt;UK&lt;br /&gt;Presence of high interest rates in England defines the big interest of world speculators&lt;br /&gt;that affects economic parameters as a whole. England - the conventional world financial center,&lt;br /&gt;the main offices of the largest investment giants are located here.Thre is a v very rigid legislation&lt;br /&gt;function regulating financial activity of the companies, banks and stock exchanges operates inn&lt;br /&gt;territory of the country.&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3. TECHNICAL ANALYSIS&lt;br /&gt;3.1 SUBSTANTIVE PROVISIONS&lt;br /&gt;13&lt;br /&gt;TECHNICAL ANALYSIS – The research of the market dynamics by means of charts, as&lt;br /&gt;the purpose of forecasting the future direction of the price movement. The «dynamics of the&lt;br /&gt;market» term includes three basic sources of the information, at the disposal technical analytics,&lt;br /&gt;namely: the price, volume and open interest (with reference to the future markets). As the price&lt;br /&gt;we shall understand "thermodynamic" balance between a supply and demand on the following&lt;br /&gt;currency. And does not matter, what this balance is caused with: estimations of macroeconomic&lt;br /&gt;parameters, recommendations of experts, psychology of currency traders or any other&lt;br /&gt;circumstances. As well as any other scientific discipline, the set of axioms makes basis of&lt;br /&gt;methods of the technical analysis:&lt;br /&gt;The axiom 1 - Dynamics of the market takes everything into account. That means that any factor&lt;br /&gt;influencing the price - political, economic and psychological - is taken beforehand into account&lt;br /&gt;and reflected in dependence of the price on time. Therefore the analysis of the price charts is a&lt;br /&gt;necessary condition for the forecasting.&lt;br /&gt;The axiom 2 - The prices always move directive&lt;br /&gt;The periods of growth and fall always alternate with each other so there is a tendency prevailing&lt;br /&gt;inside each of them. And it is active till the market opposite direction movement begins.&lt;br /&gt;The axiom 3 - History repeating. That is so because the human psychology in the basis is&lt;br /&gt;constant. It is supposed, that if the certain types of the analysis worked in the past these will also&lt;br /&gt;work quite successfully in the future as this work is based on stability of human mentality. In the&lt;br /&gt;point of view of the technical analysis, the understanding of the future lays in studying the past&lt;br /&gt;so to speak. Methods of the technical analysis are subdivided into two parts - classical methods,&lt;br /&gt;and methods that basis strict mathematical laws lay in.&lt;br /&gt;3.2 CLASSICAL METHODS&lt;br /&gt;Movement Price Charts&lt;br /&gt;It is possible to reveal the general laws of movement of the prices with the help of the&lt;br /&gt;visual analysis of the train diagram of the price. Graphic dependences of the price on time are&lt;br /&gt;called charts. There are a few types of price charts.&lt;br /&gt; Line Charts&lt;br /&gt;Each point of the line chart can represent a level of the price the following trading day&lt;br /&gt;was closed or opened on. Or the average value of all price fluctuations for the certain period. By&lt;br /&gt;virtue of the simplicity, the linear chart is convenient for using at early stages of studying of the&lt;br /&gt;market and making of the trading plan.&lt;br /&gt;14&lt;br /&gt; (Bar Charts)&lt;br /&gt;Way of the graphic analysis of the prices via of special objects - bars. The vertical line&lt;br /&gt;between the highest and lowest prices of the considered period is carried out for building of bars.&lt;br /&gt;There are the small strokes designating the price of opening and closing accordingly are&lt;br /&gt;represented on the left and on the right. Histograms are useful with the representativity and help&lt;br /&gt;to make the best forecasts via classical trend and reversal patterns.&lt;br /&gt; (Candlesticks)&lt;br /&gt;There is as same data, as for bars are used for candle construction. The candle is under&lt;br /&gt;construction as follows: there is the rectangle named a body of a candle is drawn in an interval&lt;br /&gt;between the prices of opening and closing. Vertical sticks from above and from below bodies&lt;br /&gt;refer as shadows. Color of a candle body depends on a relative positioning of opening and&lt;br /&gt;closing prices. If an opening price is higher than a closing price, is green (or painted over). In&lt;br /&gt;another case the candle body is red (or unpainted).&lt;br /&gt;The diagrams of the prices are under construction on various individual pieces of a time&lt;br /&gt;scale. These pieces can have the most different values – from minimally possible (determined by&lt;br /&gt;opportunities of all information-analytical system), up to sizes about hours, days, weeks and even&lt;br /&gt;years. It is necessary to always commensurate scales of considered time intervals, and sizes of&lt;br /&gt;individual pieces of an absciss scale analyzing charts. The scale of the price in different types of&lt;br /&gt;the price charts also can be different - arithmetic or logarithmic. The logarithmic scale reflects&lt;br /&gt;non absolute (as an arithmetic scale) and relative change of the price and can be useful at&lt;br /&gt;drawing up of long-term schedules.&lt;br /&gt;1rend analysis. The basic kinds of trends.&lt;br /&gt;Three types of trends (tendencies) on a direction of the price movement:&lt;br /&gt;"Bullish" (up trend) – The prices move upward&lt;br /&gt;15&lt;br /&gt;"Bearish" (down trend) – The prices move downward&lt;br /&gt;(flat, whipsaw, sideways trend) – There is no certain price direction.&lt;br /&gt;Three types of trends (tendencies) in duration:&lt;br /&gt;Long - term – Trend for from 6 months up to several years.&lt;br /&gt;Medium term (intermediate) - a trend for from 2 weeks up to 6 months.&lt;br /&gt;Short-term (small) - a trend within 2 weeks.&lt;br /&gt;Organic laws of the price movement: The valid trend with the greater probability will be&lt;br /&gt;prolonged, than will change a direction. It will move in the same direction.&lt;br /&gt;Basic Rule: “Trend Is your friend”&lt;br /&gt;Consequence: " do not work against a trend ".&lt;br /&gt;Basis of all methods and means of the technical analysis is revealing a trend - a prevailing&lt;br /&gt;direction of the prices movement. There are three kinds of trends: "bullish", "bearish" and lateral.&lt;br /&gt;“Bullish” –the growing trend is characterized by that each subsequent rise and a hollow on the&lt;br /&gt;price chart, is higher than the previous one (Fig. 1). The line limiting such trend from below&lt;br /&gt;refers to as a line of a trend.&lt;br /&gt;Line of trend&lt;br /&gt;“Bearish” – Or the descending trend arises when the subsequent peaks and hollows&lt;br /&gt;lower than previous components (a Fig. 2). The line of a trend limits the price chart from above.&lt;br /&gt;Line of trend&lt;br /&gt;Line of support (resistance) – The line putting price minimum (maximum) together. In dynamics&lt;br /&gt;of the market these lines frequently pass each other.&lt;br /&gt;Line of support (resistance)&lt;br /&gt;16&lt;br /&gt;Lateral, or the horizontal trend is characterized by absence of the strongly pronounced&lt;br /&gt;ascending or descending tendency of price movement in the market. At a lateral trend the price&lt;br /&gt;changes in a horizontal range, in a vicinity of the average value.&lt;br /&gt;Line of resistance&lt;br /&gt;Line of support&lt;br /&gt;Levels of support and resistance – Values of the prices that serve as original levels for the&lt;br /&gt;price chart by virtue of the certain reasons. Coming nearer to those levels the probability of&lt;br /&gt;rebound from values of the prices raises up. One of criteria of a trend power is his reaction to&lt;br /&gt;levels of resistance and support. Breakthrough of a support / resistance level means, that the&lt;br /&gt;dominating trend keeps the power. And if the trend encounters the resistance or support, being&lt;br /&gt;not capable to overcome those, we receive especially strong signal about a weakness of a trend,&lt;br /&gt;and there is more probability of a reverse in the future. Therefore the trading decisions in that&lt;br /&gt;levels area should be made how the price chart will lead itself after it contacts this level.&lt;br /&gt;The line of the channel can be constructed, if movements of a trend are uniform at first&lt;br /&gt;approximation. The line of the channel is drawn in parallel a line of a trend and settles down&lt;br /&gt;above the schedule of the price at the bull trend, and lower - at bear trend. In the figure resulted&lt;br /&gt;below, 2 parallel lines designating an Up-trend, i.e. "bull" are shown. The red line lead from&lt;br /&gt;below is a line of a trend and simultaneously is a line of support. The line from above is a line of&lt;br /&gt;the channel and a line of resistance. Similarly the trend is under construction at a Down-trend&lt;br /&gt;("bear") and Flat ` V (the lateral trend – there is no directed movement).&lt;br /&gt;17&lt;br /&gt;Following from above told information is necessary to work in a direction of movement at the&lt;br /&gt;bull trend I.e. buy at the line of support also we close a position at the line of resistance, it is&lt;br /&gt;similar at the bear trend. But there is already sell.&lt;br /&gt;Lengths of correction&lt;br /&gt;Exchange rates in FOREX change in zigzag way. Frequently the prices move against the&lt;br /&gt;existing tendency. Such movement is called rolling back or correction. Fibonacci numbers and&lt;br /&gt;factors have found a wide application in the technical analysis. Those numbers got certain&lt;br /&gt;mystical sense so to speak. At the calculation of correction lengths (sizes of recoil of the price&lt;br /&gt;against a trend) Fibonacci factors are used 0.382 and 0.618, and also factor 0.5.&lt;br /&gt;There are three basic lengths of correction which apparently are equal accordingly 38,2 %,&lt;br /&gt;50,0 %, 61,8 % from the gone length of a rate (between red horizontal lines) are visible in the&lt;br /&gt;figure resulted below. Thus, it is visible, that the first correction (movement against the general&lt;br /&gt;current tendency) there is up to 38,1 %, the second up to 50,0 % and the third accordingly up to&lt;br /&gt;61,8 % from the gone length of a rate then there is a turn aside the basic movement.&lt;br /&gt;18&lt;br /&gt;Correction - temporary change of a trend&lt;br /&gt;Turn back - global change of a trend&lt;br /&gt;Patterns of technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;All set of typical patterns of the technical analysis can be divided into 2 parts:&lt;br /&gt;continuation patterns and reversal patterns. Continuation patterns – the figures of corrective&lt;br /&gt;(temporary) character&lt;br /&gt;Reversal Patterns – The figures signalizing global reverse of the trend.&lt;br /&gt;Let us see it detailed.&lt;br /&gt;(Reversal Patterns)&lt;br /&gt;First of all it is necessary to make sure that well defined previous trend is available before&lt;br /&gt;you start to search for a reversal pattern. The first signal about correctness of the revealed pattern&lt;br /&gt;is a breakthrough of any important line of a trend.&lt;br /&gt;19&lt;br /&gt;1. Head And Shoulders – One of the most important and known S[qUXSXfcrh figures for&lt;br /&gt;the bull trend. Its distinctive parts are a head and two shoulders. After you made sure that the&lt;br /&gt;Head and Shoulders pattern has appeared, it is necessary to wait for the neck line breakthrough&lt;br /&gt;that will define the end of all patterns and the beginning of a new descending trend. The minimal&lt;br /&gt;quantity to of the price fall will be equal to distance between head and neck.&lt;br /&gt;The neck line and two shoulders are shown in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;Reversed Head and Sholders - Mirror image of just considered figure. All considered&lt;br /&gt;rules also will be fair for this figure with necessary amendments on mirror reflection.&lt;br /&gt;2. Double Top and Double Bottom are also frequently met figures. The parallel lines both&lt;br /&gt;types of top and a bottom develop between are the levels of resistance and support.&lt;br /&gt;Threefold Top or Threefold Bottom are weaker patterns (According to the point of view&lt;br /&gt;of further back turn confidence)&lt;br /&gt;Top is a signal about upcoming recession, and the bottom - about rise of the prices.&lt;br /&gt;Basic (Continuation Patterns)&lt;br /&gt;Triangles are the most widespread figures of such type. These triangles distinguished&lt;br /&gt;depending on position of limiting lines. The top line is a line of resistance, and bottom - a line of&lt;br /&gt;support. It is carried out for all fluctuations inside a triangle.&lt;br /&gt;20&lt;br /&gt;Most frequently it is possible to meet a narrowed triangle. Its frontlines converge into one&lt;br /&gt;point and get symmetrically inclined to horizon. The narrowed triangle can correct any trend.&lt;br /&gt;The ascending and descending triangles are met less often. One of the parts is parallel to an axis&lt;br /&gt;of time, and another one is inclined, coming nearer to the first one with development of a triangle&lt;br /&gt;(in time). The ascending triangle is more characteristic as bear market correction. The&lt;br /&gt;explanation of this is such: its top front line is parallel to horizon and represents a strongly&lt;br /&gt;pronounced level of resistance. At the same time its frontline below is dimmer and it is difficult&lt;br /&gt;to define a level of support clearly.&lt;br /&gt;After the end of each triangle it is necessary to expect renewal of movement in a direction&lt;br /&gt;of a previous trend. It is possible to define the moment when the triangle is ended, by the&lt;br /&gt;following criteria: there is an odd quantity (not less than five) of waves inside each triangle.&lt;br /&gt;Narrowed, ascending and descending triangles usually come to the end close to the point of&lt;br /&gt;crossing of the frontlines, but not later. After the end of a triangle the price should change its&lt;br /&gt;value sharply (to raise or go down), i.e. to punch corresponding frontline. The phenomenon when&lt;br /&gt;the price starts to change after the end of a triangle is called strike or impact. The minimal&lt;br /&gt;purpose for strike is equal to the length of the biggest wave of a triangle. The strongest strike is&lt;br /&gt;observed in case if the last wave of a triangle does not touch the frontline, and comes to the end&lt;br /&gt;earlier. It is visible in the figure, that impact has taken place in 5/31 point area and has come to&lt;br /&gt;the end with a change of quotation level up to 0.8460, just on size of the biggest wave of a&lt;br /&gt;triangle - 80 pips.&lt;br /&gt;21&lt;br /&gt;Flags and Pennants are less often met figures. Their differences from triangles will&lt;br /&gt;consist in a relative positioning of the top and bottom borders. The flag and pennant remind&lt;br /&gt;descending and ascending triangles. Wedge is a model of the small triangle inclined against a&lt;br /&gt;direction of the tendency. If the bias is in a direction of the tendency then the crisis of the&lt;br /&gt;tendency is most probable. The breakthrough occurs between 2/3 up to 1 as a rule.&lt;br /&gt;Analyzing "flag", "pennant” and “wedge " figures it is necessary to realize that potential&lt;br /&gt;of the price movement after break trough is equal to a size of "staff", as a rule. The rectangle - is&lt;br /&gt;very similar to threefold top. For definition of a kind of a formed pattern, the analysis of&lt;br /&gt;oscillators and the analysis with the help of parameters of volume are used. After the&lt;br /&gt;breakthrough the price will move in direction of it. The distance is not less, than height of a&lt;br /&gt;rectangular. Borders of a rectangular will serve in the future as good levels of resistance -&lt;br /&gt;support.&lt;br /&gt;As the general recommendation to trading it is possible to notice that there is no point to&lt;br /&gt;trade "inside" a triangle or any other pattern of continuation, because there are more chances to&lt;br /&gt;lose money at such price fluctuations than chances to win. It is necessary to start the deal right&lt;br /&gt;after the terminations of a continuation pattern when the sharp rise or recession of the prices is&lt;br /&gt;expected.&lt;br /&gt;Summarizing all above said about patterns of the technical analysis we shall notice, that&lt;br /&gt;forecasting with only classical figures using is not too effective by virtue of criteria for definition&lt;br /&gt;of this or that formation are indistinct. All signals are perceived subjectively: where one person&lt;br /&gt;can see “Threefold Top ", another can see " Head and Shoulders ". However simplicity and&lt;br /&gt;presentation peculiar to methods of the classical analysis can always help with a choice of the&lt;br /&gt;22&lt;br /&gt;decision about the character of price change. For the quantitative description of dependences of&lt;br /&gt;the prices on time there are the strict mathematical parities included in the second branch of&lt;br /&gt;methods of the technical analysis exist - mathematical methods.&lt;br /&gt;3.3 MATHEMATICAL METHODS&lt;br /&gt;Statistical methods&lt;br /&gt;Statistical methods separate trend price movements from non trend movements, extremes&lt;br /&gt;of the market from its uniform development. Methods of this group in the various ways submit&lt;br /&gt;signals about reverse of the bull or bear trend and also confirm this or that script of the price&lt;br /&gt;development - growth, recession or absence of significant movements. For construction of the&lt;br /&gt;indicators on the basis of statistical methods, the methods of mathematical statistics and&lt;br /&gt;probability theory are used.&lt;br /&gt;(Moving Averages)&lt;br /&gt;Moving Aaverage It is one of the oldest, simple and consequently most frequently used&lt;br /&gt;parameters. The following parameter is an arithmetical mean of closing prices of the fixed&lt;br /&gt;number of previous periods of time, including current period.&lt;br /&gt;Basic rules of building:&lt;br /&gt;The longer the period of time the average is under construction lasts, the smaller order of&lt;br /&gt;the most average should be chosen (For daily time charts the order is no more than 89, for&lt;br /&gt;weekly charts - not more than 21), short averages can be applied without restrictions&lt;br /&gt;The more longly average is, the less its sensitivity is. The average of very small order&lt;br /&gt;gives many false signals. The average of very big order is constantly late. At a lateral trend the&lt;br /&gt;averages are applied with bigger order, than as usual.&lt;br /&gt;(Moving Average - MA):&lt;br /&gt;MA = (The sum of the prices for the period of time) / Order of average&lt;br /&gt;Main lack of st is that it reacts to one change of a rate twice: at reception of value and&lt;br /&gt;at Its leaving out of rate.&lt;br /&gt;(Weighted Moving Average - WMA):&lt;br /&gt;WMA = (The sum of generation of prices and weights) / (sum of weights)&lt;br /&gt;(Exponentially Moving Average - EMA):&lt;br /&gt;EMA(t) = EMA(t - 1) + (K x [Price(t) - EMA(t - 1)],&lt;br /&gt;aeV t - Current moment,&lt;br /&gt;t - 1 - previous moment,&lt;br /&gt;K = 2 / (n + 1),&lt;br /&gt;n – Period of the average.&lt;br /&gt;Main advantage of Qst is that it includes all prices of the previous period, not just a&lt;br /&gt;piece apeared at the set of the period. Thus the greater weight is given to later values.&lt;br /&gt;23&lt;br /&gt;The general rules of the analysis:&lt;br /&gt;to find crossing points of the average and the chart of the price&lt;br /&gt;to find the points following maximum or minimum of the average&lt;br /&gt;to find the points of the largest divergence the average and the chart of price.&lt;br /&gt;Look after direction of movement of the average.&lt;br /&gt;Moving averages work good on trend market and very bad in non trend (flat) market&lt;br /&gt;because delay of the moving averages will generate false signals.&lt;br /&gt;( Bollinger bounds)&lt;br /&gt;At the process building of the following indicator not only average, but also a standard&lt;br /&gt;deviation of sequence of closing prices is calculated. Standard deviation is a measure of disorder&lt;br /&gt;of random variables from average value that is equal to a square root from dispersion. Then three&lt;br /&gt;lines are drawn: average and two bounds which will defend from it on quantity of a standard&lt;br /&gt;deviation or the double value of a standard deviation.&lt;br /&gt;According to bases of probability theory in a corridor in width of two standard deviations&lt;br /&gt;gets about all 2/3 values of the prices, and there will be already 95 % of values in an interval in&lt;br /&gt;four standard deviations. Crossing of Bollinger bounds or its breakthrough is usually a good&lt;br /&gt;signal of the subsequent rebound.&lt;br /&gt;(Parabolic Time Price System)&lt;br /&gt;It is developed and described Wellas Wilder in 1976. The initial name ("stop and revers"&lt;br /&gt;- SAR).&lt;br /&gt;Primary goal of PTP is to show the basic trend and thus to define the moment of closing open&lt;br /&gt;before positions during a reverse of a trend. The closing price is calculated daily under the&lt;br /&gt;formula:&lt;br /&gt;Stop(Tomorrow) = Stop(Today) + AF x [ EP(Today) - Stop(Today)], where&lt;br /&gt;Stop(Today) - Current closing price;&lt;br /&gt;Stop(Tomorrow) – Closing price of tomorrow;&lt;br /&gt;EP(Today) - Extreme level of current day trading;&lt;br /&gt;24&lt;br /&gt;AF - The factor of averaging, in the first day is accepted equal 0,02, then calculated under the&lt;br /&gt;formula:&lt;br /&gt;AF = 0,20 + n x 0,02, where n - Number of new tops (lowlands).&lt;br /&gt;Classical signal for transaction fulfillment is crossing of the price chart with PTP line is a reverse&lt;br /&gt;of a trend, or its time stabilization.&lt;br /&gt;Oscillators Use of oscillator families is one of the most simple and at the same time&lt;br /&gt;reliable ways of reception of forecasts about further movement of the price. As against moving&lt;br /&gt;average the using of those oscillators is most useful for non trend market analysis. Oscillators&lt;br /&gt;can be useful also at advanced trend the markets - to submission of a reverse signal. These are&lt;br /&gt;more complicated indicators, than statistical, also represent a real attempt to find integrated&lt;br /&gt;parameters allocateing essential movements from price fluctuations. The basic purpose of&lt;br /&gt;oscillators - to reveal the moments of a trend reverse.&lt;br /&gt;RSI - Relative Strength Index&lt;br /&gt;The formula for calculation of values oscillator curve looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;RSI = 100 - (100/(1+RS)), RS = AU(n)/AD(n), aeV&lt;br /&gt;AU(n) - Average value of the prices of closing appeared above previous prices for n days,&lt;br /&gt;AD(n) - Average value of the prices of closing appeared below previous prices for n days.&lt;br /&gt;The periods of time used for this oscillator can be different. As usual, if we will use a&lt;br /&gt;smaller order, the curve will be more sensitive, we will get more signals. The basic signal, this&lt;br /&gt;oscillator gives is the signal of extreme regions reaching (overbought and oversold). Range of&lt;br /&gt;the oscillator change is from 0 up to 100. As the optimum value for sale is considered the value,&lt;br /&gt;equal to 75, for purchase - 25. These zones are called:&lt;br /&gt;1. Overbought - o/b&lt;br /&gt;2. Oversold - o/s.&lt;br /&gt;During the strong trend motions levels o/b and o/s respectively 80 and 20, while with the&lt;br /&gt;lateral market - 70 and 30. It is possible to search for all patterns of technical analysis on RSI&lt;br /&gt;charts as on the price charts. One additional important tool for prices forecasting via RSI index is&lt;br /&gt;the divergence research of the motion of the index chart with the price chart.&lt;br /&gt;There are two cases considered as divergence:&lt;br /&gt;1. Index grows and the price falls or remains at the same level.&lt;br /&gt;2. Index falls, and price grows or remains the constant.&lt;br /&gt;Here are some variants of met divergence of the index and price charts in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;Here are points noted where it is necessary to enter the market according to the signals points&lt;br /&gt;supplied by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;25&lt;br /&gt;(Stochastics)&lt;br /&gt;Stochastics in own formula consider not only prices of closing, but also maximum and&lt;br /&gt;minimum prices for the specific period of time, i.e. include more information about the&lt;br /&gt;movement of prices, than RSI. But in contrast to RSI, these indicators are more mobile, they may&lt;br /&gt;change and have large amplitude. Such mobility makes some difficulties for the analysis of these&lt;br /&gt;indicators.&lt;br /&gt;K=(C-L)/(H-L)&lt;br /&gt;Where :&lt;br /&gt;K – the stochastic oscillator&lt;br /&gt;w – the last close price&lt;br /&gt;L – the lowest level for last n periods,&lt;br /&gt;H – the highest level for last n periods. Offered number of using periods n 5 - 21.&lt;br /&gt;Furthermore, it’s recommended twice to smooth x out by the simple moving average of of 3&lt;br /&gt;periods length: %E (fast stockhastic) – this is the three period simple moving average from K,&lt;br /&gt;and %D (slow stochastic) - this is the three period simple moving average from %x. In cases the&lt;br /&gt;price reaches a new maximum, and on%K chart the new maximum is not shown up (negative&lt;br /&gt;divergence), it should be expected that the trend will reverse downward. On the contrary, when&lt;br /&gt;the price falls to the level of new minimum, but %K does not fall lower then its own minimal&lt;br /&gt;price (positive divergence), the trend of price turn upward should be expected. The lift of %K&lt;br /&gt;above %.D is the signal to the purchase with such divergences, and to sale – the fall of %K in&lt;br /&gt;lower level than %.D.&lt;br /&gt;26&lt;br /&gt;(Momentum)&lt;br /&gt;Momentum is one of basic often used oscillators. This indicator measures the of chahge of the&lt;br /&gt;prices&lt;br /&gt;Momentum = C - Cx,&lt;br /&gt;where&lt;br /&gt;w – the last close price,&lt;br /&gt;Cx – close price of n days (hours, minutes) ago.&lt;br /&gt;Momentum can take both the positive and negative values. The first attest to the fact that&lt;br /&gt;the price of closing is located above the price of closing X days ago and therefore the prices&lt;br /&gt;grow. Negative values speak, that the price of closing is lower than the price of closing X days&lt;br /&gt;ago, and it means, prices diminish. The greater the positive or negative value of Momentum in&lt;br /&gt;the absolute value, the more rapid the motion of prices is occurred. The Momentum chart is&lt;br /&gt;fluctuated near the zero line. In this case the intersection says that the movement direction is&lt;br /&gt;changed, i.e., market lost the momentum of inertia. Price still can grow, when the momentum is&lt;br /&gt;already approached to zero. After the intersection of the zero line the movement higher than zero&lt;br /&gt;indicates signal to buy and to sale if it is lower than zero.&lt;br /&gt;27&lt;br /&gt;MACD - Moving Averages Convergence-Divergence&lt;br /&gt;MACD - the most extended indicator, which is built on the difference of the averages. It was&lt;br /&gt;comprised by Gerald Eppel as a difference between two exponentially smoothed averages&lt;br /&gt;(EMA). These curves fluctuate around zero value. At the MACD analysis the standard methods&lt;br /&gt;of the oscillator research are basically used. Intersection is a signal to purchase or sale. Indicator&lt;br /&gt;reflects well the picture of divergence.&lt;br /&gt;The intersection of zero level speaks about possible change of trend. If this level&lt;br /&gt;intersects from the bottom to the top, then this is a signal to the purchase, if the intersection from&lt;br /&gt;the top to bottom this is a signal to sale.&lt;br /&gt;The intersection of the slow and more rapid lines also gives the signal. If the rapid line&lt;br /&gt;intersects the slow one from the bottom to the top, then this is a signal to the purchase. If&lt;br /&gt;therapid intersects slowly from the top to the bottom, then this is a signal to sale. This signal is&lt;br /&gt;strengthened, if then confirmation of it is occured. Further parallel motion of lines to the zero&lt;br /&gt;level and intersection of this level comes out as confirmation. The most important and strong&lt;br /&gt;signals confirming the basic trend.&lt;br /&gt;28&lt;br /&gt;Recommendations regarding the use of oscillators of all types&lt;br /&gt;1. Oscillators are best for using at the lateral trends. Otherwise the signals of those can prove to&lt;br /&gt;be premature or even false.&lt;br /&gt;2. the most checked signals are those, the state of overbought or oversold markets&lt;br /&gt;is determined with.&lt;br /&gt;3. The divergence between the price and oscillator always says about further strong reverse.&lt;br /&gt;4. React only to the signals co directed with the main price trends.&lt;br /&gt;3.4. FIBONACCI NUMBERS AND ELLIOT WAVE THEORY&lt;br /&gt;Fibonacci Numbers&lt;br /&gt;As Ralph Elliott admitted in his work “The Laws of Nature” the sequence of the numbers&lt;br /&gt;discovered by Fibonacci in the XIII century became the mathematical basis of his theory. In&lt;br /&gt;honor of Fibonacci the sequence discovered by him started to be called “Fibonacci Numbers”.&lt;br /&gt;Fibonacci had published three great works, the most famous of those is called “Liber Abaci”.&lt;br /&gt;Because of this book Europe learned the Indus- Arab system of the numbers, which extruded&lt;br /&gt;Roman numbers traditional for that time. The works of Fibonacci had enormous value for the&lt;br /&gt;subsequent development of mathematics, physics, astronomy and technology as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;Numerical sequence is such: 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89, 144... (And so on to&lt;br /&gt;infinity). Fibonacci sequence has very curious special features - the almost constant interrelation&lt;br /&gt;between the numbers is not the last one from those features. The sum of any two adjacent&lt;br /&gt;numbers is equal to the following number in the sequence. Example: 3 + 5 = 8; 5 + 8 = 13 etc.&lt;br /&gt;The ratio of any number of sequence to the following approaches 0,618 (after the first four&lt;br /&gt;numbers). Example: 1: 1 = 1; 1: 2 = 0,5; 2: 3 = 0,67; 3: 5 = 0,6; 5: 8 = 0,625; 8: 13 = 0,615; 13:&lt;br /&gt;21 = 0,619 etc. Note, as the value of relationships is fluctuating around value 0,618, moreover&lt;br /&gt;the spread of fluctuations gradually becomes narrow; and also to the values: 1,00; 0,5; 0,67. The&lt;br /&gt;ratio of any number to previous is approximately equal to 1,618 (reverse value 0,618). Example:&lt;br /&gt;13: 8 = 1,625; 21: 13 = 1,615; 34: 21 = 1,619. The greater the quantity of those numbers is, the&lt;br /&gt;closer they approach to the value 0,618 and 1,618. The ratio of any number to the following it&lt;br /&gt;through one approaches to 0,382, and to that preceding through one - 2,618. Example: 13: 34 =&lt;br /&gt;0,382; 34: 13 = 2,615. Fibonacci sequence contains and other curious correlations, or coefficient,&lt;br /&gt;but those, above shown are very important and well known. As we already emphasized above,&lt;br /&gt;indeed Fibonacci is not the original discoverer of his sequence. The fact is that coefficient of&lt;br /&gt;1,618 or 0,618 was known to the even Ancient Greek and ancient-Egyptian mathematicians, and&lt;br /&gt;it was called “ Golden coefficient” or “Golden Section”. We find its tracks in the music, art,&lt;br /&gt;architecture and biology. Greeks used principle of “ Golden coefficient” or “Golden Section”at&lt;br /&gt;the building of the Parthenon, Egyptians - great pyramid in Gize. Properties “ Golden&lt;br /&gt;29&lt;br /&gt;coefficient” they were well known to Pythagoras, Plato and Lednardo.Da.Vinchi. The&lt;br /&gt;proportions of Fibonacci's numbers give the orientators not only of the possible levels of rebound,&lt;br /&gt;but also indicate the possible value of motion in the case of continuing the tendency. If market&lt;br /&gt;rebouns after motion, and then motion in the same direction continues, then in the typical case&lt;br /&gt;the value of the continued motion can compose 1.618.&lt;br /&gt;Arcs. Fan and high-speed lines.&lt;br /&gt;One of the methods of application of the Fibonacci numbers is the construction of arcs.&lt;br /&gt;Center for this arc is selected at the point of the important ceiling or bottom. A radius of arcs is&lt;br /&gt;calculated with the aid of the multiplication of Fibonacci coefficients by the value of the&lt;br /&gt;previous significant decrease or lift of prices. Selective coefficients in this case have&lt;br /&gt;values of 0.333, 0.382, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.618, 0.666. In accordance with its arrangement of arc they&lt;br /&gt;will play the role of resistance or support. Arcs are usually used with the fan or high-speed&lt;br /&gt;lines to obtain idea not only about the levels, but also the time of the various price motions&lt;br /&gt;appearance. The principle of their construction is relative to just described. We select the point&lt;br /&gt;(or points) of past extrema and it is constructed vertical line from the apex of the second of them,&lt;br /&gt;and horizontal - from the apex of the first one. Received thus vertical section is divided to the&lt;br /&gt;parts corresponding to the Fibonacci coefficients. After this, we draw the rays emanating from&lt;br /&gt;the first point and passing through those just chosen points. If we use relations into 1/3 and 2/3,&lt;br /&gt;we will obtain high-speed lines, if stricter 0.382, 0.5, 0.618 - we obtain fan lines. Both those and&lt;br /&gt;the others will serve as the lines of resistance or support for the price trend. The intersections of&lt;br /&gt;fan lines and arcs will serve as signals for the development of the rotary points of trend,&lt;br /&gt;moreover both on the price and and&lt;br /&gt;time.&lt;br /&gt;Elliot Wave Theory&lt;br /&gt;Main discovery of Elliot consisted in the fact that the behavior of the"crowd" market&lt;br /&gt;merchants or participants of the stock exchange game is subordinated to the characteristic laws.&lt;br /&gt;In his opinion, social - mass psychological behavior is consecutive the stages of expansion,&lt;br /&gt;enthusiasm and euphoria, which follow the damping, decline and depression. This diagram is&lt;br /&gt;outlined in different periods of time, beginning from several minutes and concluding by centuries.&lt;br /&gt;The so-called wave diagram serves as the basis of theory. Wave is a clearly distinguishable price&lt;br /&gt;movement. Following the rules of psychological behavior, all motions of prices are divided into&lt;br /&gt;five waves in direction of stronger trend, and to three waves - in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;5&lt;br /&gt;30&lt;br /&gt;B&lt;br /&gt;3&lt;br /&gt;4 A&lt;br /&gt;1&lt;br /&gt;2 C&lt;br /&gt;(1) (3) (5) (t) (w) - the pulse waves&lt;br /&gt;; (2) (4) (B) – correcting waves. As soon as the increase, which consists of 5 waves,&lt;br /&gt;completes, 3 waves of the correction begin (t) (O) (w).&lt;br /&gt;The tendency will be always developed on the basic 8- wave cycle independent on degree.&lt;br /&gt;Waves can be divided (3 or 5). This laying out depends on the direction of larger wave, partly&lt;br /&gt;which it is. Thus, waves (1)(3)(5) are divided into 5 waves each, since wave I - ascending.&lt;br /&gt;Waves (2)(4) are divided into 3 waves of smaller degree, since these two waves go against the&lt;br /&gt;tendency. Waves (A) (B) (C) compose the corrective wave of the II larger degree. (t) (w) - they&lt;br /&gt;are divided into 5 waves, since they coincide with the direction of the elder tendency II. (O) - it&lt;br /&gt;consists of three waves, as it goes against the tendency II.&lt;br /&gt;General rule: Correction cannot consist of 5 waves.&lt;br /&gt;If 5- wave drop is observed at a general growth trend, it is possible to establish with a&lt;br /&gt;high portion of confidence that we deal concerning the I wave 3- wave (A) (B) of (C) of drop,&lt;br /&gt;i.e., drop will be continued. At the “bear” market after 3- wave increase the tendency of drop&lt;br /&gt;must be renewed, and the reanimation, which consists of 5 waves, warning that it, follows to&lt;br /&gt;expect the more significant motion of prices upward. This wave can prove to be the I - st wave of&lt;br /&gt;the “Bull” tendency.&lt;br /&gt;The signs of waves, independently on their hierarchical degree&lt;br /&gt;Wave 1&lt;br /&gt;Almost half of all first waves is conceived in the base of market and serves as rebound from the&lt;br /&gt;lowest levels. 1-st wave, as a rule, is the shortest of 5 waves, sometimes it is very dynamic, if this&lt;br /&gt;is a base of the market.&lt;br /&gt;Wave 2&lt;br /&gt;As a rule, pass completely or almost completely the distance, passed by the1-st wave, but it is&lt;br /&gt;retained above the level of the 1-st wave base .&lt;br /&gt;Wave 3&lt;br /&gt;31&lt;br /&gt;As a rule, the longest and most dynamic of all 5 pulse waves. The intersection with the wave of 3&lt;br /&gt;level of apex 1 of wave register all types of classical breakthroughs and the signal to the opening&lt;br /&gt;of long positions. A sharp increase in the volumes of the trade is fallen to this wave. Wave 3 can&lt;br /&gt;not ever be short.&lt;br /&gt;Wave4&lt;br /&gt;This wave has a complicated structure, it just like a wave 2 is the phase of correction or&lt;br /&gt;consolidation;&lt;br /&gt;however, it is characterized by its structure (rule of alternation) - triangles frequently appeaed&lt;br /&gt;General rule: The base of wave 4 never intersects the apex of wave&lt;br /&gt;Wave5&lt;br /&gt;It is less dynamic than wave 3. When this wave comes to the market, many indicators (oscillators)&lt;br /&gt;lag behind the motion of prices, and appear negative divergences (divergence), preventing about&lt;br /&gt;the approximation of the market top.&lt;br /&gt;Wave A&lt;br /&gt;Partition into 5 smaller waves is the most convincing signal of the appearance of this wave, in&lt;br /&gt;this case an increase in the volume corresponds to reduction in the price.&lt;br /&gt;Wave B&lt;br /&gt;This wave reflects rebound of prices upward with the new descending tendency. Low volume is&lt;br /&gt;the characteristic for it. In case this double top is formed.&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes even overlaps the apex of wave 5.&lt;br /&gt;Wave C&lt;br /&gt;Frequently it descends considerably lower than base of wave A, in particular, with drawing of&lt;br /&gt;the line of trend under the base of wave 4 and wave A on the chart appears the figure of “head&lt;br /&gt;and shoulders”. 5&lt;br /&gt;B&lt;br /&gt;3&lt;br /&gt;A&lt;br /&gt;4&lt;br /&gt;1&lt;br /&gt;2 C&lt;br /&gt;32&lt;br /&gt;Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;The complete cycle of the “Bull” market consists of 8 waves: 5 waves of increase, then 3&lt;br /&gt;waves of drop follow. Tendency is subdivided into 5 waves in the direction of the following in&lt;br /&gt;the hierarchy, the more prolonged tendency. The correction always consists of three waves.&lt;br /&gt;Simple corrections are of two types: zigzags 5-3-5 and plane waves 3-3-5.&lt;br /&gt;As a rule triangles are formed on the fourth waves (this model always precedes the last&lt;br /&gt;wave). Triangle can also be the corrective wave B.&lt;br /&gt;Any wave is the part of the longer wave and it is subdivided into the shorter waves.&lt;br /&gt;zcXae[ Xec[ Tq TiR]WgZcrh UXWc S[ZfdaTU[VfZd. Remaining two must remain equal in time&lt;br /&gt;and extent. Fibonacci sequence is the mathematical basis of the Elliott wave theory. A quantity&lt;br /&gt;of waves, forming tendency, coincides with Fibonacci numbers. The Fibonacci coefficients and&lt;br /&gt;the relations of the length of correction based on those are used for determining the price&lt;br /&gt;orientators. The ratio of the length of correction to the previous motion of market frequently is&lt;br /&gt;equal to 62%, 50% and 38%. The rule of alternation warns that there is no need to await the&lt;br /&gt;identical manifestation of price dynamics twice at once. The “bull” markets must not descend&lt;br /&gt;lower than base of the previous fourth wave. Wave 4 must not gush over wave 1.&lt;br /&gt;The basic aspects of the Eliot wave theory (by way of significance) are waveform, the&lt;br /&gt;correlation of waves and time. The procedure of prognostic calculations is constructed on the&lt;br /&gt;numerical correlation of values “movement-rebound” must give the coefficients “Golden&lt;br /&gt;Section” i.e.,:1,618; 2,618; 4,236 (at the movement )&lt;br /&gt;- 0,618;' 0,382; 0,236 (at the rebound);&lt;br /&gt;These numerical values are those important levels, the market “Remindes” in the price change&lt;br /&gt;process. trader is oriented specifically on those levels in his work. The simplest use of Fibonacci&lt;br /&gt;numbers find at the level of recoil or rebound calculation. As prices cannot continuously grow or&lt;br /&gt;fall prolonged time, after each of those changes there is one or another value or another recoil to&lt;br /&gt;the other side. This phenomenon is evident after strong and prolonged motion especially vividly.&lt;br /&gt;In this case the rebound 33% is most probable, and the rebound 66% is least probable. The use of&lt;br /&gt;Fibonacci's sequence makes it possible to increase the most probable lower boundary from 33%&lt;br /&gt;to 38,2% (number of Fibonacci 0,382) and at the same time decrease the least probable distant&lt;br /&gt;boundary from 66% to 61,8% (Fibonacci number 0,618). The achievement of the level in 38,2%&lt;br /&gt;occurs extremely often, which is caused by the enormous popularity of Elliott Wave Theory.&lt;br /&gt;Actually, as the majority of participants in the market expects this rebound precisely, it occurs.&lt;br /&gt;33&lt;br /&gt;The calculation of recoil and rebound levels is a sufficiently simple occupation that makes this&lt;br /&gt;analysis very attractive. Besides, the recoils and rebounds function both on the main trends and&lt;br /&gt;on the secondary and the short term trends. Thus, it is possible to observe them both on the&lt;br /&gt;weekly and on the hourly charts.&lt;br /&gt;34&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 4. STOCKJOBBING PSYCHOLOGY&lt;br /&gt;Trading results analysis&lt;br /&gt;Analysis and prognostication of the market, the composition of trading plan and practical&lt;br /&gt;trade are considered as the necessary and only actions at work in the financial market. It is out of&lt;br /&gt;focuse in casethat the analysis of own actions in the market is not less important part of work.&lt;br /&gt;Without the analysis of own successes and failures, without making of the statistics of profits and&lt;br /&gt;losses it is impossible to increase the result of trade. Financial markets and analysing methods of&lt;br /&gt;the market are that contradictory and ambiguous so work in the financial market is a continuous&lt;br /&gt;scientific research. Necessary:&lt;br /&gt;1. to keep records, not only recording economic indices and events, but also the reaction of the&lt;br /&gt;market at them.&lt;br /&gt;2. to conduct the registration of making and falsity of all of technical and computer analysis&lt;br /&gt;signals;&lt;br /&gt;3. to conduct the registration of the incomprehensible motions of the market prices;&lt;br /&gt;4. to write down own emotions and moods that substantially influenced decision making;&lt;br /&gt;Without the registrations of all events at the market and your reactions on them you will not be&lt;br /&gt;able to analyze the reason for successes and failures.&lt;br /&gt;Furthermore, usually after the short temporary period it is possible to analyze situation on the&lt;br /&gt;market more accurately and to give the more precise explanation to those events, which were&lt;br /&gt;obscure in their time. For example, you can learn about intervention of one of the central banks&lt;br /&gt;only next day. The discovery new signals can become the result of the analysis of your records&lt;br /&gt;for the prolonged time interval. Even if you do not invent new methods, the registration of events&lt;br /&gt;will allow you to feel the market more thinly. It is necessary to constantly return to the records.&lt;br /&gt;The repeated analysis of past events on the basis of your new experience makes possible for you&lt;br /&gt;to be improved by more rapid rates. This scrupulous attitude to the market exploration is&lt;br /&gt;especially important in the initial stage, when you only study your work at the market.&lt;br /&gt;The association of all data and different kinds of the analysis specific&lt;br /&gt;Search the charts of three temporary periods&lt;br /&gt;1. Good lines of trends - basic, average and short term trends. Moreover we draw such lines of&lt;br /&gt;trends not only through the maximum and minimum prices of entire chart, but we also search for&lt;br /&gt;the lines “inside” the chart, which are alternately for its different parts first the line of support,&lt;br /&gt;then the line of resistance.&lt;br /&gt;2. The significant levels, where many maximal, minimal prices or closing prices were&lt;br /&gt;encountered.&lt;br /&gt;35&lt;br /&gt;1. we determine the force of each line or level.&lt;br /&gt;2. in the absence of channel, build theoretical lines in parallel to existing lines.&lt;br /&gt;3. we calculate the levels of recoils or rebounds from 38%, 50%, 62% levels.&lt;br /&gt;4. we attempt to find the continuation or reversal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;5. If such figures are visible distinctly, then we are prepared for the possible course of&lt;br /&gt;events and we calculate purpose.&lt;br /&gt;6. we attempt to analyze charts in the point of view of the Elliott wave theory.&lt;br /&gt;7. we carry out the high-speed and fan lines&lt;br /&gt;8. we determine possible cycles and consider the right or left displacement.&lt;br /&gt;9. we analyze the candlestick charts.&lt;br /&gt;1. at the computer analysis we analyze the only charts of the indicators, which we&lt;br /&gt;mastered sufficiently well, paying attention to:&lt;br /&gt;2. divergence;&lt;br /&gt;3. Trends of these indicators;&lt;br /&gt;4. Critical “overbought” and “oversold” areas;&lt;br /&gt;5. intersection of the rapid and slow lines;&lt;br /&gt;6. Intersection of the “zero” level.&lt;br /&gt;With the fundamental analysis we attempt to reveal a main trend in development of the&lt;br /&gt;economy in order to determine the current tendency of strengthening or weakening currency. For&lt;br /&gt;our purposes with this analysis is important to determine current state of the economy of the&lt;br /&gt;individual country, as correlation between directions and rates of the development of the&lt;br /&gt;economies of the different countries. I.e., it is necessary to analyze not only the economic state of&lt;br /&gt;the individual countries, but also to achieve their comparative analysis. Currency rate is the&lt;br /&gt;relation between two currencies; therefore the greatest effect on it has precisely the difference&lt;br /&gt;between the levels of the development of the economies of these countries. It is necessary to&lt;br /&gt;analyze the cross - courses of currencies in order to have the capability to determine the relative&lt;br /&gt;speed of weakening or strengthening currencies, and also not to miss the rare case of their&lt;br /&gt;differently directed motion. It is necessary to analyze political events, statements and initiatives&lt;br /&gt;of the first persons of state. For this it is necessary to actively use the media: television, radio,&lt;br /&gt;newspapers and periodicals. To make entire enumerated work according to the analysis of the&lt;br /&gt;market during one day, week or even month is impossible. But, firstly, who said that this is an&lt;br /&gt;easy work? In secondly, what work does not require enormous efforts at the initial stage? Thirdly,&lt;br /&gt;there is no necessity to make daily its enormous part. For example, it suffices to carry out once a&lt;br /&gt;week or once two-three weeks for the analysis of weekly charts. You do not have to draw new&lt;br /&gt;lines on those charts, because the new significant lines appear not too often. Furthermore, you&lt;br /&gt;will remember well the majority of information such as significant levels, basic trends, the state&lt;br /&gt;of computer indicators and etc. therefore the analysis of new data will become practically&lt;br /&gt;instantaneous in a couple of years.&lt;br /&gt;36&lt;br /&gt;Capital management and trading tactics&lt;br /&gt;The safest trade - in the direction of intermediate-term trend.&lt;br /&gt;Buy on short term drops in the prices at the ascending tendency and sell on the short term with&lt;br /&gt;descending reanimations.&lt;br /&gt;Preserve profitable positions as longer as possible, and close the unprofitable in time.&lt;br /&gt;Use protecting stop - orders for limiting of the possible losses.&lt;br /&gt;Do not yield to emotions.&lt;br /&gt;Compile the plan of your work in the market and follow it.&lt;br /&gt;Diversify your briefcase, but do not forget about “Golden Mean”.&lt;br /&gt;Adding positions (erecting pyramid), adhere to the following rules:&lt;br /&gt;H) a number of positions at each subsequent level must be less than on previous;&lt;br /&gt;B) add only to the profitable positions;&lt;br /&gt;C) JKLMNOP JQ OMRPSTUVWQ L XRYWMZJY[ \M]K^KU[;&lt;br /&gt;D) place a stop- order as close as possible to the break-even sales level (break-even&lt;br /&gt;point).&lt;br /&gt;First of all close unprofitable positions, then profitable.&lt;br /&gt;Analyzing situation, move from the long-term chart to the the short termchart.&lt;br /&gt;Train your self not to fear to remain in the minority. There is nothing terrible in this;&lt;br /&gt;when your estimation is accurate, the majority of the other participants of the market, will not&lt;br /&gt;agree with it, as a rule. It is necessary to constantly learn, to improve your knowledge and habits&lt;br /&gt;of all analysis forms.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4560078772389344246-1584135013461693872?l=e-bookforex.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/feeds/1584135013461693872/comments/default' title='ส่งความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4560078772389344246&amp;postID=1584135013461693872' title='0 ความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/1584135013461693872'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/1584135013461693872'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/2007/08/trade-book.html' title='Trade Book'/><author><name>ฺBest</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08192619906037610452</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/-8C6RnmS7PBw/TjeVSCb5RjI/AAAAAAAAAHY/KfKz6Rwcbao/s220/220757415.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4560078772389344246.post-3828552563134589611</id><published>2007-08-25T18:42:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-08-25T18:42:57.282-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators [Wall Street Courier]'/><title type='text'>The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators [Wall Street Courier]</title><content type='html'>The transparency of the American markets offers an array of indicators and allows deep insights of prevailing sentiment. You find the activities of NYSE members like specialists and floor traders, public and odd lot short sales, the Short Interest Ratio as well as the large block transactions of the institutional investors published every week. Other tools for technical analysis include trend indicators, daily advances and declines, daily new highs and lows, volume, indices, put/call ratios and other useful information like Stochastics, RSI, MACD, TICK and more. The problem is only that all these indicators contradict each other most of the time. Countless books have been written on this subject, and no matter how many will be written in the future: always be aware that there is no such thing as the Holy Grail of the stock market. But some people are more successful than others and the answer is quite simple:&lt;br /&gt;No indicator is right all the time and you don't have to be right all the time. Just be right a higher percentage of the time than wrong. Choose some reliable indicators and stick to them. Don't follow some indicators for a while and switch to some others if they fail. Don't be a technician in the first half of the year and a fundamentalist the next half. Be consistent and disciplined in your approach. Don't abandon a good indicator because you think this time everything is different.&lt;br /&gt;It takes of course a lot of guts because the opinions of the most widely quoted gurus of Wall Street are usually contrary to your indicators at that time. This is much easier if you don't use margin. You will sleep a lot better if you buy fifty shares of IBM with the money you can spare than two hundred shares on credit.&lt;br /&gt;Happy Trading&lt;br /&gt;Wall Street Courier&lt;br /&gt;www.wallstreetcourier.com Page 2&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;Advance-Decline Indicators...................................................................................................5&lt;br /&gt;Advance-Decline Line........................................................................................................5&lt;br /&gt;Advance-Decline Ratio.......................................................................................................7&lt;br /&gt;Upside-Downside Volume Ratio........................................................................................8&lt;br /&gt;Upside-Downside Volume Line..........................................................................................9&lt;br /&gt;Upside-Downside Volume Net Difference........................................................................11&lt;br /&gt;Advance-Decline Net Difference......................................................................................12&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Advance-Decline Index............................................................................13&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Upside-Downside Volume Index..............................................................13&lt;br /&gt;Market Indicators.................................................................................................................14&lt;br /&gt;High-Low Differential Index..............................................................................................14&lt;br /&gt;High-Low Ratio................................................................................................................15&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures High-Low Index........................................................................................16&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Bottom Indicator......................................................................................16&lt;br /&gt;Cycles.............................................................................................................................19&lt;br /&gt;Large Block Index............................................................................................................19&lt;br /&gt;Short Term Trading Index (ARMS Index or TRIN)...........................................................20&lt;br /&gt;Trend Indicator.................................................................................................................22&lt;br /&gt;CBOE Volatility Index (VIX)..............................................................................................23&lt;br /&gt;Index Options Put/Call Ratio............................................................................................23&lt;br /&gt;Call/Put Ratio...................................................................................................................24&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Put/Volume Ratio.....................................................................................25&lt;br /&gt;Smart Money Flow Index.................................................................................................26&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Timing Indicator.......................................................................................27&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Market Timer Index..................................................................................28&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Fear Indicator..........................................................................................29&lt;br /&gt;Wall Street Courier Index.................................................................................................29&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Trading Index...........................................................................................30&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Speculation Index....................................................................................31&lt;br /&gt;Program Trading..............................................................................................................32&lt;br /&gt;Calendar Spread..............................................................................................................33&lt;br /&gt;Odd-Lot Differential Index................................................................................................34 Page 3&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Short Sales Statistics...........................................................................................................35&lt;br /&gt;The NYSE Short Interest Ratio........................................................................................35&lt;br /&gt;Odd-Lot Short Sales Ratio...............................................................................................36&lt;br /&gt;Floor Traders Short Sales Ratio.......................................................................................36&lt;br /&gt;Specialist Short Sales Ratio.............................................................................................37&lt;br /&gt;NYSE Member Short Sales Ratio....................................................................................38&lt;br /&gt;Public Short Sales Ratio..................................................................................................38&lt;br /&gt;Odd-Lot Balance Index....................................................................................................39&lt;br /&gt;Odd-Lot/Floor Trader Short Sales Ratio...........................................................................40&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Odd-Lot/Specialist Short Sales Ratio.......................................................40&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Public/Member Short Sales Ratio............................................................41&lt;br /&gt;Public/Specialists Short Sales Ratio................................................................................42&lt;br /&gt;High readings indicate heavy shorting by the public (the so called crowd) and therefore bottoms, low readings indicate tops.................................................................................42&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures NYSE Member Trading Indicator.............................................................43&lt;br /&gt;Sentiment Indicators............................................................................................................44&lt;br /&gt;Investor Sentiment...........................................................................................................44&lt;br /&gt;Commitments of Traders Report......................................................................................46&lt;br /&gt;Appendix.............................................................................................................................48&lt;br /&gt;Dow Jones Industrial........................................................................................................48&lt;br /&gt;S&amp;P 500...........................................................................................................................48&lt;br /&gt;Risk Statement....................................................................................................................49&lt;br /&gt;Page 4&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Advance-Decline Indicators&lt;br /&gt;Advance-Decline Line&lt;br /&gt;The Advance-Decline Line is a market breadth indicator and should be compared to the other market indices like the Dow Jones or S&amp;amp;P 500. Daily or weekly NYSE data is used in the calculation. Because the Advance-Decline Line reflects the action of the general market, any divergences are watched closely by market technicians. As long as the Dow and the Advance-Decline Line are moving in the same direction the trend will continue. If the Dow makes a new high which is not confirmed by a high of the Advance-Decline Line, caution is warranted. Vice versa, if the Dow makes a new low and the Advance-Decline Line doesn't you should cover your short sales.&lt;br /&gt;ADVANCE - DECLINE LINE WEEKLY10000012000014000016000096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com&lt;br /&gt;To calculate your own weekly Advance-Decline Line is very simple and you can begin your calculations at any time. Just pick a large enough base number like 100000. Then you calculate each week (or day) the difference between advances and declines by adding the advances and subtracting the declines. If you have 1269 advances and 1457 declines on your first week, the reading of your newly created weekly Advance-Decline Line would be 99812 (example below).&lt;br /&gt;Page 5&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Advance-Decline Line gave a useful example in 1999. During the strong bull market the advance was quite broad and the A/D Line moved in tandem with the Dow. But when the Dow made new highs in the beginning of 1999 the A/D Line was already lagging behind, indicating a weakening of the general market. Internet mania and technology craze kept the market going for a while.&lt;br /&gt;Page 6&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Advance-Decline Ratio&lt;br /&gt;The Advance-Decline Ratio is also market breadth indicator. It is calculated by dividing the number of advancing issues by the number of declining issues using daily or weekly NYSE data. It works very well as an overbought/oversold indicator and as a momentum indicator. A moving average should be used to smooth out the swings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This chart shows you the weekly NYSE Advance-Decline Ratio on a 10-week moving average. Readings below 90 indicate intermediate bottoms and readings above 170 tops.&lt;br /&gt;ADVANCE-DECLINE RATIO0,400,801,201,602,002,4095-08-1195-10-0695-12-0196-01-2696-03-2296-05-1796-07-1296-09-0696-11-0196-12-2797-02-2197-04-1897-06-1397-08-0897-10-0397-11-2898-01-2398-03-2098-05-1598-07-1098-09-0498-10-3098-12-2599-02-1999-04-1699-06-1199-08-0699-10-0199-11-2600-01-2100-03-1700-05-1200-07-0700-09-0100-10-2700-12-2201-02-1601-04-1301-06-08© WallStreetCourier.com10-DAY MOVING AVERAGE Page 7&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Upside-Downside Volume Ratio&lt;br /&gt;The Upside-Downside Volume Ratio is also market breadth indicator. It is calculated by dividing the volume of advancing issues by the volume of declining issues, using daily or weekly NYSE data. It works very well as an overbought/oversold indicator and as well as a momentum indicator. A moving average should be used to smooth out the swings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;UPSIDE/DOWNSIDE VOLUME RATIO8010012014016018096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Page 8&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Upside-Downside Volume Line&lt;br /&gt;The Upside-Downside Volume Line is a market breadth indicator and should be compared to the other market indices like the Dow Jones or S&amp;P 500. Daily or weekly NYSE data is used in the calculation. Because the Upside-Downside Volume Line reflects the action of the general market, any divergences are watched closely by market technicians. As long as the Dow and the Upside-Downside Volume Line are moving in the same direction the trend will continue. If the Dow makes a new high which is not confirmed by a high of the Upside-Downside Volume Line, caution is warranted. It is more affirmative than the Advance-Decline Line and it gave a perfect sell signal in January 2000, when the Dow made a new high and the Upside-Downside Volume Line lagged behind (charts below). Vice versa, if the Dow makes a new low and the Upside-Downside Volume Line doesn't, you should cover your short sales. To calculate your own weekly Upside-Downside Volume Line is very simple and you can begin your calculations at any time. Just pick a large enough base number like 1000000. Then you calculate each week (or day) the difference between the upside volume and downside volume by adding the volume of advancing issues and subtracting the volume of declining issues. If you have an upside volume of 673210 and a downside volume of 732827 on your first week, the reading of your newly created weekly Upside-Downside Volume Line would be 940383 (example below).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Here is a beautiful example of the Upside-Downside Volume Line. Volume moves the markets and this indicator gave a perfect sell signal in December 1999, when the Dow made a new high and the Upside-Downside Volume Line didn't. It would have kept you also on the right side of the market right to the top.&lt;br /&gt;ADVANCE - DECLINE VOLUME LINE10000003000000500000070000009000000110000001300000015000000170000001900000021000000230000002500000096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comDIVERGENCE&lt;br /&gt;DOW JONES WEEKLY CLOSE5000600070008000900010000110001200096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com DIVERGENCE&lt;br /&gt;Page 10&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Upside-Downside Volume Net Difference&lt;br /&gt;Another method used by market technicians is to calculate the net difference between the upside- and downside volume. Daily or weekly data can be used. The net difference between upside- and downside volume is calculated weekly and the result is added. To smooth out the swings, a 10-week moving average should be applied. Below there is an example for weekly calculations:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;UP - DOWNVOLUME NET DIFFERENCE-1000000-5000000500000100000096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Page 11&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Advance-Decline Net Difference&lt;br /&gt;Another method used by market technicians is to calculate the net difference between advances and declines. Daily or weekly data can be used. The net difference between advances and declines is calculated weekly and the result is added. To smooth out the swings, a 10-week moving average is applied. Below there is an example for weekly calculations:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The chart went from extremely overbought in July 1997 to heavily oversold in September 1998: ADVANCE - DECLINE NET DIFFERENCE-1500-1000-500050010001500200096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© Page 12&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Advance-Decline Index&lt;br /&gt;This indicator is calculated by dividing the weekly number of advances and declines by the number of total issues traded. A 10-week moving average is applied to smooth out the swings.&lt;br /&gt;ADVANCE - DECLINE INDEX WEEKLY0,300,350,400,450,500,550,6096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comADVANCESDECLINES&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Upside-Downside Volume Index&lt;br /&gt;This indicator is calculated by dividing the weekly upside and downside volumes by the weekly total volume. A 10-week moving average is applied to smooth out the swings. UPSIDE - DOWNSIDE VOLUME INDEX WEEKLY0,360,380,400,420,440,460,480,500,520,540,5696-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comUPSIDE VOLUMEDOWNSIDE VOLUMEy Page 13&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Market Indicators&lt;br /&gt;High-Low Differential Index&lt;br /&gt;Like the advance-decline line, the high-low indicators produce signals when they diverge from the action of the indices like the Dow Jones or the S&amp;amp;P 500. It is considered unhealthy for the market climate if the indices make new highs without many stocks reaching new highs at the same time. Chart technicians use various methods to spot divergences from the major market indices.&lt;br /&gt;The High-Low Differential Index produces good longer term signals when it diverges from the action of the Dow over a prolonged period of time. Daily or weekly data may be used and the calculation of this indicator is very simple; just subtract the daily or weekly new lows from the new highs to get the differential and apply a moving average to smooth out the swings. If you have 479 new highs and 31 new lows on your first week, the reading of your newly created weekly High-Low Differential Index would be 448 (example below).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;HIGH-LOW DIFFERENTIAL INDEX-1500-1000-50005001000150096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com&lt;br /&gt;High-Low Ratio&lt;br /&gt;The High-Low Ratio is the number of new highs divided by the numbers of new lows. Daily or weekly data may be used in the calculation. Readings do get sometimes very distorted if there are for instance about 600 new highs and 5 new lows or vice versa. A long-period moving average should therefore be applied.&lt;br /&gt;HIGH-LOW RATIO WEEKLY0246810121416182096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Page 15&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures High-Low Index&lt;br /&gt;This indicator is calculated by dividing the weekly number of highs and lows by the number of total issues traded. A 10-week moving average is applied to smooth out the swings. Like the advance-decline line, this indicator produces signals when it diverges from the action of the indices like the Dow Jones or the S&amp;P 500. It is considered unhealthy for the market climate if the indices make new highs without many stocks reaching new highs at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;HIGH -LOW INDEX0,010,030,050,070,090,110,130,150,170,190,210,230,2596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comLOWSHIGHS10- WEEK MOVING AVERAGE&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Bottom Indicator&lt;br /&gt;The Global Futures Bottom Indicator was developed by R. Koch of Wall Street Courier. To our knowledge there is no previous mentioning of this indicator in any financial publication. It does not appear very often but it is extremely reliable when the market is at a turning point. It prevents long-term investors from buying at the wrong time and works especially well for option traders because of its incredibly perfect timing. Unfortunately this indicator does not tell you when to sell. Set yourself a limit if you trade options, or use trailing stop-loss orders if you are a long-term investor.&lt;br /&gt;Page 16&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Check BARRON`S every Monday for the weekly:&lt;br /&gt;• CALLS ADVANCES&lt;br /&gt;• CALLS DECLINES&lt;br /&gt;• PUTS ADVANCES&lt;br /&gt;• PUTS DECLINES&lt;br /&gt;• (CBOE MARKET REPORT)&lt;br /&gt;It takes you only five minutes every week to calculate the Global Futures Bottom Indicator:&lt;br /&gt;• Divide the number of calls advancing by the number of calls declining&lt;br /&gt;• Divide the number of puts declining by the number of puts advancing&lt;br /&gt;• Subtract the result of calls adv./decl. from the result of puts decl./adv.&lt;br /&gt;• Plot the difference on a chart and ignore the decimal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;THE GLOBAL FUTURES BOTTOM INDICATOR-25257512517522527532537542547596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com THE GLOBAL FUTURES BOTTOM INDICATOR-20,00-10,000,0010,0020,0030,0040,0050,0096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBUYBOTTOM&lt;br /&gt;Any zero or minus reading indicates a bottom. Since this indicator was invented and developed it only failed twice on a minus reading if compared to the Dow Jones. This was due to panic selling on August 3rd and August 24th 1990 when Saddam invaded Kuwait.&lt;br /&gt;• Readings between 1 and 5 are also very reliable and indicate intermediate bottoms in bull markets.&lt;br /&gt;• Readings up to 25 may work but should be counterchecked with other indicators such as the Global Futures Market Timing Indicator.&lt;br /&gt;• Readings above 600 are good breadth indicators and show you that a powerful market move on the upside is to be expected.&lt;br /&gt;• Ignore all other readings.&lt;br /&gt;Page 18&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;For your convenience there is a track record attached (377 kb) back to 1985 for you to check the value of this indicator. Plot the numbers on a chart and compare it with previous market action. Feel free to make use of our indicator if you find it useful. Feel also free to publish it as long as you mention the source and call it the Global Futures Bottom Indicator. Download the track record at http://www.wallstreetcourier.com/technician/timing-indicators/track-record.htm&lt;br /&gt;Cycles&lt;br /&gt;Cycle analysis has a long history and is also part of technical analysis. All markets appear to be subject to cyclical patterns and forces caused by economic influences and countless other factors. Stock market movements seem to take place with cyclical regularity and timing your trades to coincide with anticipated cyclical movements can be very rewarding. Wall Street Courier offers some very reliable cycles for subscribers.&lt;br /&gt;Large Block Index&lt;br /&gt;The Large Block Index is calculated from the number of upticks and downticks in large block transactions of single trades of 10 000 shares and over. An uptick is at a price higher than the last previous trade and initiated by a buyer. A downtick is at a price lower than the previous trade and initiated by a seller. The rationale behind the Large Block Index is quite simple. It measures activities and extremes in institutional sentiment and behavior. When the ratio of upticks rises to very high levels, it indicates that the institutions are buying heavily, reaching a fully invested position and therefore lowering their cash reserves.&lt;br /&gt;Conversely, when the ratio of downticks rises to high levels, it indicates that the institutions are selling and are raising cash. When the institutional behaviour reaches extremes, the market will turn in a contrary direction. This indicator has often signaled major reversals and has also prevented investors from plunging into the market at the wrong time. The chart below shows you this indicator on a 10-day moving average.&lt;br /&gt;Page 19&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;THE GLOBAL FUTURES LARGE BLOCK INDEX0,800,850,900,951,001,051,101,151,201,251,301,351,401,451,5098-08-1498-09-1198-10-0998-11-0698-12-0499-01-0199-01-2999-02-2699-03-2699-04-2399-05-2199-06-1899-07-1699-08-1399-09-1099-10-0899-11-0599-12-0399-12-3100-01-2800-02-2500-03-2400-04-2100-05-1900-06-1600-07-1400-08-1100-09-0800-10-0600-11-0300-12-0100-12-2901-01-2601-02-2301-03-2301-04-2001-05-1801-06-15© WallStreetCourier.comBUYSELL10-DAY MOVING AVERAGE&lt;br /&gt;Short Term Trading Index (ARMS Index or TRIN)&lt;br /&gt;The Short Term Trading Index was invented over 30 years ago by Richard Arms and is also known as ARMS Index. It is calculated by dividing advancing issues by declining issues and advancing volume by declining volume. The first result is then divided by the latter and the result is the TRIN. If the index is above one, the average volume of stocks that fell on the NYSE was greater than the average volume of stocks that rose and vice versa. But it is most confirmative when it reaches extremes. This indicator rises sharply when the market is most depressed and selling is climaxing, and falls to very low levels during buying frenzies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SHORT TERM TRADING INDEX WEEKLY (TRIN)0,700,901,101,3096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBUYSELL4-WEEK MOVING AVERAGE&lt;br /&gt;TRIN DAILY0,700,951,201,451,7096-01-0296-02-2796-04-2396-06-1896-08-1396-10-0896-12-0397-01-2897-03-2597-05-2097-07-1597-09-0997-11-0497-12-3098-02-2498-04-2198-06-1698-08-1198-10-0698-12-0199-01-2699-03-2399-05-1899-07-1399-09-0799-11-0299-12-2800-02-2200-04-1800-06-1300-08-0800-10-0300-11-2801-01-2301-03-2001-05-15© WallStreetCourier.com10-DAY MOVING AVERAGEBUYSELL&lt;br /&gt;Page 21&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Trend Indicator&lt;br /&gt;Why are some traders more successful than others? There are probably as many answers as there are traders out there. But you will undoubtedly agree that most of the money is being made in a trend, especially as far as options and futures are concerned. In options trading your biggest enemy by far is time. You need to have the patience and discipline to wait for a trend in the market in order to succeed on the long run. The same rule applies to any short-term oriented trader. The Global Futures Trend Index shows you clearly when to enter the market. This index is computed by dividing the daily highs by the sum of the daily highs and lows. A 10-week moving average is applied to smooth out the swings. As long as the readings of this index stay above the 80%-level there is a solid bullish trend in progress. Any weakness should be used to go long or to buy call options, preferably of stocks which are in a clear uptrend, or stock index options. Readings below 20 indicate a bearish trend. Strong days should be used to short stocks which are already weak, or to buy put options. As long as this indicator is in neutral territory don't do anything unless you are a savvy stockpicker, insider or a long-term value investor.&lt;br /&gt;THE GLOBAL FUTURES TREND INDEX0,000,100,200,300,400,500,600,700,800,901,0096-01-0296-02-2796-04-2396-06-1896-08-1396-10-0896-12-0397-01-2897-03-2597-05-2097-07-1597-09-0997-11-0497-12-3098-02-2498-04-2198-06-1698-08-1198-10-0698-12-0199-01-2699-03-2399-05-1899-07-1399-09-0799-11-0299-12-2800-02-2200-04-1800-06-1300-08-0800-10-0300-11-2801-01-2301-03-2001-05-15© WallStreetCourier.comBULLISH TRENDTRADING RANGE MARKETBEARISH TREND&lt;br /&gt;Page 22&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;CBOE Volatility Index (VIX)&lt;br /&gt;VIX computes volatility of four OEX contracts in two nearby months and is published daily by the CBOE. Options selected for this index are one call and one put just out of the money, and one call and one put just in the money, for each of the two front months of the OEX (S&amp;amp;P 100). Extremely high readings of VIX indicate bottoms and low readings tops.&lt;br /&gt;VOLATILITY INDEX (VIX) WEEKLY0102030405096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18©&lt;br /&gt;Index Options Put/Call Ratio&lt;br /&gt;This indicator is calculated by dividing the weekly volume of S&amp;P 100 call options by the weekly volume of S&amp;amp;P 100 put options. Big call volume appears at market tops and big put volume at bottoms. But call/put ratios of the indices like OEX and SPX are distorted and clouded by arbitrage and hedging and do therefore not always reflect true investor sentiment.&lt;br /&gt;Page 23&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;CALL/PUT RATIO OEX0,350,550,750,951,1596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com4-WEEK MOVING AVERAGEBUYSELL&lt;br /&gt;Call/Put Ratio&lt;br /&gt;This indicator is calculated by dividing the daily or weekly volume of call options by the daily or weekly volume of put options. Big call volume appears at market tops and big put volume at bottoms. Only CBOE equity options or all CBOE options should be used for this indicator. Call/put ratios of the indices like OEX and SPX are distorted and clouded by arbitrage and hedging and do therefore not always reflect true investor sentiment. The chart below shows you the weekly call/put ratio on a 4-week moving average to smooth out the swings.&lt;br /&gt;CALL/PUT RATIO ALL CBOE OPTIONS1,001,251,501,752,002,252,5096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comSELLBUY4-WEEK MOVING AVERAGE Page 24&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;CALL/PUT RATIO EQUITY OPTIONS1,502,002,503,0096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBUYSELL4-WEEK MOVING AVERAGE&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Put/Volume Ratio&lt;br /&gt;The Global Futures Put/Volume Ratio is a market sentiment indicator. It is calculated by dividing the volume of CBOE equity put options by the NYSE volume on a weekly basis and is interpreted in a contrary fashion. High readings signify extreme pessimism and fear, sometimes outright panic and indicate very often bottoms. Low readings of this indicator result from the anticipation of higher prices ahead and are therefore considered bearish. It is in our opinion more affirmative than the widely used put/call ratio which has gained widespread notice. THE GLOBAL FUTURES PUT/VOLUME RATIO1520253035404596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com Page 25&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Smart Money Flow Index&lt;br /&gt;The Smart Money Flow Index has long been one of the best kept secrets of Wall Street. Everybody knows the importance of a closing price and other last hour indicators like the Closing Tick, which we publish daily for free on our portal. The Smart Money Flow Index is therefore calculated by taking the action of the Dow in two time periods: the first 30 minutes and the close. The first 30 minutes represent emotional buying, driven by greed and fear of the crowd based on good and bad news. There is also a lot of buying on market orders and short covering at the opening. Smart money waits until the end and they very often test the market before by shorting heavily just to see how the market reacts. Then they move in the big way. These heavy hitters also have the best possible information available to them and they do have the edge on all the other market participants. The Smart Money Indicator is calculated like the Advance-Decline Line. You can easily do it yourself if you don't want to pay our subscription rate of $1.50 weekly (based on a 6-month membership). Just start at any given day, subtract the price of the Dow at 10 AM from the previous day's close and add today's closing price. The result is plotted on a chart, together with the closing price of the Dow only. Whenever the Dow makes a high which is not confirmed by the SMI there is trouble ahead (chart below). Watch the divergence around June 1998, February 2000 and September 2000. Watching this indicator is like being on a plane and see the pilots jumping off with parachutes. This indicator is suitable only for investors with a longer time horizon. Such investors should buy blue chips when the indicator gives a buy signal, and sell and sell short on a divergence.&lt;br /&gt;SMART MONEY FLOW INDEX60008000100001200098-01-0298-01-3098-02-2798-03-2798-04-2498-05-2298-06-1998-07-1798-08-1498-09-1198-10-0998-11-0698-12-0499-01-0199-01-2999-02-2699-03-2699-04-2399-05-2199-06-1899-07-1699-08-1399-09-1099-10-0899-11-0599-12-0399-12-3100-01-2800-02-2500-03-2400-04-2100-05-1900-06-1600-07-1400-08-1100-09-0800-10-0600-11-0300-12-0100-12-2901-01-2601-02-2301-03-2301-04-2001-05-1801-06-15© WallStreetCourier.comDOW JONES CLOSESMART MONEY FLOW INDEXBearishDivergenceBearishDivergence&lt;br /&gt;BullishDivergence&lt;br /&gt;Page 26&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Timing Indicator&lt;br /&gt;This indicator, like the Global Futures Bottom Indicator, is unknown until now to the investment community and is not available anywhere else. To our knowledge there is no previous mentioning of this indicator in any financial publication. It was also developed by R. Koch of Wall Street Courier. The Global Futures Timing Indicator gives buy signals more often and is an excellent supplement to the Global Futures Bottom Indicator, especially when this one has readings between 6 and 25. It prevents investors from buying at the wrong time and it works also very well for option speculators and position traders because of its expert timing.&lt;br /&gt;Both indicators together should improve your trading substantially and will build you an estate in the years ahead. Just start buying good value stocks whenever the readings of the Global Futures Timing Indicator shrink to single digit numbers. This takes of course a lot of guts because the opinions of the widely quoted gurus are usually contrary at this time. Minus readings indicate an intermediate bottom.&lt;br /&gt;THE GLOBAL FUTURES TIMING INDICATOR-20,00-10,000,0010,0020,0030,0040,0050,0060,0070,0080,0096-01-1296-02-2396-04-0596-05-1796-06-2896-08-0996-09-2096-11-0196-12-1397-01-2497-03-0797-04-1897-05-3097-07-1197-08-2297-10-0397-11-1497-12-2698-02-0698-03-2098-05-0198-06-1298-07-2498-09-0498-10-1698-11-2799-01-0899-02-1999-04-0299-05-1499-06-2599-08-0699-09-1799-10-2999-12-1000-01-2100-03-0300-04-1400-05-2600-07-0700-08-1800-09-2900-11-1000-12-2201-02-0201-03-1601-04-2701-06-08© WallStreetCourier.comSTART BUYINGINTERMEDIATE BOTTOM&lt;br /&gt;Page 27&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Market Timer Index&lt;br /&gt;The Global Futures Market Timer Index is a proprietary indicator of Global Futures and not available anywhere else. It was unknown until now to the investment community and to our knowledge there is no previous mentioning of this indicator in any financial publication. The Global Futures Market Timer Index gives buy signals when it has readings below 1,00 and sell signals above 1,20. Start buying good value stocks whenever the readings of this index fall below 1,00. This takes of course a lot of guts because the opinions of the widely quoted gurus are usually contrary at this time. Place close stops when readings go above 1,20.&lt;br /&gt;THE GLOBAL FUTURES MARKET TIMER INDEX0,801,001,201,4096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© SELLBUY&lt;br /&gt;Page 28&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Fear Indicator&lt;br /&gt;The Global Futures Fear Indicator is a proprietary indicator of Global Futures and not available anywhere else. It was unknown until now to the investment community and to our knowledge there is no previous mentioning of this indicator in any financial publication. The Global Futures Indicator gives buy signals when it has readings between 0 and 10.&lt;br /&gt;Start buying good value stocks whenever the readings of this index fall below 0. This takes of course a lot of guts because the opinions of the widely quoted gurus are usually contrary at this time. Unfortunately this indicator does not tell you when to sell. Set yourself a limit if you trade options or use trailing stop-loss orders if you are a long-term investor.&lt;br /&gt;THE GLOBAL FUTURES FEAR INDICATOR-5,000,005,0010,0015,0020,0025,0030,0035,0040,0096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBUYPANIC&lt;br /&gt;Wall Street Courier Index&lt;br /&gt;The Wall Street Courier Index gives you a longer term picture of the stock market. Readings below 40 indicate a heavily oversold market which is ripe for an upturn. Readings above 50 flash a warning signal and you should use trailing stop-loss orders to protect your profits. This index serves longer-term oriented position traders very well. It is also a contrarian indicator and once again we would like to remind you that charts usually look most bullish at tops and most bearish at bottoms.This indicator has an excellent track record as you can see.&lt;br /&gt;Page 29&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;THE WALL STREET COURIER INDEX0,350,400,450,500,550,6096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBUYSELL&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Trading Index&lt;br /&gt;The Global Futures Trading Index is a proprietary indicator of Global Futures. It shows bottoms and tops in trends and should be used together with the Global Futures Trend Index for exact timing. If the market is in a clear uptrend according to our trend index, go long if the Global Futures Trading Index shows a reading below 35. The reverse is true in a downtrend. Go short or buy puts if the index gives readings of 55 or above when the Global Futures Trend Index is below 20. Cover all your shorts if the index trades below 35 in a bearish trend. Please bear in mind that this index is a contrary indicator and therefore when these signals are given, they will be most likely contrary to most of the news of the moment and the opinions of the well known and most widely quoted gurus of Wall Street.&lt;br /&gt;Page 30&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;THE GLOBAL FUTURES TRADING INDEX0,250,300,350,400,450,500,550,600,650,700,7596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBUYSELL&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Speculation Index&lt;br /&gt;This indicator is calculated by simply adding the number of the weekly CBOE equity calls and puts together and dividing the result by the weekly NYSE volume.&lt;br /&gt;THE GLOBAL FUTURES SPECULATION INDEX0,600,801,001,201,4096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com Page 31&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Program Trading&lt;br /&gt;Program trading is the purchase or sale of at least 15 different stocks with a total value of $1 million or more. Some of Wall Streets biggest names are the players in this game and they are among others: Merrill Lynch, Bear Stearns, First Boston, Morgan Stanley, Deutsche Bank Sec, and Nomura. There is a bullish tendency in the market whenever the Buy/Sell Ratio of program traders rises above 1,20 on a 4-week moving average. When program trading becomes excessive and accounts for more than about 25% of total volume on a 4-week moving average, the market became vulnerable in the past.&lt;br /&gt;NYSE PROGRAM TRADING - BUY/SELL RATIO0,600,801,001,201,401,601,8096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com4 - WEEK MOVING AVERAGE PROGRAM TRADING IN % OF NYSE VOLUME 81420263296-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com4- WEEK MOVING AVERAGE&lt;br /&gt;Page 32&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Time Premium Index&lt;br /&gt;The Global Futures Time Premium Index is a sentiment indicator. The spread between the S&amp;P 500 cash index and the S&amp;amp;P futures contracts (premium) shows high readings near market tops and low readings near market bottoms. The bold red lines on the chart below show you the futures contracts with the highest and lowest premiums of the last years on a 5-day moving average for comparison (6 months until expiration). If the index (premium of the nearby S&amp;P 500 futures contract on a 5-day moving average) moves close to the upper line or above, bullish sentiment is prevailing which is a bearish indicator. The reverse is true if the index moves near or below the lower line; it shows extreme pessimism by futures traders and indicates bottoms.&lt;br /&gt;GLOBAL FUTURES TIME PREMIUM INDEX01020304050114112110108106104102100989694929088868482807876747270686664626058565452504846444240383634323028262422201816141108642© WallStreetCourier.comSP U1&lt;br /&gt;Calendar Spread&lt;br /&gt;A good sentiment indicator in the past has been the Calendar Spread . This is the premium spread of the two nearby S&amp;P 500 futures contracts (for instance the difference between the June SP and September SP contracts on a 5- day moving average). It shows if futures traders are extremely bearish or bullish. When speculation peaked in June 2000 and everybody was bullish, this indicator was as high as 23!&lt;br /&gt;Page 33&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;DAILY CALENDAR SPREAD71115192399-01-0699-02-0399-03-0399-03-3199-04-2899-05-2699-06-2399-07-2199-08-1899-09-1599-10-1399-11-1099-12-0800-01-0500-02-0200-03-0100-03-2900-04-2600-05-2400-06-2100-07-1900-08-1600-09-1300-10-1100-11-0800-12-0601-01-0301-01-3101-02-2801-03-2801-04-2501-05-2301-06-2001-07-18© WallStreetCourier.com5- DAY MOVING AVERAGE&lt;br /&gt;Odd-Lot Differential Index&lt;br /&gt;This index is simply calculated by subtracting the daily or weekly odd-lot sales from the daily or weekly odd-lot purchases. A 10-period moving average is applied to smooth out the swings. High readings appear near market tops and minus readings near bottoms. Introduced by Wall Street Courier, the Odd -Lot Differential Index indicates the market sentiment of small investors who purchase less than 100 shares of a stock. These market participants are usually wrong about the direction of the market and this indicator is therefore considered to be a contrary opinion sentiment indicator.&lt;br /&gt;ODD-LOT DIFFERENTIAL INDEX DAILY-1000010002000300002.01.200105.01.200110.01.200116.01.200119.01.200124.01.200129.01.200101.02.200106.02.200109.02.200114.02.20010.02.200123.02.200128.02.200105.03.200108.03.200113.03.200116.03.200121.03.200126.03.200129.03.200103.04.200106.04.200111.04.20117.04.200120.04.200125.04.200130.04.200103.05.200108.05.200111.05.200116.05.200121.05.200124.05.200130.05.200104.06.200107.06.00112.06.200115.06.200120.06.200125.06.200128.06.2001© WallStreetCourier.com10-DAY MOVING AVERAGE Page 34&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Short Sales Statistics&lt;br /&gt;The NYSE Short Interest Ratio&lt;br /&gt;Every short seller anticipates a declining stock market. Investors sell short stock when they anticipate its price going lower. Sooner or later they must cover their short sales by buying back the stock. A profit is made if the stock is bought back at a lower price than when it was sold short. Indicators based on short selling statistics are an important part of technical analysis. Daily and weekly short sales are reported by the NYSE and published by financial sites all over the Internet. Market technicians watch the short selling activities of all the market participants very carefully. They distinguish between the odd-lots and the general public, the so called crowd, and the well informed NYSE members, specialists, floor traders and corporate insiders. When a large amount of short selling activity is occurring, market participants obviously expect prices to head lower. The NYSE Short Interest Ratio is therefore a long-term contrary opinion sentiment indicator. It is calculated by dividing the monthly short interest figure released by the New York Stock Exchange by the average volume of trading per day. These numbers get sometimes distorted by arbitrage transactions, but the short interest ratio is nevertheless a good indicator of optimism or pessimism in the market. Short sellers are potential buyers sooner or later and represent a lot of buying power when they have to scramble for cover in a sudden market turn. Contrary indicators require at least some degree of pessimism in order to function and therefore you should watch this ratio very carefully. THE NYSE SHORT INTEREST RATIO2468Jan96Mar96May96Jul.96Sep.96Nov.96Jan97Mar97May97Jul.97Sep.97Nov.97Jan98Mar98May98Jul.98Sep.98Nov.98Jan99Mar99May99Jul.99Sep.99Nov.99Jan00Mar00May00Jul.00Sep.00Nov.00Jan01Mar 01May 01© WallStreetCourier.com Page 35&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Odd-Lot Short Sales Ratio&lt;br /&gt;The Odd-Lot Short Sales Ratio is calculated by dividing odd-lot short sales by the total number of short sales. For stocks, the generally accepted unit of trading is 100 shares (round lot). The Odd -Lot Short Ratio indicates the market sentiment of small investors who purchase less than 100 shares of a stock (odd-lot). These market participants are usually wrong about the direction of the market and this indicator is therefore considered to be a contrary opinion sentiment indicator.&lt;br /&gt;ODD-LOT SHORT SALES RATIO0,000150,00020,000250,00030,000350,00040,0004596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-1801-07-13© WallStreetCourier.comBUYSELL&lt;br /&gt;Floor Traders Short Sales Ratio&lt;br /&gt;The Floor Traders Short Sales Ratio is computed by dividing the total floor traders short sales by total short sales. A moving average should be applied to smooth out the swings. Floor traders are normally right about the trend of the market and if they are shorting heavily the market is usually ripe for a correction. On the other hand, if they are doing relatively little shorting it is most likely that the market has hit bottom, especially if public- and odd-lot short sales increase at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;Page 36&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;FLOOR TRADERS SHORT SALES RATIO0,000250,000450,000650,000850,001050,001250,001450,0016596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Specialist Short Sales Ratio&lt;br /&gt;Specialists are responsible for balancing incoming buy and sell orders to maintain orderly markets in the stocks in which they specialize. The Specialist Short Sales Ratio is computed by dividing the total specialist short sales by total short sales. A moving average should be applied to smooth out the swings. Specialists are normally right about the trend of the market and if they are shorting heavily the market is usually ripe for a correction. On the other hand, if they are doing relatively little shorting it is most likely that the market has hit bottom, especially if public- and odd-lot short sales increase at the same time. SPECIALISTS SHORT SALES RATIO0,300,350,400,450,500,550,6096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com Page 37&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;NYSE Member Short Sales Ratio&lt;br /&gt;The NYSE Members Report is compiled by the SEC and issued about two weeks after the applicable date. This indicator is a useful tool to determine what the experts are doing. The NYSE Member Short Sales Ratio is computed by dividing the total member short sales by total short sales. A moving average should be applied to smooth out the swings. Members of the NYSE are professionals and normally right about the trend of the market. If they are shorting heavily the market is usually ripe for a correction. On the other hand, if they are doing relatively little shorting it is most likely that the market has hit bottom, especially if public- and odd-lot short sales increase at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;NYSE MEMBER SHORT SALES RATIO0,450,50,550,60,6596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Public Short Sales Ratio&lt;br /&gt;The NYSE Members Report is compiled by the SEC and issued about two weeks after the applicable date. This indicator is a useful tool to determine what the public or the so called crowd is doing. The Public Short Sales Ratio is computed by dividing the total public short sales by total short sales. A moving average should be applied to smooth out the swings. The public is usually wrong about the trend of the market. If they are shorting heavily the market is usually ripe for an upturn. On the other hand, if they are doing relatively little shorting it is most likely that the market is near a correction, especially if specialists short sales increase at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;Page 38&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;PUBLIC SHORT SALES RATIO0,350,40,450,50,5596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18©&lt;br /&gt;Odd-Lot Balance Index&lt;br /&gt;This index is calculated by dividing daily or weekly odd-lot purchases by odd-lot sales. For stocks, the generally accepted unit of trading is 100 shares (round lot). The Odd -Lot Balance Index indicates the market sentiment of small investors who purchase less than 100 shares of a stock (odd-lot). These market participants are usually wrong about the direction of the market and this indicator is therefore considered to be a contrary opinion sentiment indicator.&lt;br /&gt;ODD-LOT BALANCE INDEX DAILY0,801,001,201,401,601,8031.10.200007.11.200014.11.200021.11.200029.11.200006.12.200013.12.200020.12.200028.12.200005.01.20112.01.200122.01.200129.01.200105.02.200112.02.200120.02.200127.02.200106.03.200113.03.200120.03.200127.03.200103.04.200110.04.00118.04.200125.04.200102.05.200109.05.200116.05.200123.05.200131.05.200107.06.200114.06.200121.06.200128.06.200106.07.200113.0.200120.07.200127.07.200103.08.200110.08.200117.08.2001© WallStreetCourier.com10-DAY MOVING AVERAGESELLBUY Page 39&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Odd-Lot/Floor Trader Short Sales Ratio&lt;br /&gt;This index is calculated by dividing the weekly odd-lot short sales by the weekly short sales by floor traders for better comparison. Introduced by Wall Street Courier, the Odd -Lot Short/Floor Trader Short Ratio indicates the market sentiment of small investors who purchase less than 100 shares of a stock (odd-lot). Unlike the more sophisticated floor traders, the odd-lotters are usually wrong about the direction of the market and this indicator is therefore considered to be a contrary opinion sentiment indicator.&lt;br /&gt;ODD-LOT /FLOOR TRADERS SHORT SALES RATIO0,600,650,700,750,800,850,900,9596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBUYSELL&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Odd-Lot/Specialist Short Sales Ratio&lt;br /&gt;This index is calculated by dividing the weekly odd-lot short sales by the weekly specialists short sales for better comparison. A 4-week moving average is applied to smooth out the swings. Unlike the well informed specialists, the odd-lotters are usually wrong about the direction of the market and this indicator is therefore considered to be a contrary opinion sentiment indicator. High readings indicate heavy shorting by odd-lot investors and therefore bottoms, extremely low readings tops.&lt;br /&gt;Page 40&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;ODD-LOT/SPECIALISTS SHORT SALES RATIO 0,00250,00550,00850,01150,014596-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBULLISHBEARISH&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures Public/Member Short Sales Ratio&lt;br /&gt;This index is calculated by dividing the weekly public short sales by the weekly member short sales for better comparison. A 4-week moving average is applied to smooth out the swings. Members of the NYSE are professionals and normally right about the trend of the market. If they are doing relatively little shorting it is most likely that the market has hit bottom, especially if public short sales increase at the same time. High readings indicate heavy shorting by the public (the so called crowd) and therefore bottoms, low readings indicate tops.&lt;br /&gt;PUBLIC/MEMBER SHORT SALES RATIO 0,600,801,001,2096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBULLISHBEARISH Page 41&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Public/Specialists Short Sales Ratio&lt;br /&gt;The Specialist/Public Short Sales Ratio is a market sentiment indicator. It is calculated by dividing the volume of the weekly short sales made by the public (non members) by the weekly short sales made by stock exchange specialists (members). A 4-week moving average is applied to smooth out the swings. The public is usually wrong about the trend of the market. If they are shorting heavily the market is usually ripe for an upturn. On the other hand, if they are doing relatively little shorting it is most likely that the market is near a correction, especially if specialists short sales increase at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;High readings indicate heavy shorting by the public (the so called crowd) and therefore bottoms, low readings indicate tops.&lt;br /&gt;PUBLIC/SPECIALISTS SHORT SALES RATIO 0,701,101,501,9096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.comBULLISHBEARISH&lt;br /&gt;Page 42&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Global Futures NYSE Member Trading Indicator&lt;br /&gt;The NYSE Members Report is compiled by the SEC and issued about two weeks after the applicable date. This indicator is a useful tool to determine what the experts are doing. If specialists, floor traders and other members of the New York Stock Exchange are shorting heavily the market is usually ripe for a correction. On the other hand, if they are doing relatively little shorting it is most likely that the market has hit bottom, especially if public- and odd-lot short sales increase at the same time. Even if data are not quite up-to date, they are nevertheless an excellent indicator of the prevailing sentiment in the market. The formula of the Global Futures NYSE Member Trading Indicator is proprietary and we also use special moving averages to push the tops and bottoms forward an extra two weeks or so.&lt;br /&gt;THE NYSE MEMBER TRADING INDICATOR-0,09-0,07-0,05-0,03-0,010,010,030,050,0796-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18BULLISHBEARISH© WallStreetCourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Page 43&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Sentiment Indicators&lt;br /&gt;Investor Sentiment&lt;br /&gt;The principles of Contrarian Investing hold that when the vast majority of people agree on anything, they are generally wrong. Otherwise no market would function because there is simply no minority with money enough to make a majority rich. A true contrarian, therefore, will first try to determine what the majority are doing and then will act in the opposite direction. Market Vane, AAII and Investors Intelligence are all contrary opinion indicators.&lt;br /&gt;A unique feature of Market Vane's Bullish Consensus numbers is a weighting formula applied to the various market letters. More weight is given to letters with a larger following and less weight to those with fewer readers. Each week a poll of market letters is taken to determine the degree of bullishness or bearishness among futures professionals. The theory is that when a significant number of participants are bullish, they are already positioned on the long side and there is little potential buying power left. If most participants are bearish, selling pressure has reached an extreme and prices will reverse to the upside.&lt;br /&gt;BULL/BEAR RATIO MARKET VANE2040608096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-1801-07-13© WallStreetCourier.com10-WEEK MOVING AVERAGESELLBUY&lt;br /&gt;Thanks to the Internet, the American Association of Individual Investors (AAII) now polls its 170,000 members daily. Respondents indicate how they feel about the&lt;br /&gt;Page 44&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;market's performance in the next six months. The chart below shows the number of bulls divided by the number of bears. A 10-week moving average is applied to smooth out the swings. High readings appear near market tops and low readings near bottoms.&lt;br /&gt;BULL/BEAR RATIO AAII0,601,101,602,102,603,103,604,1096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com10-WEEK MOVING AVERAGEBUYSELL&lt;br /&gt;Since 1963, Investors Intelligence has been compiling data on the opinions of publishers of market letters. They conduct a weekly poll of about 130 market newsletter writers and calculate the percentage who are bullish, bearish or expecting a short-term correction. The resulting index shows that the advisory services follow the trend of equity prices by becoming most bullish near market tops and most bearish around market bottoms. BULL/BEAR RATIO INVESTORS INTELLIGENCE0,801,201,602,002,4096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com10-WEEK MOVING AVERAGEBUYSELL&lt;br /&gt;Page 45&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Commitments of Traders Report&lt;br /&gt;The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) provides inside information about purchases and sales of futures contracts. The largest players in each market are required to disclose their positions to the CFTC on a daily basis and this report is released weekly on Friday afternoon (the reporting requirement varies by commodity). These traders are separated into Commercial Hedgers and Large Speculators.&lt;br /&gt;The positions of Small Traders are calculated by subtracting the total of contracts held by the reporting groups from all the contracts outstanding (Small Traders are not required to report their positions). Commercial Hedgers hold a significant informational edge over other traders as far as fundamental supply-and-demand statistics are concerned. They tend to be early, but they are usually right on the long run, quite contrary to the small traders. Extreme divergences in long and short positions of Small Traders, Large Speculators and Commercial Hedgers have proven to be reliable indicators of important trend changes. In such cases it is not advisable to bet against the Commercial Hedgers. All other patterns are meaningless. The following charts show you the positions of these three groups of market participants. A 10-week moving average is applied to smooth out the swings.&lt;br /&gt;Three different charts are available for each commodity:&lt;br /&gt;• Short positions of all market participants (Large Speculators, Commercial Hedgers, Small Traders) on a percentage basis.&lt;br /&gt;• Short positions of Small Traders only. Significant changes in those numbers give you an insight about prevailing sentiment..&lt;br /&gt;• The Long/Short Ratio of Small Traders. This chart is computed by dividing the long and short positions of Small Traders. High readings indicate heavy buying by Small Traders which is bearish.&lt;br /&gt;Page 46&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;SOYBEANS - SHORT POSITIONS0,000,100,200,300,400,500,600,7096-11-2697-01-2197-03-1897-05-1397-07-0897-09-0297-10-2897-12-2398-02-1798-04-1498-06-0998-08-0498-09-2998-11-2499-01-1999-03-1699-05-1199-07-0699-08-3199-10-2699-12-2100-02-1500-04-1100-06-0600-08-0100-09-2600-11-2101-01-1601-03-1301-05-0801-07-03© WallStreetCourier.comCOMMERCIAL HEDGERLARGE SPECULATORSMALL TRADER10-WEEK MOVING AVERAGE SOYBEANS - SMALL TRADERS SHORT POSITION0,150,200,250,300,350,4096-01-0296-02-2796-04-2396-06-1896-08-1396-10-0896-12-0397-01-2897-03-2597-05-2097-07-1597-09-0997-11-0497-12-3098-02-2498-04-2198-06-1698-08-1198-10-0698-12-0199-01-2699-03-2399-05-1899-07-1399-09-0799-11-0299-12-2800-02-2200-04-1800-06-1300-08-0800-10-0300-11-2801-01-2301-03-2001-05-1501-07-10© WallStreetCourier.comBUYSELL SOYBEANS - SMALL TRADERS LONG/SHORT RATIO0,600,801,001,201,401,601,802,0096-01-0296-02-2796-04-2396-06-1896-08-1396-10-0896-12-0397-01-2897-03-2597-05-2097-07-1597-09-0997-11-0497-12-3098-02-2498-04-2198-06-1698-08-1198-10-0698-12-0199-01-2699-03-2399-05-1899-07-1399-09-0799-11-0299-12-2800-02-2200-04-1800-06-1300-08-0800-10-0300-11-2801-01-2301-03-2001-05-1501-07-10© WallStreetCourier.comBUYSELL Page 47&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Appendix&lt;br /&gt;The enclosed charts of the indices have exactly the same time span as the charts in our e-book. You will therefore easily be able you to verify the reliability of each indicator.&lt;br /&gt;Dow Jones Weekly Close&lt;br /&gt;DOW JONES WEEKLY CLOSE5000600070008000900010000110001200096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com&lt;br /&gt;S&amp;amp;P 500 Weekly Close&lt;br /&gt;S &amp;amp; P 500 WEEKLY CLOSE600800100012001400160096-01-0596-03-0196-04-2696-06-2196-08-1696-10-1196-12-0697-01-3197-03-2897-05-2397-07-1897-09-1297-11-0798-01-0298-02-2798-04-2498-06-1998-08-1498-10-0998-12-0499-01-2999-03-2699-05-2199-07-1699-09-1099-11-0599-12-3100-02-2500-04-2100-06-1600-08-1100-10-0600-12-0101-01-2601-03-2301-05-18© WallStreetCourier.com Page 48&lt;br /&gt;The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators www.wallstreetcourier.com&lt;br /&gt;Risk Statement&lt;br /&gt;HYPOTHETICAL PERFORMANCE RESULTS HAVE MANY INHERENT LIMITATIONS, SOME OF WHICH ARE DESCRIBED BELOW. NO REPRESENTATION IS BEING MADE THAT ANY ACCOUNT WILL OR IS LIKELY TO ACHIEVE PROFITS OR LOSSES SIMILAR TO THOSE SHOWN. IN FACT, THERE ARE FREQUENTLY SHARP DIFFERENCES BETWEEN HYPOTHETICAL PERFORMANCE RESULTS AND THE ACTUAL RESULTS SUBSEQUENTLY ACHIEVED BY ANY PARTICULAR TRADING PROGRAM. ONE OF THE LIMITATIONS OF HYPOTHETICAL PERFORMANCE RESULTS IS THAT THEY ARE GENERALLY PREPARED WITH THE BENEFIT OF HINDSIGHT. IN ADDITION, HYPOTHETICAL TRADING DOES NOT INVOLVE FINANCIAL RISK, AND NO HYPOTHETICAL TRADING RECORD CAN COMPLETELY ACCOUNT FOR THE IMPACT OF FINANCIAL RISK IN ACTUAL TRADING. FOR EXAMPLE, THE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND LOSSES OR TO ADHERE TO A PARTICULAR TRADING PROGRAM IN SPITE OF TRADING LOSSES ARE MATERIAL POINTS WHICH CAN ALSO ADVERSELY AFFECT ACTUAL TRADING RESULTS. THERE ARE NUMEROUS OTHER FACTORS RELATED TO THE MARKETS IN GENERAL OR TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ANY SPECIFIC TRADING PROGRAM WHICH CANNOT BE FULLY ACCOUNTED FOR IN THE PREPARATION OF HYPOTHETICAL PERFORMANCE RESULTS AND ALL OF WHICH CAN ADVERSELY AFFECT ACTUAL TRADING RESULTS.” TRADING IN COMMODITY FUTURES OR OPTIONS INVOLVES SUBSTANTIAL RISK OF LOSS.&lt;br /&gt;THIS RISK STATEMENT APPLIES TO ANY ILLUSTRATION OF PROFIT AND LOSS CONTAINED WITHIN THIS PUBLICATION. IT SHOULD ALSO BE NOTED THAT STOP LOSS ORDERS DO NOT NECESSARILY LIMIT LOSSES OR LOCK IN PROFITS.&lt;br /&gt;DEPENDING UPON MARKET CONDITIONS, STOP LOSS ORDERS MAY BE EXECUTED AT PRICES SUBSTANTIALLY BELOW OR ABOVE THE SPECIFIED STOP PRICE.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4560078772389344246-3828552563134589611?l=e-bookforex.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/feeds/3828552563134589611/comments/default' title='ส่งความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4560078772389344246&amp;postID=3828552563134589611' title='0 ความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/3828552563134589611'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/3828552563134589611'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/2007/08/e-book-of-technical-market-indicators.html' title='The E-Book of Technical Market Indicators [Wall Street Courier]'/><author><name>ฺBest</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08192619906037610452</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/-8C6RnmS7PBw/TjeVSCb5RjI/AAAAAAAAAHY/KfKz6Rwcbao/s220/220757415.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4560078772389344246.post-8003280034474257095</id><published>2007-08-25T18:23:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2007-08-25T18:23:34.865-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='The Day Trade Forex System:The ULTIMATE Step-By-Step Guide to Online'/><title type='text'>The Day Trade Forex System:The ULTIMATE Step-By-Step Guide to Online</title><content type='html'>The Day Trade Forex System:&lt;br /&gt;The ULTIMATE Step-By-Step Guide to Online&lt;br /&gt;Currency Trading&lt;br /&gt;“How You Can Earn $50 to $500 A Day Currency Trading&lt;br /&gt;From The Comfort of Your Own Home!”&lt;br /&gt;By Erol Bortucene and Cynthia Macy&lt;br /&gt;RISKS DISCLAIMER&lt;br /&gt;Erol Bortucene/Cynthia Macy, Owners of DayTradeForex.com and any of their affiliates, will not be held responsible for&lt;br /&gt;the reliability or accuracy of the information available in this document. The content provided is put forward in good&lt;br /&gt;faith and believed to be accurate, however, there are no explicit or implicit warranties of accuracy or guarantees&lt;br /&gt;that the readers of this course will make profits trading Currencies. The reader agrees not to hold Erol Bortucene&lt;br /&gt;or Cynthia Macy, or any of its affiliates, liable for decisions that are based on information from The Day Trade&lt;br /&gt;Forex System.&lt;br /&gt;Margined Currency Trading is an extremely risky form of investment and is only suitable for individuals and institutions&lt;br /&gt;capable of handling the potential losses it entails. The funds in an account that is trading at maximum leverage may be&lt;br /&gt;completely lost if the position(s) held in the account experiences one percent swing in value. Given the possibility of&lt;br /&gt;losing one's entire investment, speculation in the foreign exchange market should only be conducted with risk capital&lt;br /&gt;funds that, if lost, will not significantly affect the investor’s financial well-being. There is no guarantee that readers of this&lt;br /&gt;document or our websites will make money. Readers use the information and links entirely at their own risk. Erol&lt;br /&gt;Bortucene/Cynthia Macy owners of DayTradeForex.com do not accept any liability in respect of any loss or damage&lt;br /&gt;arising from or in connection with any use of the information on or accessed through this document or our company&lt;br /&gt;websites. All intellectual property rights in this report remain the property of DayTradeForex.com&lt;br /&gt;© 2002, 2003 Copyright DayTradeForex.com&lt;br /&gt;© 2003 Copyright DayTradeForex.com&lt;br /&gt;All Rights Reserved. No Part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,&lt;br /&gt;electronic, mechanical, recording or otherwise without the prior permission of DayTradeForex.com&lt;br /&gt;1&lt;br /&gt;The Day Trade Forex System:&lt;br /&gt;The ULTIMATE Step-By-Step Guide to Online&lt;br /&gt;Currency Trading&lt;br /&gt;“How You Can Earn $50 to $500 A Day Currency Trading&lt;br /&gt;From The Comfort of Your Own Home!”&lt;br /&gt;Did you know that more and more business opportunity seekers worldwide are&lt;br /&gt;discovering the powerful profit potential of Foreign Exchange trading? In this&lt;br /&gt;business, there are no employees to hire, no advertising, no products to stock,&lt;br /&gt;no downlines to fill--just you, an Internet connection and a computer. That's all&lt;br /&gt;you need to make money on the worlds largest market. If you are searching for&lt;br /&gt;an alternative to more traditional home-based business opportunities, then Forex&lt;br /&gt;trading may be what you’ve been looking for.&lt;br /&gt;Our purpose is to empower, mentor and train currency traders all around the&lt;br /&gt;world who would like to Day Trade Forex as their main source of income. For&lt;br /&gt;those looking for a significant part-time income, we believe Currency Trading is&lt;br /&gt;the vehicle to use. Our aim is to assist you to:&lt;br /&gt;1. Stay Disciplined—To learn how to manage risk effectively.&lt;br /&gt;2. Keep Objective—To trade in a non-emotional, intelligent way.&lt;br /&gt;3. Trade with Confidence—To know exactly when to trade.&lt;br /&gt;4. Become Systematic—To generate your own Forex buy/sell signals.&lt;br /&gt;The goal is to earn $50 to $500 per trade and minimize losses on losing trades&lt;br /&gt;using technical indicators on charts, which I will explain later on in this course.&lt;br /&gt;The potential to profit is there for those who trade this system. The great thing&lt;br /&gt;about Forex trading is that you can test this system for FREE on a demo account&lt;br /&gt;using virtual money, before you risk one penny on actual trades.&lt;br /&gt;You will be able to join my team of traders as you advance step-by-step through&lt;br /&gt;this guide. We will begin by explaining what Forex is and all the benefits of&lt;br /&gt;trading currencies&lt;br /&gt;2&lt;br /&gt;WHAT IS FOREX&lt;br /&gt;The Foreign Exchange, also referred to as the "Forex" or "Spot FX" market, is&lt;br /&gt;the largest financial market in the world, with over $1.2 trillion changing hands&lt;br /&gt;every single day. If you compare that to the $25 billion a day volume that the&lt;br /&gt;New York Stock Exchange trades, you see how giant the Foreign Exchange&lt;br /&gt;really is. In fact it is three times larger than all of the US Equity and Treasury&lt;br /&gt;markets combined!&lt;br /&gt;What is traded on the Foreign Exchange? The answer is money. Forex trading&lt;br /&gt;is where the currency of one nation is traded for that of another. Therefore,&lt;br /&gt;Forex trading is always traded in pairs. The most commonly traded currency&lt;br /&gt;pairs are traded against the US Dollar (USD). They are called ‘the Majors'. The&lt;br /&gt;major currency pairs are the Euro Dollar (EUR/USD); the British Pound&lt;br /&gt;(GBP/USD); the Japanese Yen (USD/JPY); and the Swiss Franc (USD/CHF).&lt;br /&gt;The notable ‘commodity’ currency pairs that trade are the Canadian Dollar&lt;br /&gt;(USD/CAD) and the Australian Dollar AUD/USD. Because there is not a central&lt;br /&gt;exchange for the Forex market, these pairs and their crosses are traded over the&lt;br /&gt;telephone and online through a global network of banks, multinational&lt;br /&gt;corporations, importers and exporters, brokers and currency traders.&lt;br /&gt;Traditionally, currency trading has been a 'professionals only' market available&lt;br /&gt;exclusively to banks and large institutions, however, because of the rise of the&lt;br /&gt;new E-economy, online Forex trading firms are now able to offer trading&lt;br /&gt;accounts to 'retail' traders like you and I. Now almost anyone with a computer&lt;br /&gt;and an Internet connection can trade currencies just like the world's largest&lt;br /&gt;banks do. There are now over 6 million trading accounts worldwide up from 1.7&lt;br /&gt;million in 1997.&lt;br /&gt;BENEFITS OF FOREX TRADING&lt;br /&gt;There are many benefits and advantages to trading Forex. Here are just a few&lt;br /&gt;reasons why so many people are choosing this market as a business&lt;br /&gt;opportunity:&lt;br /&gt;1.LEVERAGE: In Forex trading, a small margin deposit can control a much&lt;br /&gt;larger total contract value. Leverage gives the trader the ability to make&lt;br /&gt;extraordinary profits and at the same time keep risk capital to a minimum. Some&lt;br /&gt;Forex firms offer 200 to 1 leverage, which means that a $50 dollar margin&lt;br /&gt;deposit would enable a trader to buy or sell $10,000 worth of currencies.&lt;br /&gt;Similarly, with $500 dollars, one could trade with $100,000 dollars and so on.&lt;br /&gt;2.LIQUIDITY: Because the Forex Market is so large, it is also extremely liquid.&lt;br /&gt;This means that with a click of a mouse you can instantaneously buy and sell at&lt;br /&gt;3&lt;br /&gt;will. You are never 'stuck' in a trade. You can even set the online trading&lt;br /&gt;platform to automatically close your position at your desired profit level (limit&lt;br /&gt;order), and/or close a trade if a trade is going against you (stop order).&lt;br /&gt;3.PROFIT IN BOTH 'RISING' AND 'FALLING' MARKETS: On the stock&lt;br /&gt;markets, you can only make money if shares are rising, but in economic&lt;br /&gt;recession and falling 'bear' markets, there is little chance of making big money.&lt;br /&gt;Forex is different. One of the most exciting advantages of FX trading is the ability&lt;br /&gt;to generate profits whether a currency pair is 'up' or 'down'. A trader can profit&lt;br /&gt;by taking a 'long' position, (buying the currency pair at one price and selling it&lt;br /&gt;later at a higher price), or a 'short' position, (selling the currency pair and buying&lt;br /&gt;it back at a lower price). For example, if you think the US dollar will increase in&lt;br /&gt;value vs. the Japanese Yen then you will buy Dollars and sell Yen (go long). If&lt;br /&gt;you think the Yen will increase in value against the Dollar then you will sell&lt;br /&gt;Dollars and buy yen (go short). As long as the trader picks the right direction, a&lt;br /&gt;potential for profit always exists.&lt;br /&gt;4. 24HRS: From Sunday evening to Friday Afternoon EST the Forex market&lt;br /&gt;never sleeps. This is very desirable for those who want to trade on a part-time&lt;br /&gt;basis, because you can choose when you want to trade--morning, noon or night.&lt;br /&gt;5. FREE 'DEMO' ACCOUNTS, NEWS, CHARTS AND ANALYSIS: Most Online&lt;br /&gt;Forex firms offer free 'Demo' accounts to practice trading, along with breaking&lt;br /&gt;Forex news and charting services. These are very valuable resources for traders&lt;br /&gt;who would like to hone their trading skills with 'virtual' money before opening a&lt;br /&gt;live trading account.&lt;br /&gt;6.'MINI' TRADING: One might think that getting started as a currency trader&lt;br /&gt;would cost a lot of money. The fact is, it doesn't. Online Forex Firms now offer&lt;br /&gt;'mini' trading accounts with a minimum account deposit of only $200-$500 with&lt;br /&gt;no commission trading. This makes Forex much more accessible to the average&lt;br /&gt;individual, without large, start-up capital.&lt;br /&gt;4&lt;br /&gt;The Day Trade Forex System&lt;br /&gt;Foundations:&lt;br /&gt;Before we begin looking at the specifics of the FPS and how it works, let’s look at&lt;br /&gt;4 building blocks that I believe to be foundations to the Forex Profit System.&lt;br /&gt; Foundation #1: Currency Trading is not a Get-Rich-&lt;br /&gt;Quick Scheme.&lt;br /&gt;Currency trading is a SKILL that takes TIME to learn. Skilled Traders&lt;br /&gt;can and do make money in this field, however like any other occupation or&lt;br /&gt;career, success doesn’t just happen overnight. Here is a great ‘formula’&lt;br /&gt;for success:&lt;br /&gt;Practice + Patience + Persistence = Profits&lt;br /&gt;As they say, there is no substitute for hard work and diligence. Practice&lt;br /&gt;trading on a demo account and pretend the virtual money is your own real&lt;br /&gt;money. Do not open a live trading account until you are profitable&lt;br /&gt;trading on a demo account. Stick to the plan and you can be&lt;br /&gt;successful.&lt;br /&gt; Foundation #2: I highly recommend that you follow 1 or&lt;br /&gt;maybe 2 major currency pairs.&lt;br /&gt;It gets far too complicated to keep tabs on all four. I also recommend that&lt;br /&gt;traders choose one of the majors because the spread is the best and they&lt;br /&gt;are the most liquid. The Euro/USD is the most commonly traded pair and&lt;br /&gt;usually has the best ‘spread’ because of its liquidity. The USD/Swiss Franc is&lt;br /&gt;usually the most volatile and moves the most during the trading week. The&lt;br /&gt;USD/Yen moves a lot on the news out of Japan and normally the Pound&lt;br /&gt;Sterling/USD is more stable in it’s moves than the other three.&lt;br /&gt;5&lt;br /&gt; Foundation #3: Follow and understand the daily Forex&lt;br /&gt;News and Analysis of the professional currency&lt;br /&gt;analysts.&lt;br /&gt;Even though this system is based solely on technical analysis of charts, it is&lt;br /&gt;important to get a birds-eye view of the currency markets and the news that&lt;br /&gt;affects the prices. It is also important that you know and understand what the&lt;br /&gt;key technical ‘support’ and ‘resistance’ levels are in the currency pair that you&lt;br /&gt;want to trade. Support is a predicted level to buy (where currency pair should&lt;br /&gt;move up on the charts), resistance is a predicted level to sell (where the&lt;br /&gt;currency pair should move down on the charts).&lt;br /&gt;Fortunately, all the best Forex news and analysis is offered free on the&lt;br /&gt;Internet. Here is what you should do first:&lt;br /&gt;*While you are reading the daily news and technical analysis, write&lt;br /&gt;down on a piece of paper what direction the analysts are saying&lt;br /&gt;about the major currency pair you are following and the key support&lt;br /&gt;and resistance levels for the day.&lt;br /&gt;A. Go to www.forexnews.com and you will find 24hr news and analysis on&lt;br /&gt;the spot FX markets. The site will give you the big picture of how the&lt;br /&gt;economic calendar and central banks affect the currency markets. A&lt;br /&gt;great resource.&lt;br /&gt;B. Then go to www.fxstreet.com and click on the ‘Top Forex Reports’. Here&lt;br /&gt;there is a wonderful listing of all the major daily currency analysis and&lt;br /&gt;forecasts with support and resistance and direction forecasts.&lt;br /&gt;C. Click on www.currencypro.com and go to ‘Today’s Market Research’ and&lt;br /&gt;there you will find more excellent analysis on the Major Currency pairs.&lt;br /&gt;Another great Forex Portal.&lt;br /&gt; Foundation #4: Learn how to use the technical&lt;br /&gt;indicators in this course and always trade with stop&lt;br /&gt;losses!&lt;br /&gt;It is worth your time to be patient and learn how to use the technical&lt;br /&gt;indicators on the charts that you will be reading about shortly.&lt;br /&gt;6&lt;br /&gt;It is important when you are trading Forex, to be disciplined and to stick to&lt;br /&gt;a plan. Don’t just trade your ‘gut’ feeling. Use the technical indicators&lt;br /&gt;outlined and always enter in stop losses on every trade. Remember that&lt;br /&gt;everyone who trades has a different tolerance for losses. Depending on&lt;br /&gt;your risk capital, and strategy, set your stop losses accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;7&lt;br /&gt;The Day Trade Forex System:&lt;br /&gt;Six Steps to Success&lt;br /&gt;The goal of this guide is to instruct and teach potential traders how to day trade&lt;br /&gt;the currency markets. The objective of day trading is to trade the intra day&lt;br /&gt;market moves to try to gain small to medium sized profits in any given trading&lt;br /&gt;day. This is how this guide will help. Most readers will not have the time or&lt;br /&gt;resources to ‘position trade’ like the major institutions and banks do. They tend&lt;br /&gt;to look at the big picture holding onto trades for weeks or months.&lt;br /&gt;The Forex Profit System is specifically designed for use with the 1, 5 or 10&lt;br /&gt;minute charts, with the goal of taking 5-20 pip profits per trade—closing&lt;br /&gt;bad trades out using tight stops, or hedging any losing trades. The&lt;br /&gt;following steps will show you how to do this.&lt;br /&gt;Step 1. Choose an online Forex Firm&lt;br /&gt;What to look for in an online Forex Firm:&lt;br /&gt;1. Low Spreads.&lt;br /&gt;In Forex Trading the ‘spread’ is the difference between the buy and&lt;br /&gt;sell price of any given currency pair. The lower the spread saves&lt;br /&gt;the trader money. Most firms offer 4-5 pip spreads in the Major&lt;br /&gt;Currency pairs. The best firms offer clients 3-5 pips.&lt;br /&gt;2. Low minimum account openings.&lt;br /&gt;For those that are new to trading, and for those that don’t have&lt;br /&gt;thousands of dollars in risk capital to trade, being able to open a&lt;br /&gt;mini trading account with only $200 is a great feature for new&lt;br /&gt;traders.&lt;br /&gt;3. Instant automatic execution of your orders.&lt;br /&gt;This is very important when choosing a Forex firm. You want instant&lt;br /&gt;execution of your orders and the price you see and ‘click’ is the price&lt;br /&gt;that you should get. Don’t settle with a firm that re-quotes you when&lt;br /&gt;you click on a price or a firm that allows for price ‘slippage’. This is&lt;br /&gt;very important when trading for small profits.&lt;br /&gt;8&lt;br /&gt;4. Free charting and technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;You need a firm that gives you access to the best charting and technical&lt;br /&gt;analysis available to active traders. The firm that I recommend gives&lt;br /&gt;clients FREE professional charting services and even allows traders to&lt;br /&gt;trade directly on the charts!&lt;br /&gt;5. High Leverage&lt;br /&gt;You want high leverage—the ability to trade a large amount with a small&lt;br /&gt;margin deposit. Some of the best firms offer .25% or 400:1 leverage.&lt;br /&gt;6. Hedging Capability&lt;br /&gt;You want the flexibility of opening positions on the same currency pair in&lt;br /&gt;opposite directions without them eliminating each other and without&lt;br /&gt;margin increase!&lt;br /&gt;Here is a list of some of the main Forex trading Firms on the Internet. After a lot&lt;br /&gt;of research and personal experience, the firm that I recommend with the abovementioned&lt;br /&gt;benefits is Capital Markets Services LLC (CMS Forex LLC). You can&lt;br /&gt;research the rest of the firms listed to see for yourself.&lt;br /&gt;**CMS Forex www.cms-forex.com&lt;br /&gt;ACM Advanced Currency Markets&lt;br /&gt;Fairlot Financial Group&lt;br /&gt;Forex Capital Markets&lt;br /&gt;GAIN Capital&lt;br /&gt;GCI Financial, Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;Global Forex&lt;br /&gt;IFX Markets Limited&lt;br /&gt;London Capital&lt;br /&gt;Meridian Forex Pty Limited&lt;br /&gt;MG Financial Group&lt;br /&gt;SaxoBank&lt;br /&gt;Tricom&lt;br /&gt;9&lt;br /&gt;Step 2. Open a ‘Visual Trading’ Demo Account&lt;br /&gt;The first step to trading the currency markets is to open a demo account. It is&lt;br /&gt;important that you learn how to buy and sell the currency pairs, set stop losses,&lt;br /&gt;set profit limits, and understand how leveraged margin works when you trade. I&lt;br /&gt;found the best way to learn this is by experience.&lt;br /&gt;To set up your FREE charting from CMS, simply go to their website and open a&lt;br /&gt;‘Visual Trading’ Free demo account. The charting package in this demo account&lt;br /&gt;rivals, any Forex Professional charting service and you will be able to set up the&lt;br /&gt;technical indicators that will aid you in your trading decisions.&lt;br /&gt;A. Go to http://www.cms-forex.com and click on the ‘Sign Up’ tab and scroll&lt;br /&gt;down to Visual Trading Demo. Open up a free demo account and you will&lt;br /&gt;get your log in information sent to your email address.&lt;br /&gt;B. Now go to the ‘Support’ Tab and scroll down to ‘Visual Trading Manual’.&lt;br /&gt;This manual will show you how the trading platform works. You will need&lt;br /&gt;to read this before proceeding. The better you know your way around&lt;br /&gt;this platform, the easier the next steps will be.&lt;br /&gt;10&lt;br /&gt;Step 3: Set up your charts:&lt;br /&gt;A. One the left hand side of screen you will be able to choose your chart.&lt;br /&gt;Choose EUR/USD (or whatever currency pair you like) , 5 min, line and&lt;br /&gt;the chart will appear on the right hand side. Maximize the chart to fill the&lt;br /&gt;right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;Your chart should now look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;11&lt;br /&gt;Now if you want to make the price line darker, you can right click right on the&lt;br /&gt;price line and a properties box will appear. You can adjust the thickness of the&lt;br /&gt;line. In this example the price line width is set it to 2.&lt;br /&gt;B. Before we add our studies to our charts, I would like you to go to the&lt;br /&gt;following links. Read how to trade the Parabolic SAR here:&lt;br /&gt;www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/parabolic_sar.htm&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade moving average crossovers here:&lt;br /&gt;www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/moving_averages_three.htm&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade Bollinger Bands here:&lt;br /&gt;www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/bollinger_bands.htm&lt;br /&gt;*We will be giving examples of how to apply these studies to day&lt;br /&gt;trading Forex.&lt;br /&gt;12&lt;br /&gt;C. Now we will add the Moving Averages to the chart. We will be using the&lt;br /&gt;Exponential Moving Average 10, the Bollinger Band Exponential Set at&lt;br /&gt;20, and the Exponential Moving Average 50.&lt;br /&gt;Click on Moving Average on the left hand side under Studies. Set&lt;br /&gt;your first MA to 10, close, exponential and you can make it red with&lt;br /&gt;line width 2 under the Color/Style Tab.&lt;br /&gt;Click on Moving Average again and add your MA 50, close,&lt;br /&gt;exponential and make this line blue with line width 2.&lt;br /&gt;Here is a shot of the Moving Average Properties window:&lt;br /&gt;D. Now go to the studies on the left hand side of your screen Select&lt;br /&gt;Bollinger Bands and set them to 20,2, close exponential. Make the&lt;br /&gt;middle band green, line width 2.&lt;br /&gt;E. Add Parabolic SAR to your chart by selecting it on the left and use the&lt;br /&gt;default settings. Make the dots darker, by selecting line width 2.&lt;br /&gt;13&lt;br /&gt;Your chart should now look like this:&lt;br /&gt;You can zoom in and out of your chart using the small buttons in the bottom right&lt;br /&gt;hand side of your screen.&lt;br /&gt;How To Change the Currency Pair and Time Frame:&lt;br /&gt;On the bottom of your chart, you can change the currency pair and right beside&lt;br /&gt;it, if you click on the button that says M5 you can change the time frame of the&lt;br /&gt;chart. The studies will automatically be added to any new time frame and&lt;br /&gt;currency pair that you select.&lt;br /&gt;How to Exit the VT Platform Properly:&lt;br /&gt;To exit the VT platform, click on FILE and then EXIT. The studies that you&lt;br /&gt;added to your chart will automatically be up the next time that you log in to your&lt;br /&gt;account. Please note that if you click x on the top left hand corner of your chart&lt;br /&gt;you will close the chart and reset your settings that you added. If you want to&lt;br /&gt;keep your studies and charts intact you can minimize it or just leave always&lt;br /&gt;keep it open to keep your settings saved.&lt;br /&gt;14&lt;br /&gt;F. Now we will add 3 more indicators below the chart to help us confirm the&lt;br /&gt;trend, and to help us identify exact entry and exit buy or sell signals. The&lt;br /&gt;following indicators give us insight into the momentum, direction and&lt;br /&gt;overbought/sold indicators. Used along with the Exponential Moving&lt;br /&gt;Averages, Parabolic SAR and Bollinger Bands—these indicators can be&lt;br /&gt;very helpful to the day trader.&lt;br /&gt;MACD Histogram.&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade the MACD Histogram here:&lt;br /&gt;http://www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/macd_histogram.htm&lt;br /&gt;Relative Strength Index (RSI)&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade the RSI here:&lt;br /&gt;http://www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/relative_strength_index.htm&lt;br /&gt;Slow Stochastic&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade the Slow Stochastic here:&lt;br /&gt;http://www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/slow_stochastic.htm&lt;br /&gt;Now add these studies to your charts.&lt;br /&gt;Under Studies click on MACD Histogram and use the default settings&lt;br /&gt;(9,Exponential, 12, 26, Close, Exponential) and set the line width to 2.&lt;br /&gt;Your study will automatically open under your chart.&lt;br /&gt;Under Studies click on Relative Strength Index and set it to 14 and set&lt;br /&gt;the line width to 2. Your study will automatically open under your chart.&lt;br /&gt;Under Studies click on Slow Stochastic and set it to (5,3,3, Exponential)&lt;br /&gt;and make the %K line blue with line width 2, and the %D line red with line&lt;br /&gt;width 2.&lt;br /&gt;Your chart, with all the studies on it should now look like this (example of&lt;br /&gt;USD/CAD 10 min chart): Notice that I clicked on the zoom in button a couple of&lt;br /&gt;times on the bottom right hand corner to get it to look like this.&lt;br /&gt;15&lt;br /&gt;Step 4: How to Buy and Sell the Currency Pairs&lt;br /&gt;Now that our charts are set up, let’s learn HOW to open and close a position, or&lt;br /&gt;buy and sell on the VT platform. After we learn HOW, we can look at WHEN to&lt;br /&gt;enter/exit a trade using the technical indicators. **Please note that this&lt;br /&gt;information is in the Visual Trading Manual that you should have already&lt;br /&gt;read.&lt;br /&gt;A. Simply move your cursor to the chart and right click. A menu will pop up&lt;br /&gt;and at the top it will say buy with the current exchange rate to buy and&lt;br /&gt;sell with the current exchange rate to sell. You should Buy if you think the&lt;br /&gt;price line will go up on your chart or sell when you think the rate will drop&lt;br /&gt;16&lt;br /&gt;on the chart. Click on buy or sell and an ‘Open Positions’ window will pop&lt;br /&gt;up that looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;B. In the Amount per Acct: box you put in how many lots you will trade—1 lot&lt;br /&gt;is 100,000 currency units.&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 1 lot EUR/USD is $10 profit/loss per pip&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 1 lot GBP/USD is $10 profit/loss per pip&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 1 lot USD/JPY is $8 profit/loss per pip&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 1 lot USD/CHF is $6 profit/loss per pip&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 2 lots doubles the profit/loss possibility. Trading with .5 of a lot&lt;br /&gt;halves the profit/loss possibility. With the CMS universal account you can&lt;br /&gt;trade full or partial lots from this window. If you put in .1 of a lot your&lt;br /&gt;profit/loss would be $1 in the EUR/USD etc…&lt;br /&gt;C. The trade that you just made will now show up directly on the chart. If you&lt;br /&gt;right click your open position on the chart you can choose to add a Stop&lt;br /&gt;price and a Limit price, or you can hedge your position—which we will look&lt;br /&gt;at later on.&lt;br /&gt;Stop Order: Is a price you enter into an open position, where the trading&lt;br /&gt;platform automatically closes your position when the Exchange rate touches&lt;br /&gt;that level. If you are in a winning trade, you can move your stop up or down&lt;br /&gt;17&lt;br /&gt;to protect profits. If the exchange rate never hits that level, then the Order&lt;br /&gt;doesn’t get filled.&lt;br /&gt;**tip: If you are in a winning trade, you can move your stop to your entry&lt;br /&gt;level, so that if your trade moves against you, the platform closes your&lt;br /&gt;position without any losses.&lt;br /&gt;**tip: You should be comfortable setting your stop Order at 15-20 pips. If&lt;br /&gt;you can’t handle a 15-20 pip loss, then you are need to trade smaller&lt;br /&gt;amounts. This will help you from over leveraging your trading account.&lt;br /&gt;Limit Order: Is a price you enter into an open position for the trading&lt;br /&gt;platform to automatically close your position at a profit. For example, you&lt;br /&gt;might set your limit order at a 15 pip profit. If the exchange rate never hits&lt;br /&gt;that level, then the Order doesn’t get filled.&lt;br /&gt;Step 5: When to Enter and Exit Your Trades:&lt;br /&gt;We will be looking at 3 different ways to day trade the Forex Markets. In a&lt;br /&gt;trading session, you may look for 1 or more of these approaches. The 3&lt;br /&gt;techniques are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;1. Trade the Breakout&lt;br /&gt;2. Trade the Trend&lt;br /&gt;3. Trading Tops and Bottoms&lt;br /&gt;Before we look at these trading approaches, let’s answer a question that is often&lt;br /&gt;asked by new traders.&lt;br /&gt;When is the best time to trade?&lt;br /&gt;Because the Forex Market is open 24hrs a day, and traded on a global scale, the&lt;br /&gt;question to ask is, ‘when should I trade?’. The good news is that no matter what&lt;br /&gt;time zone or hemisphere you live in globally, there are always good opportunities&lt;br /&gt;to trade.&lt;br /&gt;The three major trading ‘sessions’ are as follows (all in Eastern Standard Time):&lt;br /&gt;1. New York open 8:00 AM to 4:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;2. Japanese/Australian open 7:00 PM to 3:00 AM&lt;br /&gt;3. London open 3:00 AM to 8:00 AM&lt;br /&gt;**Often, the best times to trade is at the beginning 3-5 hours of the above&lt;br /&gt;mentioned opening times, because the major currency pairs tend to move&lt;br /&gt;the most in a particular direction.&lt;br /&gt;18&lt;br /&gt;The first DayTradeForex.com trading technique we will look at is the easiest to&lt;br /&gt;recognize on the charts. We will call it ‘Trade the Breakout’. You can use the 5,&lt;br /&gt;10 or 15 minute charts for this method. The indicators on the 5 minute charts&lt;br /&gt;are the fastest. Practice until you feel comfortable with the time frame that suits&lt;br /&gt;you best.&lt;br /&gt;1. Trade the Breakout&lt;br /&gt;The principle behind trading the breakout is to enter a trade when the price&lt;br /&gt;‘breaks out’ of a tight range, because often it tends to keep moving in the&lt;br /&gt;same direction. We use our Bollinger Bands on our charts to spot this trading&lt;br /&gt;opportunity. See screenshot on next page.&lt;br /&gt;19&lt;br /&gt;In the above example, EUR/USD 5 min chart, notice how the Bollinger Bands&lt;br /&gt;tighten and squeeze together. When this happens you know that there is a&lt;br /&gt;Breakout coming. As soon as the exchange rate line (brown), breaks out of&lt;br /&gt;the outside Bollinger Bands, it signals your entry buy/sell. In this case if you&lt;br /&gt;bought EUR/USD at 1.1815 and Closed your position at 1.1840 , you could&lt;br /&gt;have made a fast 25 pip profit.&lt;br /&gt;Notice the confirming indicators: The exchange rate line (brown) is above&lt;br /&gt;the EMA 10 (red), the middle BB line (green) and the EMA 50 blue. The&lt;br /&gt;Parabolic SAR dots are on the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is above 0 signaling upward momentum. The RSI is&lt;br /&gt;above 50 signaling upward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue line is&lt;br /&gt;above the red line signaling bullish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;20&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of EUR/USD 5 minute breakout SELL. You could have sold&lt;br /&gt;the EUR/USD at 1.1440 and closed your position at 1.1390 for a 50 pip profit.&lt;br /&gt;Notice the confirming indicators: The exchange rate line is below the EMA&lt;br /&gt;10 (red), the middle BB line (green) and the EMA 50 blue. The Parabolic&lt;br /&gt;SAR dots are on the top.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is below 0 signaling downward momentum. The RSI&lt;br /&gt;is below 50 signaling downward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue&lt;br /&gt;line is below the red line signaling bearish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;21&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of USD/CAD 10 min chart. If you bought this currency pair&lt;br /&gt;at 1.3590 when it broke out of the bands and sold it at 1.3620 you could have&lt;br /&gt;made approximately 30 pips.&lt;br /&gt;The exchange rate line (brown) is above the EMA 10 (red), the middle BB&lt;br /&gt;line (green) and the EMA 50 blue. The Parabolic SAR dots are on the&lt;br /&gt;bottom.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is above 0 signaling upward momentum. The RSI is&lt;br /&gt;above 50 signaling upward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue line is&lt;br /&gt;above the red line signaling bullish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;22&lt;br /&gt;Here is a USD/CHF 5 min chart example of a breakout SELL. Notice how the&lt;br /&gt;MACD Histogram went from positive to negative, and how the other confirming&lt;br /&gt;indicators signaled SELL.&lt;br /&gt;The exchange rate line is below the EMA 10 (red), the middle BB line (green)&lt;br /&gt;and the EMA 50 blue. The Parabolic SAR dots are on the top.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is below 0 signaling downward momentum. The RSI is&lt;br /&gt;below 50 signaling downward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue line is&lt;br /&gt;below the red line signaling bearish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;23&lt;br /&gt;Here was an extreme breakout EUR/USD BUY where you could have held on for&lt;br /&gt;a 100 pip morning!&lt;br /&gt;Again, The exchange rate line (brown) is above the EMA 10 (red), the middle&lt;br /&gt;BB line (green) and the EMA 50 blue. The Parabolic SAR dots are on the&lt;br /&gt;bottom.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is above 0 signaling upward momentum. The RSI is&lt;br /&gt;above 50 signaling upward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue line is&lt;br /&gt;above the red line signaling bullish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;24&lt;br /&gt;The second DayTradeForex.com trading technique uses the same principles, but&lt;br /&gt;is less extreme. This trading method is best traded on the 5 or 10 min charts,&lt;br /&gt;but can be applied to the 1 minute charts (See the Bonus “Micro Trading”&lt;br /&gt;strategy at the end of this trading course)&lt;br /&gt;2. Trade the Trend&lt;br /&gt;Trading the trend is just like trading the breakout, except in less volatile&lt;br /&gt;market conditions. Start with going to the 15 minute chart of the currency&lt;br /&gt;pair of your choice and ask yourself this question: ‘Is the exchange rate line&lt;br /&gt;(brown) above or below the EMA 50 (blue)?&lt;br /&gt;**If the price line is currently below the EMA 50, and the EMA 10 and BB 20&lt;br /&gt;are also below the EMA 50, then you will be looking at Selling opportunities&lt;br /&gt;in the trading session.&lt;br /&gt;If the price line is currently above the EMA 50, and the EMA 10 and BB 20&lt;br /&gt;are above the EMA 50, then you will be looking at buying opportunities in the&lt;br /&gt;trading session.&lt;br /&gt;Often, when you are ‘trading the trend’, you will notice that the price line will&lt;br /&gt;bounce off the EMA 10 or the middle BB line or the EMA 50. These lines&lt;br /&gt;sometimes act as supports and resistances in a trading session. Therefore&lt;br /&gt;you can look to sell shorts when the price line bounces down off the EMA&lt;br /&gt;10, BB 20 or EMA 50, or buy longs when the price line bounces up off the&lt;br /&gt;EMA 10 BB 20 or EMA 50.&lt;br /&gt;When you trade the trend, it is important to trade with the Parabolic SAR,&lt;br /&gt;MACD, RSI and Slow Stochastic all signaling together.&lt;br /&gt;25&lt;br /&gt;The above example is a 5 minute EUR/USD chart. The first thing to look for is&lt;br /&gt;the EMA 50 blue line. Notice that it has been above the price line and the EMA&lt;br /&gt;10 and BB 20. You will now be looking to SELL. Notice how the price line&lt;br /&gt;bounced down off of the EMA 10 and BB 20 right before I circled the chart.&lt;br /&gt;Now look at your other indicators:&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram turned down below zero, RSI turned down below 50&lt;br /&gt;and Slow Stochastic blue line turned down under the red line. This would&lt;br /&gt;have been a good signal to Sell Short—you could have profited at least 20 pips&lt;br /&gt;on this trade.&lt;br /&gt;26&lt;br /&gt;The above example is a 10 minute EUR/USD chart. The first thing to look for is&lt;br /&gt;the EMA 50 blue line. Notice that it has been below the price line and the EMA&lt;br /&gt;10 and BB 20. You will now be looking to BUY.&lt;br /&gt;Notice how the price line crossed down through the EMA lines prior to the&lt;br /&gt;circles. This would have been a false signal to sell because the EMA 10 and BB&lt;br /&gt;20 were above the EMA 50. If you were looking at buying opportunities then you&lt;br /&gt;could have entered when the price continued to rise where I circled on the chart.&lt;br /&gt;Now look at your other indicators:&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram turned up above zero, RSI turned up above 50 and Slow&lt;br /&gt;Stochastic blue line turned up above the red line. This would have been a&lt;br /&gt;good signal to Buy long—you could have profited at least 30 pips on this trade.&lt;br /&gt;27&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of anticipating the trend. The market, previously rejected the&lt;br /&gt;breakout rise in price and turned the other way sharply. If you entered this trade&lt;br /&gt;when the MACD Histogram turned down into negative territory and the RSI&lt;br /&gt;moved below 50, you could have anticipated the trend before the EMA 10 and&lt;br /&gt;the BB 20 moved below the EMA 50.&lt;br /&gt;28&lt;br /&gt;The third DayTradeForex.com trading strategy that we are going to look at in this&lt;br /&gt;guide is:&lt;br /&gt;3. Trading Tops and Bottoms&lt;br /&gt;Trading tops and bottoms can be more risky that the other two strategies&lt;br /&gt;because you are trading against the trend anticipating the market is&lt;br /&gt;overbought/oversold and might turn in the other direction. It is best to use&lt;br /&gt;the 10 or 15 minute charts for this method. It is more risky using the 5 min&lt;br /&gt;charts, but you still can apply the same techniques.&lt;br /&gt;29&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of a EUR/USD 15min chart, bottom buy.&lt;br /&gt;Notice how the MACD histogram is starting to rise, and the RSI is turning up&lt;br /&gt;from being oversold and the slow stochastic blue line crossed the red line and&lt;br /&gt;is turning up from oversold.&lt;br /&gt;30&lt;br /&gt;Here is a 5 minute chart example with EUR/USD. Notice the MACD, RSI and&lt;br /&gt;Slow Stochastic move up from oversold at 8:30. At 10:30 you could have sold&lt;br /&gt;short for a small profit.&lt;br /&gt;Trading tops and bottoms is best in ranging markets.&lt;br /&gt;31&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of a breakout SELL and a Bottom BUY in a trading session&lt;br /&gt;watching the USD/JPY 10 minute charts. This bottom BUY is a great example of&lt;br /&gt;oversold indicators with RSI and with Slow Stochastic.&lt;br /&gt;When to EXIT trades&lt;br /&gt;The goal of this day trading guide is to teach traders to take 5-20 pip profits at a&lt;br /&gt;time. You can set profit LIMIT orders to achieve this, or you may want to move&lt;br /&gt;your stops as your position becomes more and more profitable.&lt;br /&gt;**Make sure that you don’t let a winning trade become a losing one, by using&lt;br /&gt;trailing stop orders.&lt;br /&gt;32&lt;br /&gt;How to use HEDGING to your advantage&lt;br /&gt;Hedging can be a useful tool to the Forex trader. When you have an open&lt;br /&gt;position, for example, you are long on a USD/JPY trade and you right click your&lt;br /&gt;trade on the VT platform, a menu will pop up and you have a choice to Hedge&lt;br /&gt;your trade. If you click Hedge, you will automatically open up a position in&lt;br /&gt;the opposite direction at the current market price without canceling out&lt;br /&gt;your other position and without margin increase!. In the above example you&lt;br /&gt;would now have a USD/JPY trade long and short. You will now neither gain or&lt;br /&gt;lose any equity in your account because the gains and the losses will cancel&lt;br /&gt;each other out.&lt;br /&gt;Hedge in an emergency: Hedging a losing trade won’t solve your problems, but&lt;br /&gt;it will 1. Keep you from more losses 2. Give you time to think about what&lt;br /&gt;happened to your bad trade and 3.Give you a second chance. Some traders will&lt;br /&gt;hedge losing trades instead of stopping out there position, because they have a&lt;br /&gt;chance to win back the losses of the original bad trade.&lt;br /&gt;Example: You are looking to ‘Trade the Trend’ so you go long on the&lt;br /&gt;EUR/USD, using the indicators in this guide. The indicators signaled BUY&lt;br /&gt;so you opened up a position. In case of a bad trade, you choose to&lt;br /&gt;hedge instead of using a stop loss (be careful when doing this). Your&lt;br /&gt;‘Trade the Trend’ indicators didn’t work and your position goes against&lt;br /&gt;you, you hedge your trade. Now you have a losing position and a winning&lt;br /&gt;position going in the opposite directions. You didn’t use up any more&lt;br /&gt;margin. What do you do now?&lt;br /&gt;My recommendation: When your position is hedged, you are safe and&lt;br /&gt;you won’t lose any more money in your account. Here is what you should&lt;br /&gt;do:&lt;br /&gt;1. Wait until another chart set up occurs and proceed to step 4. or Exit&lt;br /&gt;the trading platform.&lt;br /&gt;2. Wait till the next trading day or session&lt;br /&gt;3. Look for the DTF indicators the next day.&lt;br /&gt;4. Instead of opening up another position, simply get rid of the bad&lt;br /&gt;position that was hedged. So if the indicators the next day signaled&lt;br /&gt;long in the EUR/USD, like in the above example, then you would get&lt;br /&gt;rid of the short, losing hedge and hope that the price will rise enough&lt;br /&gt;to erase the previous days losses to make a profit.&lt;br /&gt;5. If your position moves against you again you can hedge that position&lt;br /&gt;again and repeat steps 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;Hedge a winning trade: You may also hedge a winning trade to protect your&lt;br /&gt;gains, if you don’t want to completely close your position. When you do this you&lt;br /&gt;won’t gain or lose any more money with that position. The advantage to this&lt;br /&gt;33&lt;br /&gt;would give you the opportunity to keep trading those positions in the future and&lt;br /&gt;give you a break. You can always right click on your position and choose ‘close&lt;br /&gt;with hedge’ to close both positions at once. If you hedge a winning position you&lt;br /&gt;can follow the above steps 1-4 to keep trading your position the next trading day.&lt;br /&gt;** Please note that hedging can get complicated. Try to keep it as simple as&lt;br /&gt;possible and try not to have a web of hedged and unhedged positions open at&lt;br /&gt;the same time—as it becomes exponentially more difficult to keep track of, and&lt;br /&gt;what positions to let go etc...&lt;br /&gt;** Hedging is also optional and you don’t need to learn how to use this tool if you&lt;br /&gt;choose not to. You can be a successful trader by simply using stop and limit&lt;br /&gt;orders.&lt;br /&gt;Understanding Risk Management&lt;br /&gt;Understanding risk management is a very important reality when trading the&lt;br /&gt;Forex Markets. Losing trades will happen, and managing those losses are the&lt;br /&gt;key to success. A good rule of thumb when setting your stop losses is the 5-7%&lt;br /&gt;rule. If your trading account is at $2000, then set your stop loss so that you don’t&lt;br /&gt;lose more than 5-7% of the total value of your account. If you used this rule in&lt;br /&gt;this case, you would stop out a losing trade when you were down $100-$140.&lt;br /&gt;This is important, because if you don’t manage your losses well, you can easily&lt;br /&gt;lose 50% of your trading account on 1 bad trade. You do that a couple of times&lt;br /&gt;and you will lose all of your risk capital. It is better to take smaller losses and try&lt;br /&gt;to maximize your winning trades. So be careful and deliberate when setting your&lt;br /&gt;stops on your trading platform.&lt;br /&gt;Step 6. Open a Live trading account&lt;br /&gt;Now that you understand the basics and have been demo trading awhile, you&lt;br /&gt;are now ready to open a live trading account and join the Day Trade Forex&lt;br /&gt;trading team.&lt;br /&gt;If you have found this step-by-step currency-trading guide useful and helpful and&lt;br /&gt;if you decide to open up a live trading account through me (co-owner of&lt;br /&gt;DayTradeForex.com), I will personally give you the customer service and support&lt;br /&gt;to assist you with your new account (my service will NOT cost you any extra&lt;br /&gt;money.) Here is how you open a live trading account.&lt;br /&gt;34&lt;br /&gt;Open a live account online by clicking HERE NOW. To open a live&lt;br /&gt;account offline, follow the directions on next page.&lt;br /&gt;1. Go to www.cms-forex.com and under the Sign Up Tab on the top, scroll&lt;br /&gt;down to Live Account Sign Up. Under IB-Reffered Individual ( In the circle&lt;br /&gt;on the bottom of the picture) , follow the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;2. When filling out your CMS forms, simply use my name (Erol Bortucene)&lt;br /&gt;as the third party that referred you. This is on page 23 of the CMS&lt;br /&gt;application. If you decide to use the online application, please print out&lt;br /&gt;page 23, print my name on the top and sign it at the bottom and fax it to&lt;br /&gt;CMS. Using my name as your referrer is FREE and doesn’t cost you any&lt;br /&gt;commission at all.&lt;br /&gt;35&lt;br /&gt;3. On the bottom of page 23 (of the CMS application). where it reads:&lt;br /&gt;________________________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;10. Client understands and agrees that there may be commission&lt;br /&gt;implemented on his account. If such commission is added, its size is the&lt;br /&gt;following (in USD or another base currency):&lt;br /&gt;Universal Account: Commission per one 100K lot _______;&lt;br /&gt;and/or per one 10k mini lot _______; Professional Account:&lt;br /&gt;Commission per one 250k lot _______Exclusive Mini Account:&lt;br /&gt;Commission per one 10K lot ______&lt;br /&gt;_______________________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;Simply put the number ‘0’ in the blanks as I will not be charging you any&lt;br /&gt;commission as your introducing broker (IB). Sign and fax this to CMS&lt;br /&gt;along with your other information and forms. Thank you kindly. For&lt;br /&gt;questions or assistance with opening your live account you can contact&lt;br /&gt;me at bortucene@ziplip.com&lt;br /&gt;Keep a trading journal&lt;br /&gt;Finally, it is a good practice to keep a simple trading journal. This way you can&lt;br /&gt;keep track of your trades and progress and be able to analyze, improve and&lt;br /&gt;hone your trading skills.&lt;br /&gt;Simply include the time you entered and exited the trade, the Currency pair, the&lt;br /&gt;chart time frame (this is important), and the strategy (breakout, trend or top or&lt;br /&gt;bottom). Also include write down what happened and what you could have&lt;br /&gt;done differently for future reference.&lt;br /&gt;36&lt;br /&gt;Useful Links&lt;br /&gt;www.moneytec.com&lt;br /&gt;Free Forex trading forum.&lt;br /&gt;www.forexdirectory.net,&lt;br /&gt;Comprehensive listing of everything, related to the Forex Markets.&lt;br /&gt;www.mgforex.com/resource/glossary.asp&lt;br /&gt;A good Forex Glossary&lt;br /&gt;Before we present you with our exciting, new “Micro Trading” strategy, we would&lt;br /&gt;like to warmly invite you to order our DayTradeForex.com Advanced Trading&lt;br /&gt;Course. We strongly advise you to learn the techniques in our advanced course&lt;br /&gt;before you open a live account. You can read about it here:&lt;br /&gt;http://www.daytradeforex.com/advanced.htm&lt;br /&gt;Happy Trading!&lt;br /&gt;The Day Trade Forex Team&lt;br /&gt;For questions or assistance please contact us at:&lt;br /&gt;support@daytradeforex.com&lt;br /&gt;BONUS: “Micro Trading” the 1 minute Charts&lt;br /&gt;See next page...&lt;br /&gt;37&lt;br /&gt;“Micro Trading” the 1 minute Charts&lt;br /&gt;Now that you have opened a demo account and familiarized yourself with the VT&lt;br /&gt;trading platform we would like to introduce you to the Forex trading technique of&lt;br /&gt;'scalping' for small profits. If you only have a small amount of time to trade each&lt;br /&gt;day, then this strategy might be the right one for you. Everyone will settle into&lt;br /&gt;their own style of trading. This technique is for traders who like getting in and out&lt;br /&gt;of trades in a matter of minutes instead of hours. Stock Index Futures traders&lt;br /&gt;often use the 1minute charts to enter and exit trades. Forex day traders can also&lt;br /&gt;gain an advantage by getting in on a move right as it happens by watching the 1&lt;br /&gt;minute charts.&lt;br /&gt;The type of chart set up that we use to trade the 1 minute charts is candlestick&lt;br /&gt;charts. A great description of candlestick charts can be read about here:&lt;br /&gt;http://rightline.iqchart.com/partner/rightline/education/candle_intro.asp&lt;br /&gt;SET UP YOUR CHARTS&lt;br /&gt;1. Open a new EUR/USD 1 minute candlestick chart.&lt;br /&gt;2. Add Bollinger Bands set at 18, Exponential. Change the color of the middle&lt;br /&gt;band to bright green.&lt;br /&gt;3. Add a moving average 3 Exponential, Close and change the color to black.&lt;br /&gt;4. Add the MACD Histogram Study (default settings)&lt;br /&gt;5. Add the Relative Strength Index Study set at 14.&lt;br /&gt;6. Zoom in or out to your liking.&lt;br /&gt;This is what your chart and studies should look like: (See Next Page)&lt;br /&gt;38&lt;br /&gt;The Key to catching the “Micro Trends” on the 1 minute charts:&lt;br /&gt;• Wait for the 3 EMA (black) to cross through the 18 Bollinger Bands Middle&lt;br /&gt;line (green).&lt;br /&gt;• Wait for the Relative Strength Index and MACD Histogram to line up:&lt;br /&gt;Above 0 (MACD) and above 50 (RSI) for BUY signal. Below 0 (MACD) and&lt;br /&gt;below 50 (RSI) for SELL signal.&lt;br /&gt;• Remember to take small profits.&lt;br /&gt;• Practice this strategy on your demo account.&lt;br /&gt;*Examples starting on next page&lt;br /&gt;39&lt;br /&gt;This example is on a Late Sunday Night/Early Monday Morning EST EUR/USD&lt;br /&gt;chart. A good BUY signal at this time could have been when the 3 EMA crossed&lt;br /&gt;up through the Middle Bollinger Band, the MACD Histogram is above zero and&lt;br /&gt;the RSI crossed above 50.&lt;br /&gt;More examples on next page...&lt;br /&gt;40&lt;br /&gt;Here is both a BUY and SELL example from the Japanese trading session.&lt;br /&gt;Notice how the RSI and MACD line up in both examples.&lt;br /&gt;More examples on next page...&lt;br /&gt;41&lt;br /&gt;Here is an afternoon trading example of a BUY and SELL opportunity with the&lt;br /&gt;EUR/USD pair. Remember to take small profits and/or move your stops in a&lt;br /&gt;winning trade.&lt;br /&gt;More examples on next page...&lt;br /&gt;42&lt;br /&gt;TRADE THE NEWS&lt;br /&gt;Here is a great example of how you can use the 1 minute charts to trade the&lt;br /&gt;economic news releases. To find out when the world economic news releases&lt;br /&gt;are, simply go to http://www.forexnews.com and scroll down to the bottom of the&lt;br /&gt;website for the list of the current week news releases that impact the Forex&lt;br /&gt;markets. In the above example, the economic news release was scheduled for&lt;br /&gt;8:30 AM EST. At 8:33 the price jumped up 20 pips. Using our 1 minute&lt;br /&gt;strategy along with the news, is an effective way of scalping profits on the FX&lt;br /&gt;markets.&lt;br /&gt;**Tip: Remember to wait a minute or two after the announcement. Don't open a&lt;br /&gt;position before the scheduled time!&lt;br /&gt;**Tip: There are news releases all throughout the week during the different time&lt;br /&gt;zones and trading sessions. This technique works well during overnight trading&lt;br /&gt;EST during the European and London sessions.&lt;br /&gt;More examples on next page...&lt;br /&gt;43&lt;br /&gt;Notice with this news release, that the EUR/USD pair dropped over 30 pips in 1&lt;br /&gt;minute! At 8:32 the price dropped. If you can practice timing these trades they&lt;br /&gt;can become a very profitable tool for the trader.&lt;br /&gt;ATTENTION:&lt;br /&gt;Using the 1 minute charts is fast moving. It might not be your style of trading. If&lt;br /&gt;you want to test out slower moving average combinations that whipsaw less&lt;br /&gt;often on the 1 minute charts, you can try these:&lt;br /&gt;1. 7 EMA, 18 Middle Bollinger Band&lt;br /&gt;2. 5 EMA, 20 Middle Bollinger Band&lt;br /&gt;3. 10 EMA, 20 Middle Bollinger Band&lt;br /&gt;44&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4560078772389344246-8003280034474257095?l=e-bookforex.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/feeds/8003280034474257095/comments/default' title='ส่งความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4560078772389344246&amp;postID=8003280034474257095' title='0 ความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/8003280034474257095'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/8003280034474257095'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/2007/08/day-trade-forex-systemthe-ultimate-step.html' title='The Day Trade Forex System:The ULTIMATE Step-By-Step Guide to Online'/><author><name>ฺBest</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08192619906037610452</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/-8C6RnmS7PBw/TjeVSCb5RjI/AAAAAAAAAHY/KfKz6Rwcbao/s220/220757415.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4560078772389344246.post-7906467785133876420</id><published>2007-08-25T18:06:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2007-08-25T18:06:30.500-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='The Day Trade Forex System [Erol Bortucene and Cynthia Macy]'/><title type='text'>The Day Trade Forex System [Erol Bortucene and Cynthia Macy]</title><content type='html'>The Day Trade Forex System:&lt;br /&gt;The ULTIMATE Step-By-Step Guide to Online&lt;br /&gt;Currency Trading&lt;br /&gt;“How You Can Earn $50 to $500 A Day Currency Trading&lt;br /&gt;From The Comfort of Your Own Home!”&lt;br /&gt;By Erol Bortucene and Cynthia Macy&lt;br /&gt;RISKS DISCLAIMER&lt;br /&gt;Erol Bortucene/Cynthia Macy, Owners of DayTradeForex.com and any of their affiliates, will not be held responsible for&lt;br /&gt;the reliability or accuracy of the information available in this document. The content provided is put forward in good&lt;br /&gt;faith and believed to be accurate, however, there are no explicit or implicit warranties of accuracy or guarantees&lt;br /&gt;that the readers of this course will make profits trading Currencies. The reader agrees not to hold Erol Bortucene&lt;br /&gt;or Cynthia Macy, or any of its affiliates, liable for decisions that are based on information from The Day Trade&lt;br /&gt;Forex System.&lt;br /&gt;Margined Currency Trading is an extremely risky form of investment and is only suitable for individuals and institutions&lt;br /&gt;capable of handling the potential losses it entails. The funds in an account that is trading at maximum leverage may be&lt;br /&gt;completely lost if the position(s) held in the account experiences one percent swing in value. Given the possibility of&lt;br /&gt;losing one's entire investment, speculation in the foreign exchange market should only be conducted with risk capital&lt;br /&gt;funds that, if lost, will not significantly affect the investor’s financial well-being. There is no guarantee that readers of this&lt;br /&gt;document or our websites will make money. Readers use the information and links entirely at their own risk. Erol&lt;br /&gt;Bortucene/Cynthia Macy owners of DayTradeForex.com do not accept any liability in respect of any loss or damage&lt;br /&gt;arising from or in connection with any use of the information on or accessed through this document or our company&lt;br /&gt;websites. All intellectual property rights in this report remain the property of DayTradeForex.com&lt;br /&gt;© 2002, 2003 Copyright DayTradeForex.com&lt;br /&gt;© 2003 Copyright DayTradeForex.com&lt;br /&gt;All Rights Reserved. No Part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,&lt;br /&gt;electronic, mechanical, recording or otherwise without the prior permission of DayTradeForex.com&lt;br /&gt;1&lt;br /&gt;The Day Trade Forex System:&lt;br /&gt;The ULTIMATE Step-By-Step Guide to Online&lt;br /&gt;Currency Trading&lt;br /&gt;“How You Can Earn $50 to $500 A Day Currency Trading&lt;br /&gt;From The Comfort of Your Own Home!”&lt;br /&gt;Did you know that more and more business opportunity seekers worldwide are&lt;br /&gt;discovering the powerful profit potential of Foreign Exchange trading? In this&lt;br /&gt;business, there are no employees to hire, no advertising, no products to stock,&lt;br /&gt;no downlines to fill--just you, an Internet connection and a computer. That's all&lt;br /&gt;you need to make money on the worlds largest market. If you are searching for&lt;br /&gt;an alternative to more traditional home-based business opportunities, then Forex&lt;br /&gt;trading may be what you’ve been looking for.&lt;br /&gt;Our purpose is to empower, mentor and train currency traders all around the&lt;br /&gt;world who would like to Day Trade Forex as their main source of income. For&lt;br /&gt;those looking for a significant part-time income, we believe Currency Trading is&lt;br /&gt;the vehicle to use. Our aim is to assist you to:&lt;br /&gt;1. Stay Disciplined—To learn how to manage risk effectively.&lt;br /&gt;2. Keep Objective—To trade in a non-emotional, intelligent way.&lt;br /&gt;3. Trade with Confidence—To know exactly when to trade.&lt;br /&gt;4. Become Systematic—To generate your own Forex buy/sell signals.&lt;br /&gt;The goal is to earn $50 to $500 per trade and minimize losses on losing trades&lt;br /&gt;using technical indicators on charts, which I will explain later on in this course.&lt;br /&gt;The potential to profit is there for those who trade this system. The great thing&lt;br /&gt;about Forex trading is that you can test this system for FREE on a demo account&lt;br /&gt;using virtual money, before you risk one penny on actual trades.&lt;br /&gt;You will be able to join my team of traders as you advance step-by-step through&lt;br /&gt;this guide. We will begin by explaining what Forex is and all the benefits of&lt;br /&gt;trading currencies&lt;br /&gt;2&lt;br /&gt;WHAT IS FOREX&lt;br /&gt;The Foreign Exchange, also referred to as the "Forex" or "Spot FX" market, is&lt;br /&gt;the largest financial market in the world, with over $1.2 trillion changing hands&lt;br /&gt;every single day. If you compare that to the $25 billion a day volume that the&lt;br /&gt;New York Stock Exchange trades, you see how giant the Foreign Exchange&lt;br /&gt;really is. In fact it is three times larger than all of the US Equity and Treasury&lt;br /&gt;markets combined!&lt;br /&gt;What is traded on the Foreign Exchange? The answer is money. Forex trading&lt;br /&gt;is where the currency of one nation is traded for that of another. Therefore,&lt;br /&gt;Forex trading is always traded in pairs. The most commonly traded currency&lt;br /&gt;pairs are traded against the US Dollar (USD). They are called ‘the Majors'. The&lt;br /&gt;major currency pairs are the Euro Dollar (EUR/USD); the British Pound&lt;br /&gt;(GBP/USD); the Japanese Yen (USD/JPY); and the Swiss Franc (USD/CHF).&lt;br /&gt;The notable ‘commodity’ currency pairs that trade are the Canadian Dollar&lt;br /&gt;(USD/CAD) and the Australian Dollar AUD/USD. Because there is not a central&lt;br /&gt;exchange for the Forex market, these pairs and their crosses are traded over the&lt;br /&gt;telephone and online through a global network of banks, multinational&lt;br /&gt;corporations, importers and exporters, brokers and currency traders.&lt;br /&gt;Traditionally, currency trading has been a 'professionals only' market available&lt;br /&gt;exclusively to banks and large institutions, however, because of the rise of the&lt;br /&gt;new E-economy, online Forex trading firms are now able to offer trading&lt;br /&gt;accounts to 'retail' traders like you and I. Now almost anyone with a computer&lt;br /&gt;and an Internet connection can trade currencies just like the world's largest&lt;br /&gt;banks do. There are now over 6 million trading accounts worldwide up from 1.7&lt;br /&gt;million in 1997.&lt;br /&gt;BENEFITS OF FOREX TRADING&lt;br /&gt;There are many benefits and advantages to trading Forex. Here are just a few&lt;br /&gt;reasons why so many people are choosing this market as a business&lt;br /&gt;opportunity:&lt;br /&gt;1.LEVERAGE: In Forex trading, a small margin deposit can control a much&lt;br /&gt;larger total contract value. Leverage gives the trader the ability to make&lt;br /&gt;extraordinary profits and at the same time keep risk capital to a minimum. Some&lt;br /&gt;Forex firms offer 200 to 1 leverage, which means that a $50 dollar margin&lt;br /&gt;deposit would enable a trader to buy or sell $10,000 worth of currencies.&lt;br /&gt;Similarly, with $500 dollars, one could trade with $100,000 dollars and so on.&lt;br /&gt;2.LIQUIDITY: Because the Forex Market is so large, it is also extremely liquid.&lt;br /&gt;This means that with a click of a mouse you can instantaneously buy and sell at&lt;br /&gt;3&lt;br /&gt;will. You are never 'stuck' in a trade. You can even set the online trading&lt;br /&gt;platform to automatically close your position at your desired profit level (limit&lt;br /&gt;order), and/or close a trade if a trade is going against you (stop order).&lt;br /&gt;3.PROFIT IN BOTH 'RISING' AND 'FALLING' MARKETS: On the stock&lt;br /&gt;markets, you can only make money if shares are rising, but in economic&lt;br /&gt;recession and falling 'bear' markets, there is little chance of making big money.&lt;br /&gt;Forex is different. One of the most exciting advantages of FX trading is the ability&lt;br /&gt;to generate profits whether a currency pair is 'up' or 'down'. A trader can profit&lt;br /&gt;by taking a 'long' position, (buying the currency pair at one price and selling it&lt;br /&gt;later at a higher price), or a 'short' position, (selling the currency pair and buying&lt;br /&gt;it back at a lower price). For example, if you think the US dollar will increase in&lt;br /&gt;value vs. the Japanese Yen then you will buy Dollars and sell Yen (go long). If&lt;br /&gt;you think the Yen will increase in value against the Dollar then you will sell&lt;br /&gt;Dollars and buy yen (go short). As long as the trader picks the right direction, a&lt;br /&gt;potential for profit always exists.&lt;br /&gt;4. 24HRS: From Sunday evening to Friday Afternoon EST the Forex market&lt;br /&gt;never sleeps. This is very desirable for those who want to trade on a part-time&lt;br /&gt;basis, because you can choose when you want to trade--morning, noon or night.&lt;br /&gt;5. FREE 'DEMO' ACCOUNTS, NEWS, CHARTS AND ANALYSIS: Most Online&lt;br /&gt;Forex firms offer free 'Demo' accounts to practice trading, along with breaking&lt;br /&gt;Forex news and charting services. These are very valuable resources for traders&lt;br /&gt;who would like to hone their trading skills with 'virtual' money before opening a&lt;br /&gt;live trading account.&lt;br /&gt;6.'MINI' TRADING: One might think that getting started as a currency trader&lt;br /&gt;would cost a lot of money. The fact is, it doesn't. Online Forex Firms now offer&lt;br /&gt;'mini' trading accounts with a minimum account deposit of only $200-$500 with&lt;br /&gt;no commission trading. This makes Forex much more accessible to the average&lt;br /&gt;individual, without large, start-up capital.&lt;br /&gt;4&lt;br /&gt;The Day Trade Forex System&lt;br /&gt;Foundations:&lt;br /&gt;Before we begin looking at the specifics of the FPS and how it works, let’s look at&lt;br /&gt;4 building blocks that I believe to be foundations to the Forex Profit System.&lt;br /&gt; Foundation #1: Currency Trading is not a Get-Rich-&lt;br /&gt;Quick Scheme.&lt;br /&gt;Currency trading is a SKILL that takes TIME to learn. Skilled Traders&lt;br /&gt;can and do make money in this field, however like any other occupation or&lt;br /&gt;career, success doesn’t just happen overnight. Here is a great ‘formula’&lt;br /&gt;for success:&lt;br /&gt;Practice + Patience + Persistence = Profits&lt;br /&gt;As they say, there is no substitute for hard work and diligence. Practice&lt;br /&gt;trading on a demo account and pretend the virtual money is your own real&lt;br /&gt;money. Do not open a live trading account until you are profitable&lt;br /&gt;trading on a demo account. Stick to the plan and you can be&lt;br /&gt;successful.&lt;br /&gt; Foundation #2: I highly recommend that you follow 1 or&lt;br /&gt;maybe 2 major currency pairs.&lt;br /&gt;It gets far too complicated to keep tabs on all four. I also recommend that&lt;br /&gt;traders choose one of the majors because the spread is the best and they&lt;br /&gt;are the most liquid. The Euro/USD is the most commonly traded pair and&lt;br /&gt;usually has the best ‘spread’ because of its liquidity. The USD/Swiss Franc is&lt;br /&gt;usually the most volatile and moves the most during the trading week. The&lt;br /&gt;USD/Yen moves a lot on the news out of Japan and normally the Pound&lt;br /&gt;Sterling/USD is more stable in it’s moves than the other three.&lt;br /&gt;5&lt;br /&gt; Foundation #3: Follow and understand the daily Forex&lt;br /&gt;News and Analysis of the professional currency&lt;br /&gt;analysts.&lt;br /&gt;Even though this system is based solely on technical analysis of charts, it is&lt;br /&gt;important to get a birds-eye view of the currency markets and the news that&lt;br /&gt;affects the prices. It is also important that you know and understand what the&lt;br /&gt;key technical ‘support’ and ‘resistance’ levels are in the currency pair that you&lt;br /&gt;want to trade. Support is a predicted level to buy (where currency pair should&lt;br /&gt;move up on the charts), resistance is a predicted level to sell (where the&lt;br /&gt;currency pair should move down on the charts).&lt;br /&gt;Fortunately, all the best Forex news and analysis is offered free on the&lt;br /&gt;Internet. Here is what you should do first:&lt;br /&gt;*While you are reading the daily news and technical analysis, write&lt;br /&gt;down on a piece of paper what direction the analysts are saying&lt;br /&gt;about the major currency pair you are following and the key support&lt;br /&gt;and resistance levels for the day.&lt;br /&gt;A. Go to www.forexnews.com and you will find 24hr news and analysis on&lt;br /&gt;the spot FX markets. The site will give you the big picture of how the&lt;br /&gt;economic calendar and central banks affect the currency markets. A&lt;br /&gt;great resource.&lt;br /&gt;B. Then go to www.fxstreet.com and click on the ‘Top Forex Reports’. Here&lt;br /&gt;there is a wonderful listing of all the major daily currency analysis and&lt;br /&gt;forecasts with support and resistance and direction forecasts.&lt;br /&gt;C. Click on www.currencypro.com and go to ‘Today’s Market Research’ and&lt;br /&gt;there you will find more excellent analysis on the Major Currency pairs.&lt;br /&gt;Another great Forex Portal.&lt;br /&gt; Foundation #4: Learn how to use the technical&lt;br /&gt;indicators in this course and always trade with stop&lt;br /&gt;losses!&lt;br /&gt;It is worth your time to be patient and learn how to use the technical&lt;br /&gt;indicators on the charts that you will be reading about shortly.&lt;br /&gt;6&lt;br /&gt;It is important when you are trading Forex, to be disciplined and to stick to&lt;br /&gt;a plan. Don’t just trade your ‘gut’ feeling. Use the technical indicators&lt;br /&gt;outlined and always enter in stop losses on every trade. Remember that&lt;br /&gt;everyone who trades has a different tolerance for losses. Depending on&lt;br /&gt;your risk capital, and strategy, set your stop losses accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;7&lt;br /&gt;The Day Trade Forex System:&lt;br /&gt;Six Steps to Success&lt;br /&gt;The goal of this guide is to instruct and teach potential traders how to day trade&lt;br /&gt;the currency markets. The objective of day trading is to trade the intra day&lt;br /&gt;market moves to try to gain small to medium sized profits in any given trading&lt;br /&gt;day. This is how this guide will help. Most readers will not have the time or&lt;br /&gt;resources to ‘position trade’ like the major institutions and banks do. They tend&lt;br /&gt;to look at the big picture holding onto trades for weeks or months.&lt;br /&gt;The Forex Profit System is specifically designed for use with the 1, 5 or 10&lt;br /&gt;minute charts, with the goal of taking 5-20 pip profits per trade—closing&lt;br /&gt;bad trades out using tight stops, or hedging any losing trades. The&lt;br /&gt;following steps will show you how to do this.&lt;br /&gt;Step 1. Choose an online Forex Firm&lt;br /&gt;What to look for in an online Forex Firm:&lt;br /&gt;1. Low Spreads.&lt;br /&gt;In Forex Trading the ‘spread’ is the difference between the buy and&lt;br /&gt;sell price of any given currency pair. The lower the spread saves&lt;br /&gt;the trader money. Most firms offer 4-5 pip spreads in the Major&lt;br /&gt;Currency pairs. The best firms offer clients 3-5 pips.&lt;br /&gt;2. Low minimum account openings.&lt;br /&gt;For those that are new to trading, and for those that don’t have&lt;br /&gt;thousands of dollars in risk capital to trade, being able to open a&lt;br /&gt;mini trading account with only $200 is a great feature for new&lt;br /&gt;traders.&lt;br /&gt;3. Instant automatic execution of your orders.&lt;br /&gt;This is very important when choosing a Forex firm. You want instant&lt;br /&gt;execution of your orders and the price you see and ‘click’ is the price&lt;br /&gt;that you should get. Don’t settle with a firm that re-quotes you when&lt;br /&gt;you click on a price or a firm that allows for price ‘slippage’. This is&lt;br /&gt;very important when trading for small profits.&lt;br /&gt;8&lt;br /&gt;4. Free charting and technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;You need a firm that gives you access to the best charting and technical&lt;br /&gt;analysis available to active traders. The firm that I recommend gives&lt;br /&gt;clients FREE professional charting services and even allows traders to&lt;br /&gt;trade directly on the charts!&lt;br /&gt;5. High Leverage&lt;br /&gt;You want high leverage—the ability to trade a large amount with a small&lt;br /&gt;margin deposit. Some of the best firms offer .25% or 400:1 leverage.&lt;br /&gt;6. Hedging Capability&lt;br /&gt;You want the flexibility of opening positions on the same currency pair in&lt;br /&gt;opposite directions without them eliminating each other and without&lt;br /&gt;margin increase!&lt;br /&gt;Here is a list of some of the main Forex trading Firms on the Internet. After a lot&lt;br /&gt;of research and personal experience, the firm that I recommend with the abovementioned&lt;br /&gt;benefits is Capital Markets Services LLC (CMS Forex LLC). You can&lt;br /&gt;research the rest of the firms listed to see for yourself.&lt;br /&gt;**CMS Forex www.cms-forex.com&lt;br /&gt;ACM Advanced Currency Markets&lt;br /&gt;Fairlot Financial Group&lt;br /&gt;Forex Capital Markets&lt;br /&gt;GAIN Capital&lt;br /&gt;GCI Financial, Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;Global Forex&lt;br /&gt;IFX Markets Limited&lt;br /&gt;London Capital&lt;br /&gt;Meridian Forex Pty Limited&lt;br /&gt;MG Financial Group&lt;br /&gt;SaxoBank&lt;br /&gt;Tricom&lt;br /&gt;9&lt;br /&gt;Step 2. Open a ‘Visual Trading’ Demo Account&lt;br /&gt;The first step to trading the currency markets is to open a demo account. It is&lt;br /&gt;important that you learn how to buy and sell the currency pairs, set stop losses,&lt;br /&gt;set profit limits, and understand how leveraged margin works when you trade. I&lt;br /&gt;found the best way to learn this is by experience.&lt;br /&gt;To set up your FREE charting from CMS, simply go to their website and open a&lt;br /&gt;‘Visual Trading’ Free demo account. The charting package in this demo account&lt;br /&gt;rivals, any Forex Professional charting service and you will be able to set up the&lt;br /&gt;technical indicators that will aid you in your trading decisions.&lt;br /&gt;A. Go to http://www.cms-forex.com and click on the ‘Sign Up’ tab and scroll&lt;br /&gt;down to Visual Trading Demo. Open up a free demo account and you will&lt;br /&gt;get your log in information sent to your email address.&lt;br /&gt;B. Now go to the ‘Support’ Tab and scroll down to ‘Visual Trading Manual’.&lt;br /&gt;This manual will show you how the trading platform works. You will need&lt;br /&gt;to read this before proceeding. The better you know your way around&lt;br /&gt;this platform, the easier the next steps will be.&lt;br /&gt;10&lt;br /&gt;Step 3: Set up your charts:&lt;br /&gt;A. One the left hand side of screen you will be able to choose your chart.&lt;br /&gt;Choose EUR/USD (or whatever currency pair you like) , 5 min, line and&lt;br /&gt;the chart will appear on the right hand side. Maximize the chart to fill the&lt;br /&gt;right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;Your chart should now look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;11&lt;br /&gt;Now if you want to make the price line darker, you can right click right on the&lt;br /&gt;price line and a properties box will appear. You can adjust the thickness of the&lt;br /&gt;line. In this example the price line width is set it to 2.&lt;br /&gt;B. Before we add our studies to our charts, I would like you to go to the&lt;br /&gt;following links. Read how to trade the Parabolic SAR here:&lt;br /&gt;www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/parabolic_sar.htm&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade moving average crossovers here:&lt;br /&gt;www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/moving_averages_three.htm&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade Bollinger Bands here:&lt;br /&gt;www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/bollinger_bands.htm&lt;br /&gt;*We will be giving examples of how to apply these studies to day&lt;br /&gt;trading Forex.&lt;br /&gt;12&lt;br /&gt;C. Now we will add the Moving Averages to the chart. We will be using the&lt;br /&gt;Exponential Moving Average 10, the Bollinger Band Exponential Set at&lt;br /&gt;20, and the Exponential Moving Average 50.&lt;br /&gt;Click on Moving Average on the left hand side under Studies. Set&lt;br /&gt;your first MA to 10, close, exponential and you can make it red with&lt;br /&gt;line width 2 under the Color/Style Tab.&lt;br /&gt;Click on Moving Average again and add your MA 50, close,&lt;br /&gt;exponential and make this line blue with line width 2.&lt;br /&gt;Here is a shot of the Moving Average Properties window:&lt;br /&gt;D. Now go to the studies on the left hand side of your screen Select&lt;br /&gt;Bollinger Bands and set them to 20,2, close exponential. Make the&lt;br /&gt;middle band green, line width 2.&lt;br /&gt;E. Add Parabolic SAR to your chart by selecting it on the left and use the&lt;br /&gt;default settings. Make the dots darker, by selecting line width 2.&lt;br /&gt;13&lt;br /&gt;Your chart should now look like this:&lt;br /&gt;You can zoom in and out of your chart using the small buttons in the bottom right&lt;br /&gt;hand side of your screen.&lt;br /&gt;How To Change the Currency Pair and Time Frame:&lt;br /&gt;On the bottom of your chart, you can change the currency pair and right beside&lt;br /&gt;it, if you click on the button that says M5 you can change the time frame of the&lt;br /&gt;chart. The studies will automatically be added to any new time frame and&lt;br /&gt;currency pair that you select.&lt;br /&gt;How to Exit the VT Platform Properly:&lt;br /&gt;To exit the VT platform, click on FILE and then EXIT. The studies that you&lt;br /&gt;added to your chart will automatically be up the next time that you log in to your&lt;br /&gt;account. Please note that if you click x on the top left hand corner of your chart&lt;br /&gt;you will close the chart and reset your settings that you added. If you want to&lt;br /&gt;keep your studies and charts intact you can minimize it or just leave always&lt;br /&gt;keep it open to keep your settings saved.&lt;br /&gt;14&lt;br /&gt;F. Now we will add 3 more indicators below the chart to help us confirm the&lt;br /&gt;trend, and to help us identify exact entry and exit buy or sell signals. The&lt;br /&gt;following indicators give us insight into the momentum, direction and&lt;br /&gt;overbought/sold indicators. Used along with the Exponential Moving&lt;br /&gt;Averages, Parabolic SAR and Bollinger Bands—these indicators can be&lt;br /&gt;very helpful to the day trader.&lt;br /&gt;MACD Histogram.&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade the MACD Histogram here:&lt;br /&gt;http://www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/macd_histogram.htm&lt;br /&gt;Relative Strength Index (RSI)&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade the RSI here:&lt;br /&gt;http://www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/relative_strength_index.htm&lt;br /&gt;Slow Stochastic&lt;br /&gt;Read about how to trade the Slow Stochastic here:&lt;br /&gt;http://www.incrediblecharts.com/technical/slow_stochastic.htm&lt;br /&gt;Now add these studies to your charts.&lt;br /&gt;Under Studies click on MACD Histogram and use the default settings&lt;br /&gt;(9,Exponential, 12, 26, Close, Exponential) and set the line width to 2.&lt;br /&gt;Your study will automatically open under your chart.&lt;br /&gt;Under Studies click on Relative Strength Index and set it to 14 and set&lt;br /&gt;the line width to 2. Your study will automatically open under your chart.&lt;br /&gt;Under Studies click on Slow Stochastic and set it to (5,3,3, Exponential)&lt;br /&gt;and make the %K line blue with line width 2, and the %D line red with line&lt;br /&gt;width 2.&lt;br /&gt;Your chart, with all the studies on it should now look like this (example of&lt;br /&gt;USD/CAD 10 min chart): Notice that I clicked on the zoom in button a couple of&lt;br /&gt;times on the bottom right hand corner to get it to look like this.&lt;br /&gt;15&lt;br /&gt;Step 4: How to Buy and Sell the Currency Pairs&lt;br /&gt;Now that our charts are set up, let’s learn HOW to open and close a position, or&lt;br /&gt;buy and sell on the VT platform. After we learn HOW, we can look at WHEN to&lt;br /&gt;enter/exit a trade using the technical indicators. **Please note that this&lt;br /&gt;information is in the Visual Trading Manual that you should have already&lt;br /&gt;read.&lt;br /&gt;A. Simply move your cursor to the chart and right click. A menu will pop up&lt;br /&gt;and at the top it will say buy with the current exchange rate to buy and&lt;br /&gt;sell with the current exchange rate to sell. You should Buy if you think the&lt;br /&gt;price line will go up on your chart or sell when you think the rate will drop&lt;br /&gt;16&lt;br /&gt;on the chart. Click on buy or sell and an ‘Open Positions’ window will pop&lt;br /&gt;up that looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;B. In the Amount per Acct: box you put in how many lots you will trade—1 lot&lt;br /&gt;is 100,000 currency units.&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 1 lot EUR/USD is $10 profit/loss per pip&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 1 lot GBP/USD is $10 profit/loss per pip&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 1 lot USD/JPY is $8 profit/loss per pip&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 1 lot USD/CHF is $6 profit/loss per pip&lt;br /&gt;Trading with 2 lots doubles the profit/loss possibility. Trading with .5 of a lot&lt;br /&gt;halves the profit/loss possibility. With the CMS universal account you can&lt;br /&gt;trade full or partial lots from this window. If you put in .1 of a lot your&lt;br /&gt;profit/loss would be $1 in the EUR/USD etc…&lt;br /&gt;C. The trade that you just made will now show up directly on the chart. If you&lt;br /&gt;right click your open position on the chart you can choose to add a Stop&lt;br /&gt;price and a Limit price, or you can hedge your position—which we will look&lt;br /&gt;at later on.&lt;br /&gt;Stop Order: Is a price you enter into an open position, where the trading&lt;br /&gt;platform automatically closes your position when the Exchange rate touches&lt;br /&gt;that level. If you are in a winning trade, you can move your stop up or down&lt;br /&gt;17&lt;br /&gt;to protect profits. If the exchange rate never hits that level, then the Order&lt;br /&gt;doesn’t get filled.&lt;br /&gt;**tip: If you are in a winning trade, you can move your stop to your entry&lt;br /&gt;level, so that if your trade moves against you, the platform closes your&lt;br /&gt;position without any losses.&lt;br /&gt;**tip: You should be comfortable setting your stop Order at 15-20 pips. If&lt;br /&gt;you can’t handle a 15-20 pip loss, then you are need to trade smaller&lt;br /&gt;amounts. This will help you from over leveraging your trading account.&lt;br /&gt;Limit Order: Is a price you enter into an open position for the trading&lt;br /&gt;platform to automatically close your position at a profit. For example, you&lt;br /&gt;might set your limit order at a 15 pip profit. If the exchange rate never hits&lt;br /&gt;that level, then the Order doesn’t get filled.&lt;br /&gt;Step 5: When to Enter and Exit Your Trades:&lt;br /&gt;We will be looking at 3 different ways to day trade the Forex Markets. In a&lt;br /&gt;trading session, you may look for 1 or more of these approaches. The 3&lt;br /&gt;techniques are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;1. Trade the Breakout&lt;br /&gt;2. Trade the Trend&lt;br /&gt;3. Trading Tops and Bottoms&lt;br /&gt;Before we look at these trading approaches, let’s answer a question that is often&lt;br /&gt;asked by new traders.&lt;br /&gt;When is the best time to trade?&lt;br /&gt;Because the Forex Market is open 24hrs a day, and traded on a global scale, the&lt;br /&gt;question to ask is, ‘when should I trade?’. The good news is that no matter what&lt;br /&gt;time zone or hemisphere you live in globally, there are always good opportunities&lt;br /&gt;to trade.&lt;br /&gt;The three major trading ‘sessions’ are as follows (all in Eastern Standard Time):&lt;br /&gt;1. New York open 8:00 AM to 4:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;2. Japanese/Australian open 7:00 PM to 3:00 AM&lt;br /&gt;3. London open 3:00 AM to 8:00 AM&lt;br /&gt;**Often, the best times to trade is at the beginning 3-5 hours of the above&lt;br /&gt;mentioned opening times, because the major currency pairs tend to move&lt;br /&gt;the most in a particular direction.&lt;br /&gt;18&lt;br /&gt;The first DayTradeForex.com trading technique we will look at is the easiest to&lt;br /&gt;recognize on the charts. We will call it ‘Trade the Breakout’. You can use the 5,&lt;br /&gt;10 or 15 minute charts for this method. The indicators on the 5 minute charts&lt;br /&gt;are the fastest. Practice until you feel comfortable with the time frame that suits&lt;br /&gt;you best.&lt;br /&gt;1. Trade the Breakout&lt;br /&gt;The principle behind trading the breakout is to enter a trade when the price&lt;br /&gt;‘breaks out’ of a tight range, because often it tends to keep moving in the&lt;br /&gt;same direction. We use our Bollinger Bands on our charts to spot this trading&lt;br /&gt;opportunity. See screenshot on next page.&lt;br /&gt;19&lt;br /&gt;In the above example, EUR/USD 5 min chart, notice how the Bollinger Bands&lt;br /&gt;tighten and squeeze together. When this happens you know that there is a&lt;br /&gt;Breakout coming. As soon as the exchange rate line (brown), breaks out of&lt;br /&gt;the outside Bollinger Bands, it signals your entry buy/sell. In this case if you&lt;br /&gt;bought EUR/USD at 1.1815 and Closed your position at 1.1840 , you could&lt;br /&gt;have made a fast 25 pip profit.&lt;br /&gt;Notice the confirming indicators: The exchange rate line (brown) is above&lt;br /&gt;the EMA 10 (red), the middle BB line (green) and the EMA 50 blue. The&lt;br /&gt;Parabolic SAR dots are on the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is above 0 signaling upward momentum. The RSI is&lt;br /&gt;above 50 signaling upward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue line is&lt;br /&gt;above the red line signaling bullish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;20&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of EUR/USD 5 minute breakout SELL. You could have sold&lt;br /&gt;the EUR/USD at 1.1440 and closed your position at 1.1390 for a 50 pip profit.&lt;br /&gt;Notice the confirming indicators: The exchange rate line is below the EMA&lt;br /&gt;10 (red), the middle BB line (green) and the EMA 50 blue. The Parabolic&lt;br /&gt;SAR dots are on the top.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is below 0 signaling downward momentum. The RSI&lt;br /&gt;is below 50 signaling downward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue&lt;br /&gt;line is below the red line signaling bearish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;21&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of USD/CAD 10 min chart. If you bought this currency pair&lt;br /&gt;at 1.3590 when it broke out of the bands and sold it at 1.3620 you could have&lt;br /&gt;made approximately 30 pips.&lt;br /&gt;The exchange rate line (brown) is above the EMA 10 (red), the middle BB&lt;br /&gt;line (green) and the EMA 50 blue. The Parabolic SAR dots are on the&lt;br /&gt;bottom.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is above 0 signaling upward momentum. The RSI is&lt;br /&gt;above 50 signaling upward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue line is&lt;br /&gt;above the red line signaling bullish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;22&lt;br /&gt;Here is a USD/CHF 5 min chart example of a breakout SELL. Notice how the&lt;br /&gt;MACD Histogram went from positive to negative, and how the other confirming&lt;br /&gt;indicators signaled SELL.&lt;br /&gt;The exchange rate line is below the EMA 10 (red), the middle BB line (green)&lt;br /&gt;and the EMA 50 blue. The Parabolic SAR dots are on the top.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is below 0 signaling downward momentum. The RSI is&lt;br /&gt;below 50 signaling downward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue line is&lt;br /&gt;below the red line signaling bearish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;23&lt;br /&gt;Here was an extreme breakout EUR/USD BUY where you could have held on for&lt;br /&gt;a 100 pip morning!&lt;br /&gt;Again, The exchange rate line (brown) is above the EMA 10 (red), the middle&lt;br /&gt;BB line (green) and the EMA 50 blue. The Parabolic SAR dots are on the&lt;br /&gt;bottom.&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram is above 0 signaling upward momentum. The RSI is&lt;br /&gt;above 50 signaling upward momentum, and the Slow Stochastic blue line is&lt;br /&gt;above the red line signaling bullish momentum.&lt;br /&gt;24&lt;br /&gt;The second DayTradeForex.com trading technique uses the same principles, but&lt;br /&gt;is less extreme. This trading method is best traded on the 5 or 10 min charts,&lt;br /&gt;but can be applied to the 1 minute charts (See the Bonus “Micro Trading”&lt;br /&gt;strategy at the end of this trading course)&lt;br /&gt;2. Trade the Trend&lt;br /&gt;Trading the trend is just like trading the breakout, except in less volatile&lt;br /&gt;market conditions. Start with going to the 15 minute chart of the currency&lt;br /&gt;pair of your choice and ask yourself this question: ‘Is the exchange rate line&lt;br /&gt;(brown) above or below the EMA 50 (blue)?&lt;br /&gt;**If the price line is currently below the EMA 50, and the EMA 10 and BB 20&lt;br /&gt;are also below the EMA 50, then you will be looking at Selling opportunities&lt;br /&gt;in the trading session.&lt;br /&gt;If the price line is currently above the EMA 50, and the EMA 10 and BB 20&lt;br /&gt;are above the EMA 50, then you will be looking at buying opportunities in the&lt;br /&gt;trading session.&lt;br /&gt;Often, when you are ‘trading the trend’, you will notice that the price line will&lt;br /&gt;bounce off the EMA 10 or the middle BB line or the EMA 50. These lines&lt;br /&gt;sometimes act as supports and resistances in a trading session. Therefore&lt;br /&gt;you can look to sell shorts when the price line bounces down off the EMA&lt;br /&gt;10, BB 20 or EMA 50, or buy longs when the price line bounces up off the&lt;br /&gt;EMA 10 BB 20 or EMA 50.&lt;br /&gt;When you trade the trend, it is important to trade with the Parabolic SAR,&lt;br /&gt;MACD, RSI and Slow Stochastic all signaling together.&lt;br /&gt;25&lt;br /&gt;The above example is a 5 minute EUR/USD chart. The first thing to look for is&lt;br /&gt;the EMA 50 blue line. Notice that it has been above the price line and the EMA&lt;br /&gt;10 and BB 20. You will now be looking to SELL. Notice how the price line&lt;br /&gt;bounced down off of the EMA 10 and BB 20 right before I circled the chart.&lt;br /&gt;Now look at your other indicators:&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram turned down below zero, RSI turned down below 50&lt;br /&gt;and Slow Stochastic blue line turned down under the red line. This would&lt;br /&gt;have been a good signal to Sell Short—you could have profited at least 20 pips&lt;br /&gt;on this trade.&lt;br /&gt;26&lt;br /&gt;The above example is a 10 minute EUR/USD chart. The first thing to look for is&lt;br /&gt;the EMA 50 blue line. Notice that it has been below the price line and the EMA&lt;br /&gt;10 and BB 20. You will now be looking to BUY.&lt;br /&gt;Notice how the price line crossed down through the EMA lines prior to the&lt;br /&gt;circles. This would have been a false signal to sell because the EMA 10 and BB&lt;br /&gt;20 were above the EMA 50. If you were looking at buying opportunities then you&lt;br /&gt;could have entered when the price continued to rise where I circled on the chart.&lt;br /&gt;Now look at your other indicators:&lt;br /&gt;The MACD Histogram turned up above zero, RSI turned up above 50 and Slow&lt;br /&gt;Stochastic blue line turned up above the red line. This would have been a&lt;br /&gt;good signal to Buy long—you could have profited at least 30 pips on this trade.&lt;br /&gt;27&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of anticipating the trend. The market, previously rejected the&lt;br /&gt;breakout rise in price and turned the other way sharply. If you entered this trade&lt;br /&gt;when the MACD Histogram turned down into negative territory and the RSI&lt;br /&gt;moved below 50, you could have anticipated the trend before the EMA 10 and&lt;br /&gt;the BB 20 moved below the EMA 50.&lt;br /&gt;28&lt;br /&gt;The third DayTradeForex.com trading strategy that we are going to look at in this&lt;br /&gt;guide is:&lt;br /&gt;3. Trading Tops and Bottoms&lt;br /&gt;Trading tops and bottoms can be more risky that the other two strategies&lt;br /&gt;because you are trading against the trend anticipating the market is&lt;br /&gt;overbought/oversold and might turn in the other direction. It is best to use&lt;br /&gt;the 10 or 15 minute charts for this method. It is more risky using the 5 min&lt;br /&gt;charts, but you still can apply the same techniques.&lt;br /&gt;29&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of a EUR/USD 15min chart, bottom buy.&lt;br /&gt;Notice how the MACD histogram is starting to rise, and the RSI is turning up&lt;br /&gt;from being oversold and the slow stochastic blue line crossed the red line and&lt;br /&gt;is turning up from oversold.&lt;br /&gt;30&lt;br /&gt;Here is a 5 minute chart example with EUR/USD. Notice the MACD, RSI and&lt;br /&gt;Slow Stochastic move up from oversold at 8:30. At 10:30 you could have sold&lt;br /&gt;short for a small profit.&lt;br /&gt;Trading tops and bottoms is best in ranging markets.&lt;br /&gt;31&lt;br /&gt;Here is an example of a breakout SELL and a Bottom BUY in a trading session&lt;br /&gt;watching the USD/JPY 10 minute charts. This bottom BUY is a great example of&lt;br /&gt;oversold indicators with RSI and with Slow Stochastic.&lt;br /&gt;When to EXIT trades&lt;br /&gt;The goal of this day trading guide is to teach traders to take 5-20 pip profits at a&lt;br /&gt;time. You can set profit LIMIT orders to achieve this, or you may want to move&lt;br /&gt;your stops as your position becomes more and more profitable.&lt;br /&gt;**Make sure that you don’t let a winning trade become a losing one, by using&lt;br /&gt;trailing stop orders.&lt;br /&gt;32&lt;br /&gt;How to use HEDGING to your advantage&lt;br /&gt;Hedging can be a useful tool to the Forex trader. When you have an open&lt;br /&gt;position, for example, you are long on a USD/JPY trade and you right click your&lt;br /&gt;trade on the VT platform, a menu will pop up and you have a choice to Hedge&lt;br /&gt;your trade. If you click Hedge, you will automatically open up a position in&lt;br /&gt;the opposite direction at the current market price without canceling out&lt;br /&gt;your other position and without margin increase!. In the above example you&lt;br /&gt;would now have a USD/JPY trade long and short. You will now neither gain or&lt;br /&gt;lose any equity in your account because the gains and the losses will cancel&lt;br /&gt;each other out.&lt;br /&gt;Hedge in an emergency: Hedging a losing trade won’t solve your problems, but&lt;br /&gt;it will 1. Keep you from more losses 2. Give you time to think about what&lt;br /&gt;happened to your bad trade and 3.Give you a second chance. Some traders will&lt;br /&gt;hedge losing trades instead of stopping out there position, because they have a&lt;br /&gt;chance to win back the losses of the original bad trade.&lt;br /&gt;Example: You are looking to ‘Trade the Trend’ so you go long on the&lt;br /&gt;EUR/USD, using the indicators in this guide. The indicators signaled BUY&lt;br /&gt;so you opened up a position. In case of a bad trade, you choose to&lt;br /&gt;hedge instead of using a stop loss (be careful when doing this). Your&lt;br /&gt;‘Trade the Trend’ indicators didn’t work and your position goes against&lt;br /&gt;you, you hedge your trade. Now you have a losing position and a winning&lt;br /&gt;position going in the opposite directions. You didn’t use up any more&lt;br /&gt;margin. What do you do now?&lt;br /&gt;My recommendation: When your position is hedged, you are safe and&lt;br /&gt;you won’t lose any more money in your account. Here is what you should&lt;br /&gt;do:&lt;br /&gt;1. Wait until another chart set up occurs and proceed to step 4. or Exit&lt;br /&gt;the trading platform.&lt;br /&gt;2. Wait till the next trading day or session&lt;br /&gt;3. Look for the DTF indicators the next day.&lt;br /&gt;4. Instead of opening up another position, simply get rid of the bad&lt;br /&gt;position that was hedged. So if the indicators the next day signaled&lt;br /&gt;long in the EUR/USD, like in the above example, then you would get&lt;br /&gt;rid of the short, losing hedge and hope that the price will rise enough&lt;br /&gt;to erase the previous days losses to make a profit.&lt;br /&gt;5. If your position moves against you again you can hedge that position&lt;br /&gt;again and repeat steps 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;Hedge a winning trade: You may also hedge a winning trade to protect your&lt;br /&gt;gains, if you don’t want to completely close your position. When you do this you&lt;br /&gt;won’t gain or lose any more money with that position. The advantage to this&lt;br /&gt;33&lt;br /&gt;would give you the opportunity to keep trading those positions in the future and&lt;br /&gt;give you a break. You can always right click on your position and choose ‘close&lt;br /&gt;with hedge’ to close both positions at once. If you hedge a winning position you&lt;br /&gt;can follow the above steps 1-4 to keep trading your position the next trading day.&lt;br /&gt;** Please note that hedging can get complicated. Try to keep it as simple as&lt;br /&gt;possible and try not to have a web of hedged and unhedged positions open at&lt;br /&gt;the same time—as it becomes exponentially more difficult to keep track of, and&lt;br /&gt;what positions to let go etc...&lt;br /&gt;** Hedging is also optional and you don’t need to learn how to use this tool if you&lt;br /&gt;choose not to. You can be a successful trader by simply using stop and limit&lt;br /&gt;orders.&lt;br /&gt;Understanding Risk Management&lt;br /&gt;Understanding risk management is a very important reality when trading the&lt;br /&gt;Forex Markets. Losing trades will happen, and managing those losses are the&lt;br /&gt;key to success. A good rule of thumb when setting your stop losses is the 5-7%&lt;br /&gt;rule. If your trading account is at $2000, then set your stop loss so that you don’t&lt;br /&gt;lose more than 5-7% of the total value of your account. If you used this rule in&lt;br /&gt;this case, you would stop out a losing trade when you were down $100-$140.&lt;br /&gt;This is important, because if you don’t manage your losses well, you can easily&lt;br /&gt;lose 50% of your trading account on 1 bad trade. You do that a couple of times&lt;br /&gt;and you will lose all of your risk capital. It is better to take smaller losses and try&lt;br /&gt;to maximize your winning trades. So be careful and deliberate when setting your&lt;br /&gt;stops on your trading platform.&lt;br /&gt;Step 6. Open a Live trading account&lt;br /&gt;Now that you understand the basics and have been demo trading awhile, you&lt;br /&gt;are now ready to open a live trading account and join the Day Trade Forex&lt;br /&gt;trading team.&lt;br /&gt;If you have found this step-by-step currency-trading guide useful and helpful and&lt;br /&gt;if you decide to open up a live trading account through me (co-owner of&lt;br /&gt;DayTradeForex.com), I will personally give you the customer service and support&lt;br /&gt;to assist you with your new account (my service will NOT cost you any extra&lt;br /&gt;money.) Here is how you open a live trading account.&lt;br /&gt;34&lt;br /&gt;Open a live account online by clicking HERE NOW. To open a live&lt;br /&gt;account offline, follow the directions on next page.&lt;br /&gt;1. Go to www.cms-forex.com and under the Sign Up Tab on the top, scroll&lt;br /&gt;down to Live Account Sign Up. Under IB-Reffered Individual ( In the circle&lt;br /&gt;on the bottom of the picture) , follow the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;2. When filling out your CMS forms, simply use my name (Erol Bortucene)&lt;br /&gt;as the third party that referred you. This is on page 23 of the CMS&lt;br /&gt;application. If you decide to use the online application, please print out&lt;br /&gt;page 23, print my name on the top and sign it at the bottom and fax it to&lt;br /&gt;CMS. Using my name as your referrer is FREE and doesn’t cost you any&lt;br /&gt;commission at all.&lt;br /&gt;35&lt;br /&gt;3. On the bottom of page 23 (of the CMS application). where it reads:&lt;br /&gt;________________________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;10. Client understands and agrees that there may be commission&lt;br /&gt;implemented on his account. If such commission is added, its size is the&lt;br /&gt;following (in USD or another base currency):&lt;br /&gt;Universal Account: Commission per one 100K lot _______;&lt;br /&gt;and/or per one 10k mini lot _______; Professional Account:&lt;br /&gt;Commission per one 250k lot _______Exclusive Mini Account:&lt;br /&gt;Commission per one 10K lot ______&lt;br /&gt;_______________________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;Simply put the number ‘0’ in the blanks as I will not be charging you any&lt;br /&gt;commission as your introducing broker (IB). Sign and fax this to CMS&lt;br /&gt;along with your other information and forms. Thank you kindly. For&lt;br /&gt;questions or assistance with opening your live account you can contact&lt;br /&gt;me at bortucene@ziplip.com&lt;br /&gt;Keep a trading journal&lt;br /&gt;Finally, it is a good practice to keep a simple trading journal. This way you can&lt;br /&gt;keep track of your trades and progress and be able to analyze, improve and&lt;br /&gt;hone your trading skills.&lt;br /&gt;Simply include the time you entered and exited the trade, the Currency pair, the&lt;br /&gt;chart time frame (this is important), and the strategy (breakout, trend or top or&lt;br /&gt;bottom). Also include write down what happened and what you could have&lt;br /&gt;done differently for future reference.&lt;br /&gt;36&lt;br /&gt;Useful Links&lt;br /&gt;www.moneytec.com&lt;br /&gt;Free Forex trading forum.&lt;br /&gt;www.forexdirectory.net,&lt;br /&gt;Comprehensive listing of everything, related to the Forex Markets.&lt;br /&gt;www.mgforex.com/resource/glossary.asp&lt;br /&gt;A good Forex Glossary&lt;br /&gt;Before we present you with our exciting, new “Micro Trading” strategy, we would&lt;br /&gt;like to warmly invite you to order our DayTradeForex.com Advanced Trading&lt;br /&gt;Course. We strongly advise you to learn the techniques in our advanced course&lt;br /&gt;before you open a live account. You can read about it here:&lt;br /&gt;http://www.daytradeforex.com/advanced.htm&lt;br /&gt;Happy Trading!&lt;br /&gt;The Day Trade Forex Team&lt;br /&gt;For questions or assistance please contact us at:&lt;br /&gt;support@daytradeforex.com&lt;br /&gt;BONUS: “Micro Trading” the 1 minute Charts&lt;br /&gt;See next page...&lt;br /&gt;37&lt;br /&gt;“Micro Trading” the 1 minute Charts&lt;br /&gt;Now that you have opened a demo account and familiarized yourself with the VT&lt;br /&gt;trading platform we would like to introduce you to the Forex trading technique of&lt;br /&gt;'scalping' for small profits. If you only have a small amount of time to trade each&lt;br /&gt;day, then this strategy might be the right one for you. Everyone will settle into&lt;br /&gt;their own style of trading. This technique is for traders who like getting in and out&lt;br /&gt;of trades in a matter of minutes instead of hours. Stock Index Futures traders&lt;br /&gt;often use the 1minute charts to enter and exit trades. Forex day traders can also&lt;br /&gt;gain an advantage by getting in on a move right as it happens by watching the 1&lt;br /&gt;minute charts.&lt;br /&gt;The type of chart set up that we use to trade the 1 minute charts is candlestick&lt;br /&gt;charts. A great description of candlestick charts can be read about here:&lt;br /&gt;http://rightline.iqchart.com/partner/rightline/education/candle_intro.asp&lt;br /&gt;SET UP YOUR CHARTS&lt;br /&gt;1. Open a new EUR/USD 1 minute candlestick chart.&lt;br /&gt;2. Add Bollinger Bands set at 18, Exponential. Change the color of the middle&lt;br /&gt;band to bright green.&lt;br /&gt;3. Add a moving average 3 Exponential, Close and change the color to black.&lt;br /&gt;4. Add the MACD Histogram Study (default settings)&lt;br /&gt;5. Add the Relative Strength Index Study set at 14.&lt;br /&gt;6. Zoom in or out to your liking.&lt;br /&gt;This is what your chart and studies should look like: (See Next Page)&lt;br /&gt;38&lt;br /&gt;The Key to catching the “Micro Trends” on the 1 minute charts:&lt;br /&gt;• Wait for the 3 EMA (black) to cross through the 18 Bollinger Bands Middle&lt;br /&gt;line (green).&lt;br /&gt;• Wait for the Relative Strength Index and MACD Histogram to line up:&lt;br /&gt;Above 0 (MACD) and above 50 (RSI) for BUY signal. Below 0 (MACD) and&lt;br /&gt;below 50 (RSI) for SELL signal.&lt;br /&gt;• Remember to take small profits.&lt;br /&gt;• Practice this strategy on your demo account.&lt;br /&gt;*Examples starting on next page&lt;br /&gt;39&lt;br /&gt;This example is on a Late Sunday Night/Early Monday Morning EST EUR/USD&lt;br /&gt;chart. A good BUY signal at this time could have been when the 3 EMA crossed&lt;br /&gt;up through the Middle Bollinger Band, the MACD Histogram is above zero and&lt;br /&gt;the RSI crossed above 50.&lt;br /&gt;More examples on next page...&lt;br /&gt;40&lt;br /&gt;Here is both a BUY and SELL example from the Japanese trading session.&lt;br /&gt;Notice how the RSI and MACD line up in both examples.&lt;br /&gt;More examples on next page...&lt;br /&gt;41&lt;br /&gt;Here is an afternoon trading example of a BUY and SELL opportunity with the&lt;br /&gt;EUR/USD pair. Remember to take small profits and/or move your stops in a&lt;br /&gt;winning trade.&lt;br /&gt;More examples on next page...&lt;br /&gt;42&lt;br /&gt;TRADE THE NEWS&lt;br /&gt;Here is a great example of how you can use the 1 minute charts to trade the&lt;br /&gt;economic news releases. To find out when the world economic news releases&lt;br /&gt;are, simply go to http://www.forexnews.com and scroll down to the bottom of the&lt;br /&gt;website for the list of the current week news releases that impact the Forex&lt;br /&gt;markets. In the above example, the economic news release was scheduled for&lt;br /&gt;8:30 AM EST. At 8:33 the price jumped up 20 pips. Using our 1 minute&lt;br /&gt;strategy along with the news, is an effective way of scalping profits on the FX&lt;br /&gt;markets.&lt;br /&gt;**Tip: Remember to wait a minute or two after the announcement. Don't open a&lt;br /&gt;position before the scheduled time!&lt;br /&gt;**Tip: There are news releases all throughout the week during the different time&lt;br /&gt;zones and trading sessions. This technique works well during overnight trading&lt;br /&gt;EST during the European and London sessions.&lt;br /&gt;More examples on next page...&lt;br /&gt;43&lt;br /&gt;Notice with this news release, that the EUR/USD pair dropped over 30 pips in 1&lt;br /&gt;minute! At 8:32 the price dropped. If you can practice timing these trades they&lt;br /&gt;can become a very profitable tool for the trader.&lt;br /&gt;ATTENTION:&lt;br /&gt;Using the 1 minute charts is fast moving. It might not be your style of trading. If&lt;br /&gt;you want to test out slower moving average combinations that whipsaw less&lt;br /&gt;often on the 1 minute charts, you can try these:&lt;br /&gt;1. 7 EMA, 18 Middle Bollinger Band&lt;br /&gt;2. 5 EMA, 20 Middle Bollinger Band&lt;br /&gt;3. 10 EMA, 20 Middle Bollinger Band&lt;br /&gt;44&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4560078772389344246-7906467785133876420?l=e-bookforex.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/feeds/7906467785133876420/comments/default' title='ส่งความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4560078772389344246&amp;postID=7906467785133876420' title='0 ความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/7906467785133876420'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/7906467785133876420'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/2007/08/day-trade-forex-system-erol-bortucene.html' title='The Day Trade Forex System [Erol Bortucene and Cynthia Macy]'/><author><name>ฺBest</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08192619906037610452</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/-8C6RnmS7PBw/TjeVSCb5RjI/AAAAAAAAAHY/KfKz6Rwcbao/s220/220757415.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4560078772389344246.post-1057670931590731917</id><published>2007-08-25T17:58:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2007-08-25T17:58:31.009-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='STUDY BOOK FOR SUCCESSFUL FOREIGN EXCHANGE'/><title type='text'>STUDY BOOK FOR SUCCESSFUL FOREIGN EXCHANGE</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;ROYALFOREX&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;FOREX&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;STUDY BOOK FOR SUCCESSFUL FOREIGN EXCHANGE&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;DEALING&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Los Angeles, California&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2001&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;2&lt;br /&gt;Contents&lt;br /&gt;1.Common knowledge about the trading on Forex&lt;br /&gt;1.1. Forex as a aart af the global financial market&lt;br /&gt;Brief data about the Forex rise and development.&lt;br /&gt;The factors caused Foreign Exchange Volume Growth on Forex (Exchange Rate Volatility,&lt;br /&gt;Business Internationalization, Increasing of Traders’ Sophistication, Developments in&lt;br /&gt;Telecommunications, Computer And Programming Development).&lt;br /&gt;The role of the U.S. Federal Reserve System and central banks of other G-7 countries on&lt;br /&gt;Forex.&lt;br /&gt;1.2. Risks by the trading on Forex&lt;br /&gt;1.3. Forex sectors&lt;br /&gt;Spot Market&lt;br /&gt;Forward Market&lt;br /&gt;Futures Market&lt;br /&gt;Currency Options&lt;br /&gt;2. Major currencies and trade systems&lt;br /&gt;2.1. Major currencies&lt;br /&gt;The U.S. Dollar&lt;br /&gt;The Euro&lt;br /&gt;The Japanese Yen&lt;br /&gt;The British Pound&lt;br /&gt;The Swiss Franc&lt;br /&gt;2.2. Trade systems on Forex&lt;br /&gt;Trading with brokers&lt;br /&gt;Direct dealing&lt;br /&gt;3. Fundamental analysis by trading on Forex&lt;br /&gt;3.1 Theories of exchange rate determination&lt;br /&gt;Purchasing Power Parity&lt;br /&gt;Theory of Elasticities&lt;br /&gt;Modern monetary theories on exchange rate volatility&lt;br /&gt;3.2. Indicators for the fundamental analysis&lt;br /&gt;Economic indicators&lt;br /&gt;The Gross National Product&lt;br /&gt;The Gross Domestic Product&lt;br /&gt;Consumption Spending&lt;br /&gt;Investment Spending&lt;br /&gt;Government Spending&lt;br /&gt;Net Trading&lt;br /&gt;Industrial sector indicators&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;3&lt;br /&gt;Industrial Production&lt;br /&gt;Capacity Utilization&lt;br /&gt;Factory Orders&lt;br /&gt;Durable Goods Orders&lt;br /&gt;Business Inventories&lt;br /&gt;Construction Data&lt;br /&gt;Inflation Indicators&lt;br /&gt;Producer Price Index&lt;br /&gt;Consumer Price Index&lt;br /&gt;Gross National Product Implicit Deflator&lt;br /&gt;Gross Domestic Product Implicit Deflator&lt;br /&gt;Commodity Research Bureau’s Futures Index&lt;br /&gt;The Journal of Commerce Industrial Price&lt;br /&gt;Balance of Payments&lt;br /&gt;Merchandise Trade Balance&lt;br /&gt;The U.S. – Japan Merchandise Trade Balance&lt;br /&gt;Employment Indicators&lt;br /&gt;Employment Cost Index&lt;br /&gt;Consumer Spending Indicators&lt;br /&gt;Retail Sales&lt;br /&gt;Consumer Sentiment&lt;br /&gt;Auto Sales&lt;br /&gt;Leading Indicators&lt;br /&gt;Personal Income&lt;br /&gt;3.3. Forex dependence on financial and sociopolitical factors&lt;br /&gt;The Role of Financial Factors&lt;br /&gt;Political Crises Influence&lt;br /&gt;4. Technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;4.1. The destination and fundamentals of technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;Theory of Dow&lt;br /&gt;Percent measures of prices reverse&lt;br /&gt;4.2. Charts for the technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;Kinds of prices and time units&lt;br /&gt;Kinds of charts&lt;br /&gt;Line Chart&lt;br /&gt;Bar Chart&lt;br /&gt;Candlestick Chart&lt;br /&gt;4.3. Trends, Support and Resistance lines&lt;br /&gt;Trend Line and Trade Channel&lt;br /&gt;Lines of Support and Resistance&lt;br /&gt;4.4. Trend Reversal patterns&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;4&lt;br /&gt;Head-and-Shoulders&lt;br /&gt;Inverted Head-and-Shoulders&lt;br /&gt;Double Top&lt;br /&gt;Double Bottom&lt;br /&gt;Triple Top&lt;br /&gt;Triple Bottom&lt;br /&gt;Round Top, Round Bottom, Saucer, Inverted Saucer&lt;br /&gt;4.5. Trend Continuation patterns&lt;br /&gt;Flags&lt;br /&gt;Pennants&lt;br /&gt;Triangles&lt;br /&gt;Wedges&lt;br /&gt;Rectangles&lt;br /&gt;4.6. Gaps&lt;br /&gt;Common Gaps&lt;br /&gt;Breakaway Gaps&lt;br /&gt;Runaway Gaps&lt;br /&gt;Exhaustion Gaps&lt;br /&gt;4.7. Mathematical trading methods ( Technical indicators)&lt;br /&gt;Moving Averages&lt;br /&gt;Envelops&lt;br /&gt;Ballinger Bands&lt;br /&gt;Average True Range&lt;br /&gt;Median Price&lt;br /&gt;Oscillators&lt;br /&gt;Commodity Channel Index&lt;br /&gt;Directional Movement Index&lt;br /&gt;Stochastics&lt;br /&gt;Moving Average Convergence-Divergence (MACD)&lt;br /&gt;Momentum&lt;br /&gt;The Relative Strength Index (RSI)&lt;br /&gt;Rate of Change (ROC)&lt;br /&gt;Larry Williams’s %R&lt;br /&gt;Indicators combination&lt;br /&gt;Ichimoku Indicator&lt;br /&gt;5. Fibonacci constants and Elliott waves theory&lt;br /&gt;5.1. Fibonacci constants&lt;br /&gt;5.2. Elliott wave theory&lt;br /&gt;References&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;5&lt;br /&gt;1. Common knowledge about the trading on Forex&lt;br /&gt;1.1. Foreign exchange as a part of the world financial market&lt;br /&gt;Forex – What is it? The international currency market Forex is a special kind of the world financial&lt;br /&gt;market. Trader’s purpose on the Forex to get profit as the result of foreign currencies purchase and sale. The&lt;br /&gt;exchange rates of all currencies being in the market turnover are permanently changing under the action of the&lt;br /&gt;demand and supply alteration. The latter is a strong subject to the influence of any important for the human&lt;br /&gt;society event in the sphere of economy, politics and nature. Consequently current prices of foreign currencies&lt;br /&gt;evaluated for instance in the US dollars fluctuate towards its higher and lower meanings. Using these&lt;br /&gt;fluctuations in accordance with a known principle “buy cheaper – sell higher” traders obtain gains. Forex is&lt;br /&gt;different in compare to all other sectors of the world financial system thanks to his heightened sensibility to&lt;br /&gt;a large and continuously changing number of factors, accessibility to all individual and corporative traders,&lt;br /&gt;exclusively high trade turnover which creates an ensured liquidity of traded currencies and the round - the&lt;br /&gt;clock business hours which enable traders to deal after normal hours or during national holidays in&lt;br /&gt;their country finding markets abroad open.&lt;br /&gt;Just as on any other market the trading on Forex, along with an exclusively high potential profitability,&lt;br /&gt;is essentially risk - bearing one. It is possible to gain a success on it only after a certain training including a&lt;br /&gt;familiarization with the structure and kinds of Forex, the principles of currencies price formation, the factors&lt;br /&gt;affecting prices alterations and trading risks levels, sources of the information necessary to account all those&lt;br /&gt;factors, techniques of the analysis and prediction of the market movements as well as with the trading tools&lt;br /&gt;and rules. An important role in the process of the preparation for the trading on Forex belongs to the demotrading&lt;br /&gt;(that is to trade using a demo-account with some virtual money), which allows to testify all the&lt;br /&gt;theoretical knowledge and to obtain a required minimum of the trade experience not being subjected to a&lt;br /&gt;material damage.&lt;br /&gt;Short data about the origin and development of the currency exchange market. Currency trading&lt;br /&gt;has a long history and can be traced back to the ancient Middle East and Middle Ages when foreign&lt;br /&gt;exchange started to take shape after the international merchant bankers devised bills of exchange, which&lt;br /&gt;were transferable third-party payments that allowed flexibility and growth in foreign exchange dealings.&lt;br /&gt;The modern foreign exchange market characterized by periods of high volatility (that is a frequency&lt;br /&gt;and an amplitude of a price alteration) and relative stability formed itself in the twentieth century. By the&lt;br /&gt;mid-1930s the British capital London became to be the leading center for foreign exchange and the British&lt;br /&gt;pound served as the currency to trade and to keep as a reserve currency. Because in the old times foreign&lt;br /&gt;exchange was traded on the telex machines, or cable, the pound has generally the nickname “cable”. After the&lt;br /&gt;World War II, where the British economy was destroyed and the United States was the only country unscarred by&lt;br /&gt;war, U.S. dollar, in accordance with the Breton Woods Accord between the USA, Great Britain and France&lt;br /&gt;(1944) became the reserve currency for all the capitalist countries and all currencies were pegged to the&lt;br /&gt;American dollar (through the constitution of currencies ranges maintained by central banks of relevant&lt;br /&gt;countries by means of the interventions or currency purchases). In turn, the U.S. dollar was pegged to gold&lt;br /&gt;at $35 per ounce. Thus, the U.S. dollar became the world's reserve currency. In accordance with the same&lt;br /&gt;agreement was organized the International Monetary Fund (IMF) rendering now a significant financial&lt;br /&gt;support to the developing and former socialist countries effecting economical transformation. To execute&lt;br /&gt;these goals the IMF uses such instruments as Reserve trenches, which allows a member to draw on its own&lt;br /&gt;reserve asset quota at the time of payment, Credit trenches drawings and stand-by arrangements. The&lt;br /&gt;letters are the standard form of IMF loans unlike of those as the compensatory financing facility extends&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;6&lt;br /&gt;financial help to countries with temporary problems generated by reductions in export revenues, the buffer&lt;br /&gt;stock financing facility which is geared toward assisting the stocking up on primary commodities in order&lt;br /&gt;to ensure price stability in a specific commodity and the extended facility designed to assist members with&lt;br /&gt;financial problems in amounts or for periods exceeding the scope of the other facilities.&lt;br /&gt;At the end of the 70-s the free-floating of currencies was officially mandated that became the&lt;br /&gt;most important landmark in the history of financial markets in the XX century lead to the formation&lt;br /&gt;of Forex in the contemporary understanding. That is the currency may be traded by anybody and its value&lt;br /&gt;is a function of the current supply and demand forces in the market, and there are no specific&lt;br /&gt;intervention points that have to be observed. Foreign exchange has experienced spectacular growth in&lt;br /&gt;volume ever since currencies were allowed to float freely against each other. While the daily turnover in&lt;br /&gt;1977 was U.S. $5 billion, it increased to U.S. $600 billion in 1987, reached the U.S. $1 trillion mark in&lt;br /&gt;September 1992, and stabilized at around $1.5 trillion by the year 2000. Main factors influences on this&lt;br /&gt;spectacular growth in volume are mentioned below. A significant role belonged to the increased volatility of&lt;br /&gt;currencies rates, growing mutual influence of different economies on bank-rates established by central banks,&lt;br /&gt;which affect essentially currencies exchange rates, more intense competition on goods markets and, at the same&lt;br /&gt;time, amalgamation of the corporations of different countries, technological revolution in the sphere of the&lt;br /&gt;currencies trading. The latter exposed in the development of automated dealing systems and the transition to&lt;br /&gt;the currency trading by means of the Internet. In addition to the dealing systems, matching systems&lt;br /&gt;simultaneously connect all traders around the world, electronically duplicating the brokers' market.&lt;br /&gt;Advances in technology, computer software, and telecommunications and increased experience have&lt;br /&gt;increased the level of traders' sophistication, their ability to both generate profits and properly handle the&lt;br /&gt;exchange risks. Therefore, trading sophistication led toward volume increase.&lt;br /&gt;Regional reserve countries. Along with the global reserve currency – U.S. dollar, there are also&lt;br /&gt;other regional and international reserve countries.&lt;br /&gt;In 1978, the nine members of the European Community ratified a plan for the creation of the&lt;br /&gt;European Monetary System managed by the European Fund of the Monetary Cooperation. By 1999&lt;br /&gt;these countries, which constituted so-called Euro zone, have implemented the transition to the common&lt;br /&gt;European currency - the euro (see Figure 1.1).&lt;br /&gt;The euro bills are issued in denominations of 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, and 500 euros. Coins are issued&lt;br /&gt;in denominations of 1 and 2 euros, and 50, 20,10, 5, 2, and 1 cent.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;7&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.1. The Euro notes.&lt;br /&gt;The euro is a regional reserve currency for the euro zone countries and the Japanese yen – for&lt;br /&gt;the countries of South – East Asia. The portfolio of reserve currencies may change depending on&lt;br /&gt;specific international conditions, to include the Swiss franc.&lt;br /&gt;The role of U.S. Federal Reserve System and Central banks of other G-7 countries on&lt;br /&gt;Forex. All central banks, and the U.S. Federal Reserve System (FRS) as well, affect the foreign&lt;br /&gt;exchange markets changing discount rates and performing the monetary operations (as interventions and&lt;br /&gt;currency purchases).&lt;br /&gt;For the foreign exchange operations most significant are repurchase agreements to sell the same&lt;br /&gt;security back at the same price at a predetermined date in the future (usually within 15 days), and at a&lt;br /&gt;specific rate of interest. This arrangement amounts to a temporary injection of reserves into the banking&lt;br /&gt;system. The impact on the foreign exchange market is that the national currency should weaken. The&lt;br /&gt;repurchase agreements may be either customer repos or system repos.&lt;br /&gt;Matched sale-purchase agreements are just the opposite of repurchase agreements. When&lt;br /&gt;executing a matched sale-purchase agreement, a bank or the FRS sells a security for immediate delivery to a&lt;br /&gt;dealer or a foreign central bank, with the agreement to buy back the same security at the same price at a&lt;br /&gt;predetermined time in the future (generally within 7 days). This arrangement amounts to a temporary drain&lt;br /&gt;of reserves. The impact on the foreign exchange market is that the national currency should strengthen.&lt;br /&gt;Monetary operations include payments among central banks or to international agencies. In addition, the FRS has&lt;br /&gt;entered a series of currency swap arrangements with other central banks since 1962. For instance, to help the&lt;br /&gt;allied war effort against Iraq's invasion of Kuwait in 1990-1991, payments were executed by the Bundesbank and&lt;br /&gt;Bank of Japan to the Federal Reserve. Also, payments to the World Bank or the United Nations are executed through&lt;br /&gt;central banks.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;8&lt;br /&gt;Intervention in the United States foreign exchange markets by the U.S. Treasury and the FRS is&lt;br /&gt;geared toward restoring orderly conditions in the market or influencing the exchange rates. It is not&lt;br /&gt;geared toward affecting the reserves.&lt;br /&gt;There are two types of foreign exchange interventions: naked intervention and sterilized intervention.&lt;br /&gt;Naked intervention, or unsterilized intervention, refers to the sole foreign exchange activity. All&lt;br /&gt;that takes place is the intervention itself, in which the Federal Reserve either buys or sells U.S. dollars&lt;br /&gt;against a foreign currency. In addition to the impact on the foreign exchange market, there is also a&lt;br /&gt;monetary effect on the money supply. If the money supply is impacted, then consequent adjustments must&lt;br /&gt;be made in interest rates, in prices, and at all levels of the economy. Therefore, a naked foreign exchange&lt;br /&gt;intervention has a long-term effect.&lt;br /&gt;Sterilized intervention neutralizes its impact on the money supply. As there are rather few central&lt;br /&gt;banks that want the impact of their intervention in the foreign exchange markets to affect all corners of their&lt;br /&gt;economy, sterilized interventions have been the tool of choice. This holds true for the FRS as well. The&lt;br /&gt;sterilized intervention involves an additional step to the original currency transaction. This step consists of&lt;br /&gt;a sale of government securities that offsets the reserve addition that occurs due to the intervention. It may&lt;br /&gt;be easier to visualize it if you think that the central bank will finance the sale of a currency through the sale&lt;br /&gt;of a number of government securities. Because a sterilized intervention only generates an impact on the supply&lt;br /&gt;and demand of a certain currency, its impact will tend to have a short-to medium-term effect.&lt;br /&gt;1.2. Risks by the foreign exchange on Forex&lt;br /&gt;As it was mentioned above the trading on the Forex is essentially risk-bearing. By the evaluation of&lt;br /&gt;the grade of a possible risk accounted should be the following kinds of it: exchange rate risk, interest rate&lt;br /&gt;risk, and credit risk, country risk.&lt;br /&gt;Exchange rate risk. Exchange rate risk is the effect of the continuous shift in the worldwide&lt;br /&gt;market supply and demand balance on an outstanding foreign exchange position. For the period it is&lt;br /&gt;outstanding, the position will be subject to all the price changes.&lt;br /&gt;The most popular measures to cut losses short and ride profitable positions that losses should be kept&lt;br /&gt;within manageable limits are the position limit and the loss limit. By the position limitation a maximum&lt;br /&gt;amount of a certain currency a trader is allowed to carry at any single time during the regular trading hours is&lt;br /&gt;to be established. The loss limit is a measure designed to avoid unsustainable losses made by traders by&lt;br /&gt;means of stop-loss levels setting.&lt;br /&gt;Interest rate risk. Interest rate risk refers to the profit and loss generated by fluctuations in the&lt;br /&gt;forward spreads, along with forward amount mismatches and maturity gaps among transactions in the&lt;br /&gt;foreign exchange book. This risk is pertinent to currency swaps, forward outright, futures, and options (See&lt;br /&gt;below). To minimize interest rate risk, one sets limits on the total size of mismatches. A common approach&lt;br /&gt;is to separate the mismatches, based on their maturity dates, into up to six months and past six months.&lt;br /&gt;All the transactions are entered in computerized systems in order to calculate the positions for all the&lt;br /&gt;dates of the delivery, gains and losses. Continuous analysis of the interest rate environment is necessary to&lt;br /&gt;forecast any changes that may impact on the outstanding gaps.&lt;br /&gt;Credit risk. Credit risk refers to the possibility that an outstanding currency position may not be&lt;br /&gt;repaid as agreed, due to a voluntary or involuntary action by a counter party. In these cases, trading&lt;br /&gt;occurs on regulated exchanges, such as the clearinghouse of Chicago. The following forms of credit risk&lt;br /&gt;are known:&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;9&lt;br /&gt;1. Replacement risk occurs when counterparties of the failed bank find their books are subjected&lt;br /&gt;to the danger not to get refunds from the bank, where appropriate accounts became unbalanced.&lt;br /&gt;2. Settlement risk occurs because of the time zones on different continents. Consequently,&lt;br /&gt;currencies may be traded at the different price at different times during the trading day. Australian and New&lt;br /&gt;Zealand dollars are credited first, then Japanese yen, followed by the European currencies and ending with&lt;br /&gt;the U.S. dollar. Therefore, payment may be made to a party that will declare insolvency (or be declared&lt;br /&gt;insolvent) immediately after, but prior to executing its own payments.&lt;br /&gt;Therefore in assessing the credit risk, end users must consider not only the market value of their&lt;br /&gt;currency portfolios, but also the potential exposure of these portfolios. The potential exposure may be&lt;br /&gt;determined through probability analysis over the time to maturity of the outstanding position. The&lt;br /&gt;computerized systems currently available are very useful in implementing credit risk policies. Credit lines&lt;br /&gt;are easily monitored. In addition, the matching systems introduced in foreign exchange since April 1993 are&lt;br /&gt;used by traders for credit policy implementation as well. Traders input the total line of credit for a specific&lt;br /&gt;counterparty. During the trading session, the line of credit is automatically adjusted. If the line is fully used,&lt;br /&gt;the system will prevent the trader from further dealing with that counterparty. After maturity, the credit&lt;br /&gt;line reverts to its original level.&lt;br /&gt;Dictatorship risk. Dictatorship (sovereign) risk refers to the government's interference in the Forex&lt;br /&gt;activity. Although theoretically present in all foreign exchange instruments, currency futures are, for all&lt;br /&gt;practical purposes, excepted from country risk, because the major currency futures markets are located in&lt;br /&gt;the USA. Hence, traders have to realize that kind of the risk and be in state to account possible&lt;br /&gt;administrative restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;1.3. Kinds of the Forex&lt;br /&gt;Spot Market. Currency spot trading is the most popular foreign currency instrument around the&lt;br /&gt;world, making up 37 percent of the total activity (See Figure 3.1). The features of the fast-paced spot&lt;br /&gt;market are high volatility and quick profits (as well losses).&lt;br /&gt;WDS* SWAPS&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.2. Market share of US spot trading (in %% of the volume): 1 – forwards and swaps; 2 – options; 3 - futures; 4 –&lt;br /&gt;spots.&lt;br /&gt;A spot deal consists of a bilateral contract whereby a party delivers a specified amount of a given&lt;br /&gt;currency against receipt of a specified amount of another currency from a counterparty, based on an agreed&lt;br /&gt;57%&lt;br /&gt;5%&lt;br /&gt;1%&lt;br /&gt;37%&lt;br /&gt;1 2 3 4&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;10&lt;br /&gt;exchange rate, within two business days of the deal date. The exception is the Canadian dollar, in which&lt;br /&gt;the spot delivery is executed next business day. The two-day spot delivery for currencies was developed&lt;br /&gt;long before technological breakthroughs in information processing. This time period was necessary to&lt;br /&gt;check out all transactions' details among counterparties. Although technologically feasible, the&lt;br /&gt;contemporary markets did not find it necessary to reduce the time to make payments. Human errors still&lt;br /&gt;occur and they need to be fixed before delivery.&lt;br /&gt;By the entering into a contract on the spot market a bank serving a trader tells the latter the&lt;br /&gt;quota – an evaluation of the currency traded against the U.S. dollar or an other currency. A quota&lt;br /&gt;consists from two figures (for example, USD/JPY = 133.27/133.32 or, which is the same, USD/JPY&lt;br /&gt;= 133.27/32). The first from these figures (the left part) is called the bid – price (that is a price at&lt;br /&gt;which the trader sells), the second (the right part) is called the ask - price (the price at which the&lt;br /&gt;trader buys the currency). The difference between asks and bid is called the spread. The spread, as&lt;br /&gt;any currency price alteration, is being measured in points (pips).&lt;br /&gt;In terms of volume, currencies around the world are traded mostly against the U.S. dollar, because&lt;br /&gt;the U.S. dollar is the currency of reference. The other major currencies are the euro, followed by the&lt;br /&gt;Japanese yen, the British pound, and the Swiss franc. Other currencies with significant spot market shares&lt;br /&gt;are the Canadian dollar and the Australian dollar. In addition, a significant share of trading takes place in the&lt;br /&gt;currencies crosses, a non-dollar instrument whereby foreign currencies are quoted against other foreign&lt;br /&gt;currencies, such as euro against Japanese yen.&lt;br /&gt;The spot market is characterized by high liquidity and high volatility. Volatility is the degree to&lt;br /&gt;which the price of currency tends to fluctuate within a certain period of time. For instance, in an active&lt;br /&gt;global trading day (24 hours), the euro/dollar exchange rate may change its value 18,000 times "flying"&lt;br /&gt;100-200 pips in a matter of seconds if the market gets wind of a significant event. On the other hand, the&lt;br /&gt;exchange rate may remain quite static for extended periods of time, even in excess of an hour, when one&lt;br /&gt;market is almost finished trading and waiting for the next market to take over. For example, there is a&lt;br /&gt;technical trading gap between around 4:30 PM and 6 PM EDT. In the New York market, the majority of&lt;br /&gt;transactions occur between 8 AM and 12 PM, when the New York and European markets overlap. The&lt;br /&gt;activity drops sharply in the afternoon, over 50 percent in fact, when New York loses the international&lt;br /&gt;trading support. (See Figure 1.3) Overnight trading is limited, as very few banks have overnight desks.&lt;br /&gt;Most of the banks send their overnight orders to branches or other banks that operate in the active time&lt;br /&gt;zones.&lt;br /&gt;The reasons of the spot-market popularity, in addition to the fast liquidity-taking place thanks to the&lt;br /&gt;volatility, belongs also the short time of a contract execution. Therefore the credit risk is on that market&lt;br /&gt;restricted. The profit and loss can be either realized or unrealized. The realized P&amp;L is a certain amount of&lt;br /&gt;money netted when a position is closed. The unrealized P&amp;amp;L consists of an uncertain amount of money that an&lt;br /&gt;outstanding position would roughly generate if it were closed at the current rate. The unrealized P&amp;L changes&lt;br /&gt;continuously in tandem with the exchange rate.&lt;br /&gt;Forward Market. On the forward Forex are used two tools: forward outright deals and exchange&lt;br /&gt;deals or swaps. A swap deal is a combination of a spot deal and a forward outright deal.&lt;br /&gt;According to figures published by the Bank for the International Settlements, the percentage share&lt;br /&gt;of the forward market was 57 percent in 1998. (See Figure 1.2). Translated into U.S. dollars, out of an&lt;br /&gt;estimated daily gross turnover of US$1.49 trillion, the total forward market represents US$900 billion. In&lt;br /&gt;the forward market there is no norm with regard to the settlement dates, which range from 3 days to 3&lt;br /&gt;years. Volume in currency swaps longer than one year tends to be light but, technically, there is no&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;11&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.3. Diagram of the trade activity (in %% of the volume) of US Forex in time distribution: 1 – from 12 pm till 4 pm, 2&lt;br /&gt;– from 4 pm till 8 pm, 3 – from 8 am till 12 pm.&lt;br /&gt;impediment to making these deals. Any date past the spot date and within the above range may be a&lt;br /&gt;forward settlement, provided that it is a valid business day for both currencies. The forward markets are&lt;br /&gt;decentralized markets, with players around the world entering into a variety of deals either on a one-onone&lt;br /&gt;basis or through brokers.&lt;br /&gt;The forward price consists of two significant parts: the spot exchange rate and the forward spread.&lt;br /&gt;The spot rate is the main building block. The forward spread is also known as the forward points or the&lt;br /&gt;forward pips. The forward spread is necessary for adjusting the spot rate for specific settlement dates&lt;br /&gt;different from the spot date. It holds, then, that the maturity date is another determining factor of the&lt;br /&gt;forward price.&lt;br /&gt;Futures Market. Currency futures are specific types of forward outright deals. Because&lt;br /&gt;they are derived from the spot price, they are derivative instruments. (See Figure 1.2). They are specific&lt;br /&gt;with regard to the expiration date and the size of the trade amount. Whereas, generally, forward outright&lt;br /&gt;deals—those that mature past the spot delivery date—will mature on any valid date in the two countries&lt;br /&gt;whose currencies are being traded, standardized amounts of foreign currency futures mature only on the&lt;br /&gt;third Wednesday of March, June, September, and December.&lt;br /&gt;The following characteristics of currency futures that make them attractive. They are open to all&lt;br /&gt;market participants, individuals included. It is a central market, just as efficient as the cash market,&lt;br /&gt;and whereas the cash market is a very decentralized market, futures trading takes place under one roof. It&lt;br /&gt;eliminates the credit risk because the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Clearinghouse acts as the buyer&lt;br /&gt;for every seller, and vice versa. In turn, the Clearinghouse minimizes its own exposure by requiring traders&lt;br /&gt;who maintain a nonprofitable position to post margins equal in size to their losses. Although the futures and&lt;br /&gt;spot markets trade closely together, certain divergences between the two occur, generating arbitraging&lt;br /&gt;opportunities. Gaps, volume, and open interest are significant technical analysis tools (See Chapter 4)&lt;br /&gt;solely available in the futures market.&lt;br /&gt;Because of these benefits, currency futures trading volume has steadily attracted a large variety&lt;br /&gt;of players.&lt;br /&gt;Because futures are forward outright contracts and the forward prices are generally slow movers, the&lt;br /&gt;elimination of the forward spreads will transform the futures contracts into spot contracts.&lt;br /&gt;For traders outside the exchange, the prices are available from on-line monitors. The most popular&lt;br /&gt;pages are found on Bridge, Telerate, Reuters, and Bloomberg. Telerate presents the currency futures on&lt;br /&gt;29%&lt;br /&gt;66% 5%&lt;br /&gt;1 2 3&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;12&lt;br /&gt;composite pages, while Reuters and Bloomberg display currency futures on individual pages shows the&lt;br /&gt;convergence between the futures and spot prices.&lt;br /&gt;Options Market. A currency option is a contract between a buyer and a seller that gives the&lt;br /&gt;buyer the right, but not the obligation, to trade a specific amount of currency at a predetermined price and&lt;br /&gt;within a predetermined period of time, regardless of the market price of the currency; and gives the&lt;br /&gt;seller, or writer, the obligation to deliver the currency under the predetermined terms, if and when the&lt;br /&gt;buyer wants to exercise the option.&lt;br /&gt;More factors affect the option price relative to the prices of other foreign currency instruments. Unlike&lt;br /&gt;spot or forwards, both high and low volatility may generate a profit in the options market. For some, options are a&lt;br /&gt;cheaper vehicle for currency trading. For others, options mean added security and exact stop-loss order execution.&lt;br /&gt;Currency options constitute the fastest-growing segment of the foreign exchange market. As of April 1998,&lt;br /&gt;options represented 5 percent of the foreign exchange market. (See Figure 1.4). The biggest options trading center&lt;br /&gt;is the United States, followed by the United Kingdom and Japan. Options prices are based on, or derived&lt;br /&gt;from, the cash instruments. Often, however, traders have misconceptions regarding both the difficulty and&lt;br /&gt;simplicity of using options. There are also misconceptions regarding the capabilities of options.&lt;br /&gt;Trading an option on currency futures will entitle the buyer to the right, but not the obligation,&lt;br /&gt;to take physical possession of the currency future. Unlike the currency futures, buying currency&lt;br /&gt;options does not require an initiation margin. The option premium, or price, paid by the buyer to the&lt;br /&gt;seller, or writer, reflects the buyer's total risk.&lt;br /&gt;However, upon taking physical possession of the currency future by exercising the option, a trader&lt;br /&gt;will have to deposit a margin.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.4. Market share of the currency options (in %% of the volume): 1 - OTC; 2 – organized exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;The currency price is the central building block, as all the other factors are compared and analyzed&lt;br /&gt;against it. It is the currency price behavior that both generate the need for options and impacts on the profitability of&lt;br /&gt;options.&lt;br /&gt;2. Kinds of major currencies and exchange systems&lt;br /&gt;2.1. Major currencies&lt;br /&gt;The U.S. Dollar. The United States dollar is the world's main currency – an universal measure&lt;br /&gt;to evaluate any other currency traded on Forex. All currencies are generally quoted in U.S. dollar terms.&lt;br /&gt;Under conditions of international economic and political unrest, the U.S. dollar is the main safe-haven&lt;br /&gt;currency, which was proven particularly well during the Southeast Asian crisis of 1997-1998.&lt;br /&gt;81%&lt;br /&gt;19%&lt;br /&gt;1 2&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;13&lt;br /&gt;As it was indicated, the U.S. dollar became the leading currency toward the end of the Second&lt;br /&gt;World War along the Breton Woods Accord, as the other currencies were virtually pegged against it. The&lt;br /&gt;introduction of the euro in 1999 reduced the dollar's importance only marginally.&lt;br /&gt;The other major currencies traded against the U.S. dollar are the euro, Japanese yen, British&lt;br /&gt;pound, and Swiss franc.&lt;br /&gt;The Euro. The euro was designed to become the premier currency in trading by simply being&lt;br /&gt;quoted in American terms. Like the U.S. dollar, the euro has a strong international presence&lt;br /&gt;stemming from members of the European Monetary Union. The currency remains plagued by unequal&lt;br /&gt;growth, high unemployment, and government resistance to structural changes. The pair was also weighed&lt;br /&gt;in 1999 and 2000 by outflows from foreign investors, particularly Japanese, who were forced to liquidate&lt;br /&gt;their losing investments in euro-denominated assets. Moreover, European money managers rebalanced&lt;br /&gt;their portfolios and reduced their euro exposure as their needs for hedging currency risk in Europe&lt;br /&gt;declined.&lt;br /&gt;The Japanese Yen. The Japanese yen is the third most traded currency in the world; it has a&lt;br /&gt;much smaller international presence than the U.S. dollar or the euro. The yen is very liquid around the&lt;br /&gt;world, practically around the clock. The natural demand to trade the yen concentrated mostly among the&lt;br /&gt;Japanese keiretsu, the economic and financial conglomerates. The yen is much more sensitive to the&lt;br /&gt;fortunes of the Nikkei index, the Japanese stock market, and the real estate market.&lt;br /&gt;The British Pound. Until the end of World War II, the pound was the currency of reference.&lt;br /&gt;The currency is heavily traded against the euro and the U.S. dollar, but has a spotty presence against other&lt;br /&gt;currencies. Prior to the introduction of the euro, both the pound benefited from any doubts about the&lt;br /&gt;currency convergence. After the introduction of the euro, Bank of England is attempting to bring the high&lt;br /&gt;U.K. rates closer to the lower rates in the euro zone. The pound could join the euro in the early 2000s,&lt;br /&gt;provided that the U.K. referendum is positive.&lt;br /&gt;The Swiss Franc. The Swiss franc is the only currency of a major European country that&lt;br /&gt;belongs neither to the European Monetary Union nor to the G-7 countries. Although the Swiss economy&lt;br /&gt;is relatively small, the Swiss franc is one of the four major currencies, closely resembling the strength&lt;br /&gt;and quality of the Swiss economy and finance. Switzerland has a very close economic relationship with&lt;br /&gt;Germany, and thus to the euro zone. Therefore, in terms of political uncertainty in the East, the Swiss&lt;br /&gt;franc is favored generally over the euro.&lt;br /&gt;Typically, it is believed that the Swiss franc is a stable currency. Actually, from a foreign&lt;br /&gt;exchange point of view, the Swiss franc closely resembles the patterns of the euro, but lacks its liquidity.&lt;br /&gt;As the demand for it exceeds supply, the Swiss franc can be more volatile than the euro.&lt;br /&gt;2.2. Trade systems on Forex&lt;br /&gt;Trading with brokers. Foreign exchange brokers, unlike equity brokers, do not take positions for&lt;br /&gt;themselves; they only service banks. Their roles are to bring together buyers and sellers in the market, to&lt;br /&gt;optimize the price they show to their customers and quickly, accurately, and faithfully executing the&lt;br /&gt;traders' orders.&lt;br /&gt;The majority of the foreign exchange brokers execute business via phone using an open box system&lt;br /&gt;— a microphone in front of the broker that continuously transmits everything he or she says on the direct&lt;br /&gt;phone lines to the speaker boxes in the banks. This way, all banks can hear all the deals being executed.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;14&lt;br /&gt;Because of the open box system used by brokers, a trader is able to hear all prices quoted; whether the bid&lt;br /&gt;was hit or the offer taken; and the following price. What the trader will not be able to hear is the amounts&lt;br /&gt;of particular bids and offers and the names of the banks showing the prices. Prices are anonymous. The&lt;br /&gt;anonymity of the banks that are trading in the market ensures the market's efficiency, as all banks have a fair&lt;br /&gt;chance to trade.&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes brokers charge a commission that is paid equally by the buyer and the seller. The fees&lt;br /&gt;are negotiated on an individual basis by the bank and the brokerage firm.&lt;br /&gt;Brokers show their customers the prices made by other customers either two-way (bid and offer)&lt;br /&gt;prices or one way (bid or offer) prices from his or her customers. Traders show different prices because they&lt;br /&gt;"read" the market differently; they have different expectations and different interests. A broker who has&lt;br /&gt;more than one price on one or both sides will automatically optimize the price. In other words, the broker&lt;br /&gt;will always show the highest bid and the lowest offer. Therefore, the market has access to an optimal&lt;br /&gt;spread possible. Fundamental and technical analyses are used for forecasting the future direction of the&lt;br /&gt;currency. A trader might test the market by hitting a bid for a small amount to see if there is any reaction.&lt;br /&gt;Another advantage of the brokers' market is that brokers might provide a broader selection of banks to&lt;br /&gt;their customers. Some European and Asian banks have overnight desks so their orders are usually placed&lt;br /&gt;with brokers who can deal with the American banks, adding to the liquidity of the market.&lt;br /&gt;Direct dealing. Direct dealing is based on trading reciprocity. A market maker—the bank&lt;br /&gt;making or quoting a price — expects the bank that is calling to reciprocate with respect to making a price&lt;br /&gt;when called upon. Direct dealing provides more trading discretion, as compared to dealing in the brokers'&lt;br /&gt;market. Sometimes traders take advantage of this characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;Direct dealing used to be conducted mostly on the phone. Phone dealing was error-prone and slow.&lt;br /&gt;Dealing errors were difficult to prove and even more difficult to settle. Direct dealing was forever changed&lt;br /&gt;in the mid-1980s, by the introduction of dealing systems.&lt;br /&gt;Dealing systems are on-line computers that link the contributing banks around the world on a&lt;br /&gt;one-on-one basis. The performance of dealing systems is characterized by speed, reliability, and safety.&lt;br /&gt;Dealing systems are continuously being improved in order to offer maximum support to the dealer's main&lt;br /&gt;function: trading. The software is rather reliable in picking up the big figure of the exchange rates and the&lt;br /&gt;standard value dates. In addition, it is extremely precise and fast in contacting other parties, switching&lt;br /&gt;among conversations, and accessing the database. The trader is in continuous visual contact with the&lt;br /&gt;information exchanged on the monitor. It is easier to see than hear this information, especially when&lt;br /&gt;switching among conversations.&lt;br /&gt;Most banks use a combination of brokers and direct dealing systems. Both approaches reach the&lt;br /&gt;same banks, but not the same parties, because corporations, for instance, cannot deal in the brokers'&lt;br /&gt;market. Traders develop personal relationships with both brokers and traders in the markets, but select their&lt;br /&gt;trading medium based on price quality, not on personal feelings. The market share between dealing systems&lt;br /&gt;and brokers fluctuates based on market conditions. Fast market conditions are beneficial to dealing systems,&lt;br /&gt;whereas regular market conditions are more beneficial to brokers.&lt;br /&gt;Matching systems. Unlike dealing systems, on which trading is not anonymous and is conducted&lt;br /&gt;on a one-on-one basis, matching systems are anonymous and individual traders deal against the rest of the&lt;br /&gt;market, similar to dealing in the brokers' market. However, unlike the brokers' market, there are no&lt;br /&gt;individuals to bring the prices to the market, and liquidity may be limited at times. Matching systems are&lt;br /&gt;well-suited for trading smaller amounts as well.&lt;br /&gt;The dealing systems' characteristics of speed, reliability, and safety are replicated in the&lt;br /&gt;matching systems. In addition, credit lines are automatically managed by the systems. Traders input the&lt;br /&gt;total credit line for each counterparty. When the credit line has been reached, the system automatically&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;15&lt;br /&gt;disallows dealing with the particular party by displaying credit restrictions, or shows the trader only&lt;br /&gt;the price made by banks that have open lines of credit. As soon as the credit line is restored, the system&lt;br /&gt;allows the bank to deal again. In the inter-bank market, traders deal directly with dealing systems,&lt;br /&gt;matching systems, and brokers in a complementary fashion.&lt;br /&gt;3. Fundamental analysis by trading on Forex&lt;br /&gt;Two types of analysis are used for the market movements forecasting: fundamental, and technical&lt;br /&gt;(the chart study of past behavior of currencies prices). The fundamental one focuses on the theoretical&lt;br /&gt;models of exchange rate determination and on the major economic factors and their likelihood of affecting&lt;br /&gt;the foreign exchange rates.&lt;br /&gt;3.1. Theories of exchange rate determination&lt;br /&gt;Purchasing power parity. Purchasing power parity states that the price of a good in one&lt;br /&gt;country should equal the price of the same good in another country, exchanged at the current rate—the&lt;br /&gt;law of one price. There are two versions of the purchasing power parity theory: the absolute version and the&lt;br /&gt;relative version. Under the absolute version, the exchange rate simply equals the ratio of the two countries'&lt;br /&gt;general price levels, which is the weighted average of all goods produced in a country. However, this&lt;br /&gt;version works only if it is possible to find two countries, which produce or consume the same goods.&lt;br /&gt;Moreover, the absolute version assumes that transportation costs and trade barriers are insignificant. In&lt;br /&gt;reality, transportation costs are significant and dissimilar around the world. Trade barriers are still alive and&lt;br /&gt;well, sometimes obvious and sometimes hidden, and they influence costs and goods distribution.&lt;br /&gt;Finally, this version disregards the importance of brand names. For example, cars are chosen not&lt;br /&gt;only based on the best price for the same type of car, but also on the basis of the name ("You are what you&lt;br /&gt;drive").&lt;br /&gt;Under the PPP relative version, the percentage change in the exchange rate from a given base&lt;br /&gt;period must equal the difference between the percentage change in the domestic price level and the&lt;br /&gt;percentage change in the foreign price level. The relative version of the PPP is also not free of problems: it&lt;br /&gt;is difficult or arbitrary to define the base period, trade restrictions remain a real and thorny issue, just as&lt;br /&gt;with the absolute version, different price index weighting and the inclusion of different products in the&lt;br /&gt;indexes make the comparison difficult and in the long term, countries' internal price ratios may change,&lt;br /&gt;causing the exchange rate to move away from the relative PPP.&lt;br /&gt;In conclusion, the spot exchange rate moves independently of relative domestic and foreign prices.&lt;br /&gt;In the short run, the exchange rate is influenced by financial and not by commodity market conditions.&lt;br /&gt;Theory of elasticities. The theory of elasticities holds that the exchange rate is simply the price&lt;br /&gt;of foreign exchange that maintains the balance of payments in equilibrium. In other words, the degree to&lt;br /&gt;which the exchange rate responds to a change in the trade balance depends entirely on the elasticity of&lt;br /&gt;demand to a change in price. For instance, if the imports of country A are strong, then the trade balance&lt;br /&gt;is weak. Consequently, the exchange rate rises, leading to the growth of country A's exports, and triggers&lt;br /&gt;in turn a rise in its domestic income, along with a decrease in its foreign income. Whereas a rise in the&lt;br /&gt;domestic income (in country A) will trigger an increase in the domestic consumption of both domestic and&lt;br /&gt;foreign goods and, therefore, more demand for foreign currencies, a decrease in the foreign income (in&lt;br /&gt;country B) will trigger a decrease in the domestic consumption of both country B's domestic and foreign&lt;br /&gt;goods, and therefore less demand for its own currency.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;16&lt;br /&gt;The elasticities approach is not problem-free because in the short term the exchange rate is more&lt;br /&gt;inelastic than it is in the long term and additional exchange rate variables arise continuously, changing the&lt;br /&gt;rules of the game.&lt;br /&gt;Modern monetary theories on short-term exchange rate volatility. The modern monetary&lt;br /&gt;theories on short-term exchange rate volatility take into consideration the short-term capital markets'&lt;br /&gt;role and the long-term impact of the commodity markets on foreign exchange. These theories hold that the&lt;br /&gt;divergence between the exchange rate and the purchasing power parity is due to the supply and demand&lt;br /&gt;for financial assets and the international capability.&lt;br /&gt;One of the modern monetary theories states that exchange rate volatility is triggered by a onetime&lt;br /&gt;domestic money supply increase, because this is assumed to raise expectations of higher future&lt;br /&gt;monetary growth.&lt;br /&gt;The purchasing power parity theory is extended to include the capital markets. If, in both countries&lt;br /&gt;whose currencies are exchanged, the demand for money is determined by the level of domestic income and&lt;br /&gt;domestic interest rates, then a higher income increases demand for transactions balances while a higher&lt;br /&gt;interest rate increases the opportunity cost of holding money, reducing the demand for money.&lt;br /&gt;Under a second approach, the exchange rate adjusts instantaneously to maintain continuous interest&lt;br /&gt;rate parity, but only in the long run to maintain PPP. Volatility occurs because the commodity markets adjust&lt;br /&gt;more slowly than the financial markets. This version is known as the dynamic monetary approach.&lt;br /&gt;Synthesis of traditional and modern monetary views. In order to better suit the previous&lt;br /&gt;theories to the realities of the market, some of the more stringent conditions were adjusted into a synthesis&lt;br /&gt;of the traditional and modern monetary theories.&lt;br /&gt;A short-term capital outflow induced by a monetary shock creates a payments imbalance that&lt;br /&gt;requires an exchange rate change to maintain balance of payments equilibrium. Speculative forces,&lt;br /&gt;commodity markets disturbances, and the existences of short-term capital mobility trigger the exchange rate&lt;br /&gt;volatility. The degree of change in the exchange rate is a function of consumers' elasticity of demand.&lt;br /&gt;Because the financial markets adjust faster than the commodities markets, the exchange rate tends to be&lt;br /&gt;affected in the short term by capital market changes, and in the long term by commodities changes.&lt;br /&gt;3.2. Economic for the fundamental analysis&lt;br /&gt;For the fundamental analysis on Forex, just as on any goods market, traders use the&lt;br /&gt;information from analytical reviews of specialists published in newspapers as well as charts and&lt;br /&gt;tables of many numerical indicators serving this purpose. All fundamental indicators generally.&lt;br /&gt;released on a monthly basis, except of the Gross Domestic Product and the Employment Cost Index, which&lt;br /&gt;are released quarterly (See below).&lt;br /&gt;All economic indicators are released in pairs. The first number reflects the latest period. The&lt;br /&gt;second number is the revised figure for the month prior to the latest period. For instance, in July, economic&lt;br /&gt;data is released for the month of June, the latest period. In addition, the release includes the revision of&lt;br /&gt;the same economic indicator figure for the month of May. The reason for the revision is that the&lt;br /&gt;department in charge of the economic statistics compilation is in a better position to gather more information&lt;br /&gt;in a month's time. This feature is important for traders. If the figure for an economic indicator is better than&lt;br /&gt;expected by 0.4% for the past month, but the previous month's number is revised lower by 0.4%, then&lt;br /&gt;traders can draw a justified conclusion about the economy situation.&lt;br /&gt;Economic indicators are released at different times. In the United States, economic data is&lt;br /&gt;generally released at 8:30 and 10 AM ET. It is important to remember that the most significant data for&lt;br /&gt;foreign exchange is released at 8:30 AM ET. In order to allow time for last-minute adjustments, the United&lt;br /&gt;States currency futures markets open at 8:20 AM ET.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;17&lt;br /&gt;Sources of information. Information on upcoming economic indicators is published in all&lt;br /&gt;leading newspapers, such as the Wall Street Journal, the Financial Times, and the New York Times; and&lt;br /&gt;business magazines, such as Business Week. More often than not, traders use the monitor sources—&lt;br /&gt;Bridge Information Systems, Reuters, or Bloomberg — to gather information both from news&lt;br /&gt;publications and from the sources' own up-to-date information.&lt;br /&gt;Separate groups of fundamental indicators are considered below in accordance with a&lt;br /&gt;generally accepted classification.&lt;br /&gt;Economic indicators&lt;br /&gt;The Gross National Product (GNP). The Gross National Product measures the economic&lt;br /&gt;performance of the whole economy. This indicator consists, at macro scale, of the sum of consumption&lt;br /&gt;spending, investment spending, government spending, and net trade. The gross national product refers to the&lt;br /&gt;sum of all goods and services produced by United States residents, either in the United States or abroad.&lt;br /&gt;The Gross Domestic Product (GDP). The Gross Domestic Product refers to the sum of all goods&lt;br /&gt;and services produced in the United States, either by domestic or foreign companies. The differences&lt;br /&gt;between the two are nominal in the case of the economy of the United States. GDP figures are more&lt;br /&gt;popular outside the United States. In order to make it easier to compare the performances of different&lt;br /&gt;economies, the United States also releases GDP figures.&lt;br /&gt;Consumption Spending. Consumption is made possible by personal income and discretionary&lt;br /&gt;income. The decision by consumers to spend or to save is psychological in nature. Consumer&lt;br /&gt;confidence is also measured as an important indicator of the propensity of consumers who have discretionary&lt;br /&gt;income to switch from saving to buying.&lt;br /&gt;Investment Spending. Investment — or gross private domestic spending — consists of fixed&lt;br /&gt;investment and inventories.&lt;br /&gt;Government Spending. Government spending is very influential in terms of both sheer size and its&lt;br /&gt;impact on other economic indicators, due to special expenditures. For instance, United States military&lt;br /&gt;expenditures had a significant role in total U.S. employment until 1990. The defense cuts that occurred at&lt;br /&gt;the time increased unemployment figures in the short run.&lt;br /&gt;Net Trade. Net trade is another major component of the GNP. Worldwide internationalization and&lt;br /&gt;the economic and political developments since 1980 have had a sharp impact on the United States' ability to&lt;br /&gt;compete overseas. The U.S. trade deficit of the past decades has slowed down the overall GNP. GNP&lt;br /&gt;can be approached in two ways: flow of product and flow of cost.&lt;br /&gt;Industrial sector indicators&lt;br /&gt;Industrial Production indicator consists of the total output of a nation's plants, utilities, and&lt;br /&gt;mines. From a fundamental point of view, it is an important economic indicator that reflects the strength of&lt;br /&gt;the economy, and by extrapolation, the strength of a specific currency. Therefore, foreign exchange traders&lt;br /&gt;use this economic indicator as a potential trading signal.&lt;br /&gt;Capacity utilization indicator consists of total industrial output divided by total production&lt;br /&gt;capability. The term refers to the maximum level of output a plant can generate under normal business&lt;br /&gt;conditions. In general, capacity utilization is not a major economic indicator for the foreign exchange&lt;br /&gt;market. However, there are instances when its economic implications are useful for fundamental analysis.&lt;br /&gt;A "normal" figure for a steady economy is 81.5 percent. If the figure reads 85 percent or more, the&lt;br /&gt;data suggests that the industrial production is overheating, that the economy is close to full capacity.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;18&lt;br /&gt;High capacity utilization rates precede inflation, and expectation in the foreign exchange market is&lt;br /&gt;that the central bank will raise interest rates in order to avoid or fight inflation.&lt;br /&gt;Factory orders. Refer to the total of durable and nondurable goods orders. Nondurable goods&lt;br /&gt;consist of food, clothing, light industrial products, and products designed for the maintenance of durable&lt;br /&gt;goods. Durable goods orders are discussed separately. The factory orders indicator has limited significance&lt;br /&gt;for foreign exchange traders.&lt;br /&gt;Durable goods orders. Consist of products with a life span of more than three years. Examples of&lt;br /&gt;durable goods are autos, appliances, furniture, jewelry, and toys. They are divided into four major&lt;br /&gt;categories: primary metals, machinery, electrical machinery, and transportation.&lt;br /&gt;In order to eliminate the volatility pertinent to large military orders, the indicator includes a&lt;br /&gt;breakdown of the orders between defense and non-defense.&lt;br /&gt;This data is fairly important to foreign exchange markets because it gives a good indication of&lt;br /&gt;consumer confidence. Because durable goods cost more than nondurables, a high number in this&lt;br /&gt;indicator shows consumers' propensity to spend. Therefore, a good figure is generally bullish for the&lt;br /&gt;domestic currency.&lt;br /&gt;Business inventories. Consist of items produced and held for future sale. The compilation of this&lt;br /&gt;information is facile and holds little surprise for the market. Moreover, financial management and&lt;br /&gt;computerization help control business inventories in unprecedented ways. Therefore, the importance of this&lt;br /&gt;indicator for foreign exchange traders is limited.&lt;br /&gt;Construction Data&lt;br /&gt;Construction indicator constitutes significant group that are included in the calculation of the GDP&lt;br /&gt;of the United States. Moreover, housing has traditionally been the engine that pulled the U.S. economy out&lt;br /&gt;of recessions after World War II. These indicators are classified into three major categories:&lt;br /&gt;1. housing starts and permits&lt;br /&gt;2. new and existing one-family home sales; and&lt;br /&gt;3. construction spending.&lt;br /&gt;Construction indicators are cyclical and very sensitive to the level of interest rates (and&lt;br /&gt;consequently mortgage rates) and the level of disposable income. Low interest rates alone may not be able&lt;br /&gt;to generate a high demand for housing, though. As the situation in the early 1990s demonstrated,&lt;br /&gt;despite historically low mortgage rates in the United States, housing increased only marginally, as a result&lt;br /&gt;of the lack of job security in a weak economy. Besides, in spite of the 2000 – 2001 recession the cost of houses,&lt;br /&gt;for example in California, was practically not decreased.&lt;br /&gt;Housing starts between one and a half and two million units reflect a strong economy, whereas a&lt;br /&gt;figure of approximately one million units suggests that the economy is in recession.&lt;br /&gt;Inflation indicators&lt;br /&gt;Traders watch the development of inflation closely, because the method of choice for fighting&lt;br /&gt;inflation is raising the interest rates, and higher interest rates tend to support the local currency. To&lt;br /&gt;measure inflation traders use economic tools considered below.&lt;br /&gt;Producer price index (PPI). It’s compiled from most sectors of the economy, such as&lt;br /&gt;manufacturing, mining, and agriculture. The sample used to calculate the index contains about 3400&lt;br /&gt;commodities. The weights used for the calculation of the index for some of the most important groups&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;19&lt;br /&gt;are: food—24 percent; fuel—7 percent; autos—7 percent; and clothing—6 percent. Unlike the CPI, the&lt;br /&gt;PPI does not include imported goods, services, or taxes.&lt;br /&gt;Consumer price index (CPI). Reflects the average change in retail prices for a fixed market&lt;br /&gt;basket of goods and services. The CPI data is compiled from a sample of prices for food, shelter, clothing,&lt;br /&gt;fuel, transportation, and medical services that people purchase on daily basis. The weights attached for&lt;br /&gt;the calculation of the index to the most important groups are: housing—38 percent; food—19 percent;&lt;br /&gt;fuel—8 percent; and autos—7 percent.&lt;br /&gt;The two indexes, PPI and CPI, are instrumental in helping traders measure inflationary activity,&lt;br /&gt;although the Federal Reserve takes the position that the indexes overstate the strength of inflation.&lt;br /&gt;Gross national product implicit deflator. It’s calculated by dividing the current dollar GNP&lt;br /&gt;figure by the constant dollar GNP figure.&lt;br /&gt;Gross domestic product implicit deflator. It’s calculated by dividing the current dollar GDP&lt;br /&gt;figure by the constant dollar GDP figure.&lt;br /&gt;Both the GNP and GDP implicit deflators are released quarterly, along with the respective GNP&lt;br /&gt;and GDP figures. The implicit deflators are generally regarded as the most significant measure of inflation.&lt;br /&gt;Commodity research bureau's (CRB) futures index . The Commodity Research Bureau's&lt;br /&gt;Futures Index makes watching for inflationary trends easier. The CRB Index consists of the equally&lt;br /&gt;weighted futures prices of 21 commodities. The components of the CRB Index are:&lt;br /&gt;• Precious metals: gold, silver and platinum&lt;br /&gt;• Industrials: crude oil, heating oil, unleaded gas, lumber, copper, and cotton&lt;br /&gt;• Grains: corn, wheat, soybeans, soy meal, soy oil&lt;br /&gt;• Livestock and meat: cattle, hogs, and pork bellies&lt;br /&gt;• Imports: coffee, cocoa, sugar&lt;br /&gt;• Miscellaneous: orange juice&lt;br /&gt;The preponderance of food commodities makes the CRB Index less reliable in terms of general&lt;br /&gt;inflation. Nevertheless, the index is a popular tool that has proved quite reliable since the late 1980s.&lt;br /&gt;The “Journal of Commerc” industrial price index (JoC). Consists of the prices of 18 industrial materials&lt;br /&gt;and supplies processed in the initial stages of manufacturing, building, and energy production. It is more&lt;br /&gt;sensitive than other indexes, as it was designed to signal changes in inflation prior to the other price indexes.&lt;br /&gt;Merchandise trade balance&lt;br /&gt;It’s one of the most important economic indicators. Its value may trigger long-lasting changes in&lt;br /&gt;monetary and foreign policies. The trade balance consists of the net difference between the exports and&lt;br /&gt;imports of a certain economy. The data includes six categories:&lt;br /&gt;1. food,&lt;br /&gt;2. raw materials and industrial supplies,&lt;br /&gt;3. consumer goods,&lt;br /&gt;4. autos,&lt;br /&gt;5. Capital goods,&lt;br /&gt;6. Other merchandise.&lt;br /&gt;A separate indicator that belongs to that group is the “US – Japan Merchandise Trade&lt;br /&gt;Balance”.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;20&lt;br /&gt;Employment Indicators.&lt;br /&gt;The employment rate is an economic indicator with significance in multiple areas. The rate of&lt;br /&gt;employment, naturally, measures the soundness of an economy (See Figure 3.1). The unemployment rate&lt;br /&gt;is a lagging economic indicator. It is an important feature to remember, especially in times of economic&lt;br /&gt;recession. Whereas people focus on the health and recovery of the job sector, employment is the last&lt;br /&gt;economic indicator to rebound. When economic contraction causes jobs to be cut, it takes time to generate&lt;br /&gt;psychological confidence in economic recovery at the managerial level before new positions are added.&lt;br /&gt;At individual levels, the improvement of the job outlook may be clouded when new positions are added in&lt;br /&gt;small companies and thus not fully reflected in the data. The employment reports are significant to the&lt;br /&gt;financial markets in general and to foreign exchange in particular. In foreign exchange, the data is truly&lt;br /&gt;affective in periods of economic transition—recovery and contraction. The reason for the indicators'&lt;br /&gt;importance in extreme economic situations lies in the picture they paint of the health of the economy&lt;br /&gt;and in the degree of maturity of a business cycle. A decreasing unemployment figure signals a maturing&lt;br /&gt;cycle, whereas the opposite is true for an increasing unemployment indicator.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.1. Diagram of the U.S. unemployment rate.&lt;br /&gt;Consumer spending indicators. Retail sales are a significant consumer-spending indicator for&lt;br /&gt;foreign exchange traders, as it shows the strength of consumer demand as well as consumer confidence.&lt;br /&gt;component in the calculation of other economic indicators, such as GNP and GDP.&lt;br /&gt;Generally, the most commonly used employment figure is not the monthly unemployment rate,&lt;br /&gt;which is released as a percentage, but the nonfarm payroll rate. The rate figure is calculated as the&lt;br /&gt;ratio of the difference between the total labor force and the employed labor force, divided by the total&lt;br /&gt;labor force. The data is more complex, though, and it generates more information. In Forex, the standard&lt;br /&gt;indicators monitored by traders are the unemployment rate, manufacturing payrolls, nonfarm payrolls,&lt;br /&gt;average earnings, and average workweek. Generally, the most significant employment data are&lt;br /&gt;manufacturing and nonfarm payrolls, followed by the unemployment rate.&lt;br /&gt;Employment Cost Index (ECI). The Employment Cost Index measures wages and inflation&lt;br /&gt;and provides a comprehensive analysis of worker compensation, including wages, salaries and fringe&lt;br /&gt;benefits.&lt;br /&gt;Consumer Spending Indicators grounded on data due to the retail sale volume is important for&lt;br /&gt;the Forex because it shows the level of consumers demand and their sentiments, which is initial data&lt;br /&gt;for the calculation of other indicators as Gross National and Gross Domestic Products.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;21&lt;br /&gt;Retail Sails. Retail sales are a significant consumer-spending indicator for foreign exchange&lt;br /&gt;traders, as it shows the strength of consumer demand as well as consumer confidence. As an economic&lt;br /&gt;indicator, retail sales are particularly important in the United States. Unlike other countries such as&lt;br /&gt;Japan, the focus in the U.S. economy is the consumer. If the consumer has enough discretionary income,&lt;br /&gt;or enough credit for that matter, then more merchandise will be produced or imported. Retail sales&lt;br /&gt;figures create an economic process of "trickling up" to the manufacturing sector.&lt;br /&gt;The seasonal aspect is important for this economic indicator. The retail sales months that are most&lt;br /&gt;watched by foreign exchange traders are December, because of the holiday season, and September, the&lt;br /&gt;back-to-school month. Increasingly, November is becoming an important month, as a result of the shift in&lt;br /&gt;the former after-Christmas sales to pre-December sales days. Another interesting phenomenon occurred&lt;br /&gt;in the United States. Despite the economic recession in the early 1990s, the volume of retail sales was&lt;br /&gt;unusually high. The profit margin, however, was much thinner. The reason is the consumer's shift toward&lt;br /&gt;discount stores.&lt;br /&gt;Traders watch retail sales closely to gauge the overall strength of the economy and, consequently,&lt;br /&gt;the strength of the currency. This indicator is released on a monthly basis.&lt;br /&gt;Consumer sentiment . It’s a survey of households that is designed to gauge direct the individual&lt;br /&gt;propensity for spending money to increase or to maintain on the same level their expenditures&lt;br /&gt;connected with the satisfaction of the household current needs and, by implication, - the situation on&lt;br /&gt;the labor market.&lt;br /&gt;Auto sales. Despite the importance of the auto industry in terms of both production and sales,&lt;br /&gt;the level of auto sales is not an economic indicator widely followed by foreign exchange traders. The&lt;br /&gt;American automakers experienced a long, steady market share loss, only to start rebounding in the early&lt;br /&gt;1990s. But car manufacturing has become increasingly internationalized, with American cars being&lt;br /&gt;assembled outside the United States and Japanese and German cars assembled within the United States.&lt;br /&gt;Because of their confusing nature, auto sales figures cannot easily be used in foreign exchange analysis.&lt;br /&gt;Leading indicators&lt;br /&gt;• The leading indicators consist of the following economic indicators:&lt;br /&gt;• Average workweek of production workers in manufacturing&lt;br /&gt;• Average weekly claims for state unemployment&lt;br /&gt;• New orders for consumer goods and materials (adjusted for inflation)&lt;br /&gt;• Vendor performance (companies receiving slower deliveries from suppliers)&lt;br /&gt;• Contracts and orders for plant and equipment (adjusted for inflation)&lt;br /&gt;• New building permits issued&lt;br /&gt;• Change in manufacturers' unfilled orders, durable goods&lt;br /&gt;• Change in sensitive materials prices&lt;br /&gt;Personal income. It’s the income received by individuals, nonprofit institutions, and private trust&lt;br /&gt;funds. Components of this indicator include wages and salaries, rental income, dividends, interest earnings,&lt;br /&gt;and transfer payments (Social Security, state unemployment insurance, and veterans' benefits). The wages&lt;br /&gt;and salaries reflect the underlying economic conditions. This indicator is vital for the sales sector. Without&lt;br /&gt;an adequate personal income and a propensity to purchase, consumer purchases of durable and nondurable&lt;br /&gt;goods are limited. For FX traders, personal income is not significant.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;22&lt;br /&gt;3.3. Forex dependence on financial and sociopolitical factors&lt;br /&gt;Financial factors are vital to fundamental analysis. Changes in a government's monetary or&lt;br /&gt;fiscal policies are bound to generate changes in the economy, and these will be reflected in the exchange&lt;br /&gt;rates. Financial factors should be triggered only by economic factors. When governments focus on different&lt;br /&gt;aspects of the economy or have additional international responsibilities, financial factors may have priority&lt;br /&gt;over economic factors. This was painfully true in the case of the European Monetary System (EMS) in the&lt;br /&gt;early 1990s. The realities of the marketplace revealed the underlying artificiality of this approach.&lt;br /&gt;The role of interest rates. Using the interest rates independently from the real economic&lt;br /&gt;environment translated into a very expensive strategy. Because foreign exchange, by definition, consists of&lt;br /&gt;simultaneous transactions in two currencies, then it follows that the market must focus on two&lt;br /&gt;respective interest rates as well. This is the interest rate differential, a basic factor in the markets. Traders&lt;br /&gt;react when the interest rate differential changes, not simply when the interest rates themselves&lt;br /&gt;change. For example, if all the G-5 countries decided to simultaneously lower their interest rates by&lt;br /&gt;0.5 percent, the move would be neutral for foreign exchange, because the interest rate differentials would&lt;br /&gt;also be neutral. Of course, most of the time the discount rates are cut unilaterally, a move that generates&lt;br /&gt;changes in both the interest differential and the exchange rate. Traders approach the interest rates like any&lt;br /&gt;other factor, trading on expectations and facts. For example, if rumor says that a discount rate will be cut,&lt;br /&gt;the respective currency will be sold before the fact. Once the cut occurs, it is quite possible that the currency&lt;br /&gt;will be bought back, or the other way around. An unexpected change in interest rates is likely to trigger a&lt;br /&gt;sharp currency move.&lt;br /&gt;Other factors affecting the trading decision are the time lag between the rumor and the fact, the&lt;br /&gt;reasons behind the interest rate change, and the perceived importance of the change. The market generally&lt;br /&gt;prices in a discount rate change that was delayed. Since it is a fait accompli, it is neutral to the market. If&lt;br /&gt;the discount rate was changed for political rather than economic reasons, a common practice in the&lt;br /&gt;European Monetary System, the markets are likely to go against the central banks, sticking to the real&lt;br /&gt;fundamentals rather than the political ones. This happened in both September 1992 and the summer&lt;br /&gt;of1993, when the European central banks lost unprecedented amounts of money trying to prop up their&lt;br /&gt;currencies, despite having high interest rates. The market perceived those interest rates as artificially high&lt;br /&gt;and, therefore, aggressively sold the respective currencies. Finally, traders deal on the perceived importance of&lt;br /&gt;a change in the interest rate differential.&lt;br /&gt;Political crises influence. A political crisis is commonly dangerous for the Forex because it&lt;br /&gt;may trigger a sharp decrease in trade volumes. Prices under critical conditions dry out quickly, and&lt;br /&gt;sometimes the spreads between bid and offer jump from 5 pips to 100 pips. Unlike predictable political events&lt;br /&gt;(parliament elections, interstate agreements conclusion etc), which generally take place in an exact time&lt;br /&gt;and give market the opportunity to adopt, political crises come and strike suddenly. Currency traders&lt;br /&gt;have a knack for responding to crises. The traders should react as fast as possible to avoid big losses. They&lt;br /&gt;have not much time to take decisions, often they have only seconds. Return on the market after a crisis is&lt;br /&gt;often problematic.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;23&lt;br /&gt;4. Technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;4.1. The destination and fundamentals of technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;Technical analysis is being used for the prediction of market movements (that is alterations in&lt;br /&gt;currencies prices, volumes and open interests) outgoing from the information obtained for the past. The&lt;br /&gt;main instruments of the technical analysis are different kinds of charts, which represent currencies price&lt;br /&gt;change during a certain time preceding exchange deals, as well as technical indicators. The latter are being&lt;br /&gt;obtained as a result of the mathematical processing of averaged and other characteristics of price&lt;br /&gt;movements. The instruments of the technical analysis are universal and applicable to any Forex sector, any&lt;br /&gt;currency and any time span.&lt;br /&gt;Technical analysis is easy to compute what is important while the technical services are&lt;br /&gt;becoming increasingly sophisticated and reasonably priced. They are available to all the Forex&lt;br /&gt;participants independent on their trade plans, strategies applied and the time of position continuance.&lt;br /&gt;Under contemporary conditions it is executed by means of computers, which is important if to&lt;br /&gt;account that means of the electronic support become more and more sophisticated.&lt;br /&gt;Dow theory&lt;br /&gt;The fundamental principles of technical analysis are based on the Dow Theory with the&lt;br /&gt;following main thesis:&lt;br /&gt;1. The price is a comprehensive reflection of all the market forces. At any given time, all market&lt;br /&gt;information and forces are reflected in the currency prices (“The market knows everything”).&lt;br /&gt;2. Price movements are trend followers (“Trend is your friend”); trends are classified as up trends&lt;br /&gt;(bullish), downtrends (bearish) and flat (sideways). Examples of mentioned trends are given on Figures&lt;br /&gt;4.1 – 4.3.&lt;br /&gt;3. Price movements are historically repetitive (“The history repeats”) which results periodical&lt;br /&gt;emerging the same patterns on the charts.&lt;br /&gt;4. The market has three trends: the longest (about 1 year) major, or primary, less enduring (1 month and&lt;br /&gt;more) intermediate, or secondary, and rather short (several days or weeks) minor. The primary trend has&lt;br /&gt;three phases: accumulation, run-up/run-down, and distribution. In this way, in the accumulation&lt;br /&gt;phase of a bullish market the shrewdest traders enter new positions. In the run-up/run-down&lt;br /&gt;phase, the majority of the market finally "sees" the move and jumps on the bandwagon. Finally,&lt;br /&gt;in the distribution phase, the keenest traders take their profits and close their positions while the&lt;br /&gt;general trading interest slows down in an overshooting market. The secondary trend is a&lt;br /&gt;correction to the primary trend and may retrace one-third, one-half or two-thirds from the&lt;br /&gt;primary trend. In frame of a major trend may be any amount of secondary or minor trends.&lt;br /&gt;The structure of a bullish trend is shown on Figure 4.5.&lt;br /&gt;5. Trends exist until it is not broken (See Figures 4.2, 4.3) and their reversals are confirmed. Figure 4.4&lt;br /&gt;shows example of reversals in a bearish currency market. The buying signals occur at points A and&lt;br /&gt;В when the currency exceeds the previous highs.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;24&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.1. Example of a bullish trend in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.2. Example of a bearish trend and a break in the Euro chart.&lt;br /&gt;6. Volume must confirm the trend. Volume consists of the total amount of currency traded within a&lt;br /&gt;period of time, usually one day. Large trading volume suggests that there is interest and liquidity in&lt;br /&gt;a certain market, and low volume warns the trader to close positions. Open interest is the total&lt;br /&gt;exposure, or outstanding position, in a certain instrument. Volume and open interest figures are&lt;br /&gt;available from different sources, although one day late such as the newswires (Bridge Information&lt;br /&gt;Systems, Reuters, Bloomberg), newspapers (the Wall Street Journal, the Journal of Commerce),&lt;br /&gt;weekly printed charts ( Commodity Perspective, Commodity Trend Service).&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;25&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.3. Example of sideways and breaks in the Euro chart&lt;br /&gt;B&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.4. Diagram of the bearish market reversal.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.5. Diagram of the bullish trend structure: the left side – the major trend with intermediate trends, the bottom part of the left&lt;br /&gt;side – minor trends of the encircled secondary trend.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;26&lt;br /&gt;Percentage measures of price reversals. The price of a foreign currency even on the strongest&lt;br /&gt;trends is never moving constantly up or down. Traders watch possible reversals (a change in the&lt;br /&gt;movement direction) at certain points of charts.&lt;br /&gt;There are three following typical points of a possible reversal that can be marked on a chart in&lt;br /&gt;percents against the preceded movements (percentage retrenchments):&lt;br /&gt;1. Along Charles Dow a reversal up traditionally is occurring after the price has passed&lt;br /&gt;down 1/3 (33%), ½ (50%) or 2/3 (66%) of the latest rise up. The reversal after 66%&lt;br /&gt;is considered as a trend correction.&lt;br /&gt;2. Using Fibonacci constants (See Chapter 5) one may wait for a reversal up at the&lt;br /&gt;downtrend points at 0.382 (38%), 0.5 (50%) and 0.618 (62%) of the latest rise up.&lt;br /&gt;3. Along Gann one has to wait for a reversal up after each 1/8 of the latest rise up on&lt;br /&gt;the path down.&lt;br /&gt;4.2. Charts for the technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;Kinds of prices and time units. Charts for the technical analysis are being constructed in&lt;br /&gt;coordinates “price (the vertical axis) – time (the horizontal axis)”. The following kinds of currency&lt;br /&gt;prices represented on charts are being distinguished on Forex:&lt;br /&gt;• open – a price at the beginning of a trade period (year, month, day, week, hour,&lt;br /&gt;minute or a certain amount of one from these units);&lt;br /&gt;• close - a price at the end of a trade period;&lt;br /&gt;• high – the highest from prices observed during a trade period;&lt;br /&gt;• low – the lowest from prices observed during a trade period.&lt;br /&gt;Providing the technical analysis one uses charts for different time units – from 1 year or more&lt;br /&gt;till 1 minute. For instance, the computer program RoyalForex allows to analyze price movements&lt;br /&gt;charts for 1 day, 4 hours, 30 minutes, 15 minutes, 5 minutes and 1 minute. The bigger is a time unit&lt;br /&gt;applied for the chart plotting the bigger is a time span to analyze price movements and to determine&lt;br /&gt;the major trend by means of the chart. For the short trading charts for less time units are more&lt;br /&gt;suitable.&lt;br /&gt;Line chart. The line chart is plotted connecting single prices for a selected time period. The most&lt;br /&gt;popular line chart is the daily chart. Although any point in the day can be plotted, most traders focus on the&lt;br /&gt;closing price, which they perceive as the most important. (See Figure 4.6). But an immediate problem with&lt;br /&gt;the daily line chart is the fact that it is impossible to see the price activity for the balance of the period as&lt;br /&gt;well as gaps (See chapter 4.6) – breakups in prices at joints of trade periods. Nevertheless, line charts&lt;br /&gt;are easier to visualize. Also, technical analysis goes well beyond chart formation; in order to execute&lt;br /&gt;certain models and techniques, line charts are better suited than any of the other charts.&lt;br /&gt;Bar chart. The bar chart consists from separate histograms (See figure 4.7). To plot a&lt;br /&gt;histogram in coordinates price – time the points responding to high, low, open and close prices for a&lt;br /&gt;time period analyzed should be marked on the one vertical bar. The opening price usually is marked&lt;br /&gt;with a little horizontal line to the left of the bar; and the closing price is marked with a little horizontal&lt;br /&gt;line to the right of the bar.&lt;br /&gt;Bar charts have the obvious advantage of displaying the currency range for the period selected.&lt;br /&gt;An advantage of this chart is that, unlike line charts, the bar chart is able to plot price gaps. Hence, it is&lt;br /&gt;impossible to see on a bar chart absolutely all price movements during the period.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;27&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.6. Example of a line chart of the Swiss franc.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.7. Example of histograms plotted in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Candlestick chart. The candlestick chart is closely related to the bar chart. It also consists of four&lt;br /&gt;major prices: high, low, open, and close (See Figure 4.8). In addition to the common readings, the candlestick&lt;br /&gt;chart has a set of particular interpretations. The latter is possible thanks to the convenient visual observation&lt;br /&gt;of that chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;28&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.8. Example of a candlesticks plotted in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;The opening and closing prices form the body (jittai) of the candlestick. To indicate that the&lt;br /&gt;opening was lower than the closing, the body of the bar is left blank. Current standard electronic displays&lt;br /&gt;allow you to keep it blank or select a color of your choice. If the currency closes below its opening, the&lt;br /&gt;body is filled. In its original form, the body was colored black, but the electronic displays allow you to&lt;br /&gt;keep it filled or to select a color of your choice.&lt;br /&gt;The intraday (or weekly) direction on a candlestick chart can be traced by means of two "shadows":&lt;br /&gt;the upper shadow (uwakage) and the lower shadow (shitakage). Just as with a bar chart, the candlestick&lt;br /&gt;chart is unable to trace every price movement during a period's activity.&lt;br /&gt;4.3. Lines of trends, support and resistance&lt;br /&gt;The trendline. A trendline is a main initial element for the price chart analysis. While the market&lt;br /&gt;moves in any direction not along a straight line but along a zigzag, the mutual placement of upper and&lt;br /&gt;bottom points of those zigzags permits to plot a line connecting the significant highs (peaks) or the&lt;br /&gt;significant lows (troughs) of an appropriate zigzag using technical tools of the computer program (See&lt;br /&gt;Figures 4.1 – 4.3). To draw a trendline only two points are necessary and the third one is the contact point&lt;br /&gt;confirmation. On a bullish trend chart it should be drawn using troughs, on a bearish – using peaks. The&lt;br /&gt;trendline and a line which is about parallel to it and drawn on the opposite side (through peaks on a dullish&lt;br /&gt;trend and through troughs on a bearish) form the trade channel. Both lines are then channel’s borders.&lt;br /&gt;Examples of trade channels are shown on Figures 4.9, 4.10.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;29&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.9. Example of a bullish trade channel plotted in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Lines of support and resistance. The upper and the bottom borders of trade channels are&lt;br /&gt;called accordingly support and resistance lines. The peaks represent the price levels at which the selling&lt;br /&gt;pressure exceeds the buying pressure. They are known as resistance levels. The troughs, on the other hand,&lt;br /&gt;represent the levels at which the selling pressure succumbs to the buying pressure. They are called support&lt;br /&gt;levels. In an uptrend, the consecutive support and resistance levels must exceed each other respectively.&lt;br /&gt;The reverse is true in a downtrend. Although minor exceptions are acceptable, these failures should be&lt;br /&gt;considered as warning signals for trend changing.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.10. Example of a bearish channel and his break plotted in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;The significance of trends is a function of time and volume. The longer the prices bounce off the&lt;br /&gt;support and resistance levels, the more significant the trend becomes. Trading volume is also very&lt;br /&gt;important, especially at the critical support and resistance levels. When the currency bounces off these&lt;br /&gt;levels under heavy volume, the significance of the trend increases.&lt;br /&gt;The importance of support and resistance levels goes beyond their original functions. If these&lt;br /&gt;levels are convincingly penetrated, they tend to turn into just the opposite. A firm support level, once it is&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;30&lt;br /&gt;penetrated on heavy volume, will likely turn into a strong resistance level. (See Figure 4.11). Conversely,&lt;br /&gt;a strong resistance turns into a firm support after being penetrated. (See Figure 4.2).&lt;br /&gt;In general, to evaluate the reliability (that is the possibility of a break) of the trade channel borders&lt;br /&gt;taking a decision to close or to save an existing position one should govern himself with following rules:&lt;br /&gt;1. A channel is the more reliable the longer it exists. Hence, the “solidity” of very old channels (e.g.&lt;br /&gt;existing more than 1 year) decreased sharply.&lt;br /&gt;2. A channel is the more reliable the more is his width (“It takes time to break channel”).&lt;br /&gt;3. The resistance may be broken if it is bounced on the background of a growing volume (“It takes&lt;br /&gt;volume to break resistance”).&lt;br /&gt;4. A steep channel is less reliable in compare to a gentle one.&lt;br /&gt;5. The support may be broken independent on the volume (“under own weight”).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.11. Example of resistance turned into support in the Pound Sterling chart.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4. 12. Example of support turned into resistance in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;31&lt;br /&gt;4.4. Trend Reversal Patterns&lt;br /&gt;Independent, which time unit, is applied price movement charts form different kinds of&lt;br /&gt;periodically repeating equal patterns. Some of those patterns always occur on charts before the trend&lt;br /&gt;reversal when the volume is significantly decreasing or increasing. Such formations known as&lt;br /&gt;reversal patterns are considered below.&lt;br /&gt;Head-And-Shoulders. The head-and-shoulders pattern is one of the most reliable and wellknown&lt;br /&gt;chart formations. It consists of three consecutive rallies (See Figure 4.13). The first and third&lt;br /&gt;rallies—the shoulders—have about the same height, and the middle one—the head—are the highest. All&lt;br /&gt;three rallies are based on the same support line (or on the resistance line in the case of the reversed head-andshoulders&lt;br /&gt;formation), known as the neckline. A real example of the head-and-shoulders pattern is shown on&lt;br /&gt;the Figure 4.14.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.13. Diagram of a typical Head-And-Shoulders pattern.&lt;br /&gt;Prior to point A, the neckline was a resistance line. Once the resistance line was broken, it turned&lt;br /&gt;into a significant support line. The price bounced off it twice, at point’s В and C. The neckline was&lt;br /&gt;eventually broken in point D, under heavy volume, and the trend reversal was confirmed. As the&lt;br /&gt;significant support line was broken, a retrenchment could be expected to retest the neckline (E), now a&lt;br /&gt;resistance line again. If the resistance line held, the price was expected to eventually decline to around&lt;br /&gt;level F, which was the price target of the head-and-shoulders formation. The target was approximately&lt;br /&gt;equal in amplitude to the distance between the top of the head and the neckline. The price target was&lt;br /&gt;measured from point D, where the neckline was broken (line DF on Figure 4.13).&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;32&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.14. Example of a real head-and-shoulders pattern in the Pound Sterling chart.&lt;br /&gt;Signals generated by the head-and-shoulders pattern. The head-and-shoulders formation provides&lt;br /&gt;excellent information:&lt;br /&gt;1.The support line. This is based on point’s В and C.&lt;br /&gt;2. The resistance line. After giving in at point D, the market may retest the neckline at point E.&lt;br /&gt;3. The price direction. If the neckline holds the buying pressure at point E, then the formation&lt;br /&gt;provides information regarding the price direction: diametrically opposed to the direction of the head-andshoulders&lt;br /&gt;(bearish).&lt;br /&gt;4. The price target. This is provided by the confirmation of the formation (by breaking through&lt;br /&gt;the neckline under heavy trading volume).&lt;br /&gt;One of the main requirements of the successful development of this formation is that the breakout&lt;br /&gt;through the neckline occurs under heavy market volume. A breakout on light volume is a strong warning&lt;br /&gt;that it is a false breakout and will trigger a sharp backlash in the currency price. The time frame for this&lt;br /&gt;chart formation's evolution is anywhere from several weeks to several months. The intraday chart formations&lt;br /&gt;are not reliable.&lt;br /&gt;Inverted Head-And-Shoulders. The inverted head-and-shoulders formation is a mirror image of&lt;br /&gt;the previous pattern. (See a diagram on Figure 4.15 and a real example on Figure 4.16). Therefore, you can&lt;br /&gt;apply the same characteristics, potential problems, signals, and trader's point of view from the preceding&lt;br /&gt;presentation. The underlying currency broke out of the downtrend ranged by the xx'-yy' channel. The&lt;br /&gt;currency retested the previous resistance line (the rally number 3), now turned into a support line. Among&lt;br /&gt;the three consecutive rallies, the shoulders (1 and 3) have approximately the same height, and the head is&lt;br /&gt;the lowest. Prior to point A, the neckline was a support line. Once this line was broken, it turned into a&lt;br /&gt;significant resistance line. The price bounced off the neckline twice, at point’s В and C. The neckline was&lt;br /&gt;eventually broken at point D, under heavy volume. As the significant resistance line was broken, a&lt;br /&gt;retrenchment could be expected to retest the neckline (E), now a support line again. If it held, the price&lt;br /&gt;was expected to eventually rise to around level F, which is the price target of the head-and-shoulders&lt;br /&gt;formation. The price objective is approximately equal in amplitude to the distance between the top of the&lt;br /&gt;head and the neckline, and is measured from the breakout point, D.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;33&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.15. Diagram of a typical inverted head-and-shoulders pattern.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.16. An example of an inverted head-and-shoulders pattern in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Double Top. Another very reliable and common trend reversal chart formation is the double&lt;br /&gt;top. As the name clearly and succinctly describes, this pattern consists of two tops (peaks) of&lt;br /&gt;approximately equal heights (See Figures 4.17 and 4.18). As it is shown on the Figure 4.17, a parallel line is&lt;br /&gt;drawn against a resistance line that connects the two tops. We should think of this line as identical to the&lt;br /&gt;head-and-shoulders' neckline. As a resistance line, it is broken at point A. It turns into a strong support for&lt;br /&gt;price level at C, but eventually fails at point E. The support line turns into a strong resistance line, which&lt;br /&gt;holds the market backlash at point F. The price objective is at level G, which is the average height of the&lt;br /&gt;double top formation, measured from point E.&lt;br /&gt;Signals provided by the double top formation. The double top formation provides information&lt;br /&gt;on:&lt;br /&gt;1. The support line, set between points A and E.&lt;br /&gt;2. The resistance line, set between points В and D.&lt;br /&gt;3. The price direction. If the neckline holds the buying pressure at point F, then the formation&lt;br /&gt;provides information regarding the price direction: diametrically opposed to the direction of the&lt;br /&gt;peaks (bearish).&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;34&lt;br /&gt;4. The price target, provided by the confirmation of the formation (by breaking through the neckline&lt;br /&gt;under heavy trading volume.)&lt;br /&gt;Exactly as in the case of the head-and-shoulders pattern, a vital requirement for the successful&lt;br /&gt;completion of the double-top formation is that the breakout through the neckline occurs under heavy&lt;br /&gt;market volume. A breakout on light volume is a strong case for a false breakout, which would trigger a&lt;br /&gt;sharp backlash in the currency price. The time frame for this chart formation's evolution is anywhere from&lt;br /&gt;several weeks to several months. The intraday chart formations are less reliable. There is a strong correlation&lt;br /&gt;between the length of time to develop the pattern and the significance of the formation.&lt;br /&gt;The target is unlikely to be reached in a very short time frame. There is no direct suggestion regarding&lt;br /&gt;the length of target reaching time; but foreign exchange common sense links it to the duration of development.&lt;br /&gt;It is important to measure the target from the point where the neckline was broken. Avoid the trap of&lt;br /&gt;measuring the target price from the middle of the formation under the neckline. This may happen as you&lt;br /&gt;measure the average height of the formation.&lt;br /&gt;Neckline&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.17. Diagram of a typical double-top formation.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.18. An example of a double-top formation in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;35&lt;br /&gt;Double Bottom. The double bottom formation is a mirror image of the previous pattern (See&lt;br /&gt;Figures 4.19 and 4.20). Therefore, one may apply the same characteristics, potential problems, signals, and&lt;br /&gt;trader's point of view from the preceding presentation. As it is shown on Figure 4.19, the bottoms have about&lt;br /&gt;the same amplitude. A parallel line (the neckline) is drawn against the line connecting the two bottoms&lt;br /&gt;(B and D.) As a support line, it is broken at point A. It turns into a strong resistance for price level at C,&lt;br /&gt;but eventually fails at point E. The resistance line turns into a strong support line, which holds the market&lt;br /&gt;backlash at point F. The price objective is at level G, which is the average height of the bottoms,&lt;br /&gt;measured from point E.&lt;br /&gt;Neckline&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.19. Diagram of a typical double-bottom formation.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.20. An example of a double-bottom formation in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Triple Top. The triple top is a hybrid of the head-and-shoulders and double-top trend reversal&lt;br /&gt;formations (See Figures 4.21 and 4.22). Consequently, they have the same characteristics, potential&lt;br /&gt;problems, signals, and trader's point of view as the double top or double bottom, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;As shown in Figure 4.21, in a typical triple-top formation, the tops have about the same height. A&lt;br /&gt;parallel line (the neckline) is drawn against the line connecting the three tops (B, D, and F). As a&lt;br /&gt;resistance line, the neckline is broken at point A. It turns into a strong support for price levels at С and E,&lt;br /&gt;but eventually fails at point G.&lt;br /&gt;The support line turns into a strong resistance line, which holds the market backlash at point H.&lt;br /&gt;The price objective is at level I, which is the average height of the three tops formation, as measured from&lt;br /&gt;point D. As a double top, the formation fails at point E. The price moves up steeply toward point F. The&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;36&lt;br /&gt;resistance line is holding once more and the price drops sharply again toward point G. At this level, the&lt;br /&gt;market pressure is able to penetrate the support line. After a possible retest of the neckline, the prices drop&lt;br /&gt;further, to eventually reach the price objective.&lt;br /&gt;B&lt;br /&gt;Neckline&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.21. Diagram of a triple-top formation.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.22. An example of a triple-top formation in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;Triple Bottom. Triple Bottom is a hybrid of the double top and inverted head-and-shoulders&lt;br /&gt;patterns (See Figures 4.23 and 4.24). As shown in Figure 4.23, in a triple-bottom formation, the&lt;br /&gt;bottoms have about the same amplitude. A parallel line (the neckline) is drawn against the line&lt;br /&gt;connecting the three bottoms (B, D, and F). As a support line, the neckline is broken at point A. It turns&lt;br /&gt;into a strong resistance for price levels at С and E, but eventually fails at point G. The resistance line&lt;br /&gt;turns into a strong support line, which holds the market backlash at point H. The price objective is at&lt;br /&gt;level I, which is the average length of the triple-bottom formation, as measured from point D.&lt;br /&gt;Neckline&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.23. Diagram of a typical triple-bottom formation.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;37&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.24. An example of a triple-bottom formation in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;The head-and-shoulders, the double top and bottom and the triple top and bottom, due to their&lt;br /&gt;significance in trend reversals, are generally known as major reversal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;Rounded Top, Rounded Bottom, Saucer, Inverted Saucer. Rounded Top (See Figure 4.25),&lt;br /&gt;Rounded Bottom (See Figure 4.26), Saucer (See Figure 4.27) and Inverted Saucer (See Figure 4.28)&lt;br /&gt;patterns form as a result of a slow and gradual change in the direction of the market. These patterns reflect&lt;br /&gt;the indecision of the market at the end of a trend. The trading activity is slow. It is impossible to know&lt;br /&gt;when the formation is indeed completed, and not for a lack of trying. Though is known that the longer it&lt;br /&gt;takes to complete patterns, the higher is the likelihood of a sharp price move in the new direction.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.25. An example of a rounded top formation in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;38&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.26. An example of a rounded bottom formation in the Pound Sterling chart.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.27. An example of a saucer formation in the Pound Sterling chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;39&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.28. An example of an inverted saucer formation in the Pound Sterling chart.&lt;br /&gt;4.5. Trend Continuation Patterns&lt;br /&gt;Technical analysis provides charts that reinforce the current trends. These chart formations are&lt;br /&gt;known as continuation patterns. They consist of fairly short consolidation periods. The breakouts occur in&lt;br /&gt;the same direction as the original trend. The most important continuation patterns are:&lt;br /&gt;1. Flags.&lt;br /&gt;2. Pennants.&lt;br /&gt;3. Triangles.&lt;br /&gt;4. Wedges.&lt;br /&gt;5. Rectangles.&lt;br /&gt;Flags. The flag formation provides signals for direction and price objective. This formation&lt;br /&gt;represents a brief consolidation period within a solid and steep upward or downward trend. The&lt;br /&gt;consolidation itself is bordered by a support line and a resistance line, which are parallel to each other or&lt;br /&gt;very mildly converging, making it look like a flag (parallelogram) and tends to be sloped in the opposite&lt;br /&gt;direction from the slope of the original trend, or is simply flat. The previous sharp trend resembles a&lt;br /&gt;flagpole. If the original trend is going down, the formation is called a bearish flag (See Figures 4.29 and&lt;br /&gt;4.30). As Figure 4.29 shows, the original trend is sharply down. The flagpole is measured between points A&lt;br /&gt;and B. The consolidation period occurs between the support line ВE and the resistance line СD. When the&lt;br /&gt;price penetrates the support line at point E, the trend resumes its fall, with the price objective F, measured&lt;br /&gt;from E. The price target is of about equal with the flagpole's length AB, measured from the breakout point&lt;br /&gt;through the support line BE. Outgoing from prices in Figure 4.29, the height of the flagpole is measured as the&lt;br /&gt;difference between 140.00 - 120.00 = 20.00. Once the support line is broken at 125.00, the price target is&lt;br /&gt;125.00 – 20.00 = 105.00.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;40&lt;br /&gt;140.00&lt;br /&gt;B&lt;br /&gt;105.00&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.29. Diagrams of a bear flag formation.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.30. Example of bullish flags in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Pennants. The pennants are closely related to the flags, so the same principles apply. The sole&lt;br /&gt;difference is that the consolidation area better resembles a pennant, as the support and resistance lines&lt;br /&gt;converge. If the original trend is bullish, then the chart pattern is a bullish pennant. In Figure 4.31, the&lt;br /&gt;pennant pole is AВ. С, В, and D frame the pennant-shaped consolidation. When the market breaks&lt;br /&gt;through the resistance line ВD, the price objective is E. The amplitude of the target price is D to E, and&lt;br /&gt;it is equal to the pennant pole A to B. The price target measurement starts from the breakout point. Outgoing&lt;br /&gt;from prices in Figure 4.31, the height of the pennant pole is measured as the difference 1.5500 - 1.4500 =&lt;br /&gt;1.1000. Once the resistance line is broken at 1.5200, the price target is 1.5200 +1.1000 = 1.6200.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;41&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.31. Diagrams of a bullish pennant.&lt;br /&gt;If the original trend is going down, then the formation is a bearish pennant. In Figure 4.32, the&lt;br /&gt;pennant pole is AВ. С, В and D frame the pennant-shaped consolidation. When the market breaks&lt;br /&gt;through the support line ВD, the objective price is E. The amplitude of the target price is DE, and it is equal&lt;br /&gt;to the pennant pole AB. The price target measurement starts from the breakout point.&lt;br /&gt;Outgoing from prices in Figure 4.32, the height of the flagpole is measured as the difference&lt;br /&gt;139.00 - 119.00 = 20.00. Once the support line is broken at 120.00, the price target is 120.00 – 20.00 =&lt;br /&gt;100.00.&lt;br /&gt;A market example of a bearish pennant is presented on Figure 4.33.&lt;br /&gt;120.00&lt;br /&gt;B 119.00&lt;br /&gt;100.00&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.32. Diagrams of a bearish pennant.&lt;br /&gt;1.6200&lt;br /&gt;1.4500&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;42&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.33. A real example of a bearish pennant in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;Triangles. Triangles can be considered as pennants with no poles. There are four types of&lt;br /&gt;triangles: symmetrical, ascending, descending, and expanding (broadening.)&lt;br /&gt;A symmetrical triangle consists of two symmetrically converging support and resistance lines,&lt;br /&gt;defined by at least four significant points (See Figures 4.34 and 4.35). The two symmetrically converging&lt;br /&gt;lines suggest that there is a balance between supply and demand in the foreign exchange market.&lt;br /&gt;Consequently, a break may occur on either side. Hence, in the case of a bullish symmetrical triangle, the&lt;br /&gt;breakout will likely occur in the same direction, qualifying the formation as a continuation pattern.&lt;br /&gt;As Figure 4.34 shows, the converging lines are symmetrical. Points B, D, and F define the declining&lt;br /&gt;line. Points A, C, E, and G define the rising support line. The price target is either equal to the width of the&lt;br /&gt;base of the triangle BB', measured from the breakout point H (HH'); or at the intersection of line BI&lt;br /&gt;(which is a parallel line to the rising line AG) with the price line. Trading volume will visibly decrease&lt;br /&gt;toward the end of the triangle, suggesting the ambivalence of the market. The breakout is accompanied by a&lt;br /&gt;rise in volume.&lt;br /&gt;Outgoing from prices in Figure 4.34, the price objective is either 1.5500, as the difference 1.5000 -&lt;br /&gt;1.4000 = 0.1000 added to 1.4500; or 1.5300, as the difference between 1.5000 - 1.4000 = 0.1000, added&lt;br /&gt;to 1.4300. A currency market example is presented in Figure 4.35.&lt;br /&gt;B&lt;br /&gt;1.5300&lt;br /&gt;1.5300&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.34. Diagrams of a bullish symmetrical triangle.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;43&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.35. A real example of symmetrical triangles in the Euro chart.&lt;br /&gt;From triangles of other kind the descending triangle is considered below. It consists of a flat&lt;br /&gt;support line and a downward sloping resistance line (See Figure 4.36). This pattern suggests that supply is&lt;br /&gt;larger than demand. The currency is expected to break on the downside. The descending triangle also&lt;br /&gt;provides a price objective. Measuring the width of the triangle base and then transposing it to the&lt;br /&gt;breakpoint calculate this objective. As shown in Figure 4.36, the support line, defined by points A, C, E,&lt;br /&gt;and G, is flat. The converging top line, defined by points B, D, F, and H, is sloped downward. The price&lt;br /&gt;objective is the width of the base of the triangle (AA'), measured above the support line from the&lt;br /&gt;breakout point I (IF.)&lt;br /&gt;Outgoing from prices on Figure 4.36, the price objective is 1.3000, as the difference 1.5000 -&lt;br /&gt;1.4000 = 0.1000 subtracted from 1.4000.&lt;br /&gt;Trading volume is decreasing steadily toward the tip of the triangle, but increases rapidly on the&lt;br /&gt;breakout.&lt;br /&gt;The expanding (broadening) triangle, or the megaphone consists of a horizontal mirror image of a&lt;br /&gt;triangle, where the tip of the triangle is next to the original trend, rather than its base (See Figure 4.37).&lt;br /&gt;Volume also follows the horizontal mirror image switch and increases steadily as the chart formation&lt;br /&gt;develops. As shown in Figure 4.37, the bottom support line, defined by points B, D, and F, and the top&lt;br /&gt;line, defined by points A, C, and E, are divergent. The price objective should be the width, GG', of the&lt;br /&gt;base of the triangle, measured from the breakout point G.&lt;br /&gt;Outgoing from prices on Figure 4.37, the price objective is 102.00, as the difference between 101.00 -&lt;br /&gt;100.00 = 1.00 subtracted from 101.00. A real example of the megaphone is shown in Figure 4.38.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;44&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.36. Diagrams of a descending triangle.&lt;br /&gt;102.00&lt;br /&gt;101.00&lt;br /&gt;1 100.00&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.37. Diagrams of an expanding triangle.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.38. A real example of megaphone formation in the Pound Sterling chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;45&lt;br /&gt;Wedges. The wedge formation is a close relative of the triangle and the pennant formations. It&lt;br /&gt;resembles both the shape and the development time of the triangles, but it really looks and behaves like a&lt;br /&gt;pennant without a pole. The wedge is markedly sloped, and the breakout occurs in the direction opposite&lt;br /&gt;to its slope (See Figures 4.39 and 4.40), but similar to the direction of the original trend. The signal we&lt;br /&gt;receive from the wedge formation is direction only. There is no reliable price objective. Depending on the&lt;br /&gt;trend direction, there are falling and rising types of wedges (as in Figure 4.39).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.39. Diagrams of a falling (in a bullish trend) and a rising (in a bearish trend) wedges.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.40. Example of a falling wedge in a bullish trend in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;Rectangles . The rectangle formation reflects a consolidation period. Upon breakout, it is likely&lt;br /&gt;to continue the original trend. Its failure will change it from a continuation to a reversal pattern. This&lt;br /&gt;pattern is easy to spot, as it can be considered a minor side-ways trend.&lt;br /&gt;If it occurs within an up-trend and the breakout occurs on the upside, it is called a bullish rectangle&lt;br /&gt;(See Figure 4.41). The price objective is the height of the rectangle. As Figure 5.56 shows, the currency&lt;br /&gt;moves between well-defined, flat support and resistance levels. A valid breakout may occur on either&lt;br /&gt;side from this consolidation period. The price target (GH) is equal to the height of the rectangle (G'H),&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;46&lt;br /&gt;measured from the breakout point H. Outgoing from prices in Figure 4.41, the price objective is 1.6200, as&lt;br /&gt;difference 1.6100 - 1.6000 = 0.0100, added to 1.6100.&lt;br /&gt;If the consolidation occurs within a downtrend and the breakout continues the original trend, then it&lt;br /&gt;is called a bearish rectangle (See Figure 4.42). As shown in Figure 4.42, the currency moves between&lt;br /&gt;well-defined, flat support and resistance levels. A valid breakout may occur on either side of this&lt;br /&gt;consolidation on period. The price objective (HG') is equal in size to the height of the rectangle (GH),&lt;br /&gt;measured from the breakout point H. In the numerical example, the price objective is 100.00 (difference&lt;br /&gt;102.00 - 101.00 = 1.00, subtracted from 101.00).&lt;br /&gt;1.6200&lt;br /&gt;A C E&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.41. Diagrams of a typical bullish rectangle&lt;br /&gt;102.00&lt;br /&gt;101.00&lt;br /&gt;100.00&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4. 42. Diagram of a typical bearish rectangle&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.43. Example of a bearish rectangle in the Euro chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;47&lt;br /&gt;4.6. Gaps&lt;br /&gt;Gaps in the technical analysis are named interruptions between close and open prices visualized&lt;br /&gt;in bar charts and candlesticks charts. Such a way, an opening outside the previous day's or other&lt;br /&gt;period's range generates a price gap. There are four types of gaps: common, breakaway, runaway, and&lt;br /&gt;exhaustion. It is commonly believed that "Gaps must be filled." as a result of the price reversal just after a gap&lt;br /&gt;formation. Hence, the time of gap filling may be essentially different for different types of gaps.&lt;br /&gt;Common Gaps. Common gaps tend to occur in relatively quiet periods or in illiquid markets. Common&lt;br /&gt;gaps are as a rule short term that is it may soon close indeed. When gaps occur within regular trading&lt;br /&gt;ranges, the word on the street has been that, "Gaps must be filled". Emerging of a common gap in a rise price&lt;br /&gt;chart is a signal buy, in a down price chart – sell. Examples of common gaps are shown on Figures 4.44 and 4.45.&lt;br /&gt;As one can see on these figures, the most gaps on charts were closed indeed in filling time up to 12 hours.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.44. Example of common gaps filling in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Breakaway Gaps. Breakaway gaps occur at the beginning of a new trend, usually after the break of&lt;br /&gt;a consolidation pattern. Breakaway gaps indicate most likely direction of the trend continuation and confirm&lt;br /&gt;a potential of the market. Examples of breakaway gaps are shown in the Figures 4.46 and 4.47.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.45. Example of common gaps in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;48&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.47. Example of a breakaway gap after a bullish wedge in the the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;Runaway Gaps. Runaway, or measurement gaps occur within solid trends, which develop fast.&lt;br /&gt;They are known as measurement gaps because they tend to occur about midway through the life of a&lt;br /&gt;trend. Thus, if you measure the total range of the previous trend and extrapolate it from the measurement&lt;br /&gt;gap, you can identify the end of the trend and your price objective. Since the velocity of the move should be&lt;br /&gt;similar on both sides of the gap, you also have a time frame for the duration of the trend. Examples of those&lt;br /&gt;gaps are shown on Figures 4.48 – 4.50.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.47. Example of a breakaway gap after a bearish channel in f the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;49&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.48. Example of a runaway gap in the Pound Sterling chart.&lt;br /&gt;Exhaustion Gaps. Exhaustion gaps may occur at the top or bottom of a formation when trends&lt;br /&gt;change direction in an atypically quick manner. Gaps of that kind indicate on the direction of next&lt;br /&gt;movement of the market and reflect a sudden change in the demand-supply ratio. By a relatively slow&lt;br /&gt;reversal of the market you may wait on two exhaustion gaps to left and to right from a consolidation&lt;br /&gt;figure when so called exhaustion island is being formed.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.49. Example of a runaway gap in the Pound Sterling chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;50&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.50. Example of a runaway gap in the Japanese Yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;Real examples of an Exhaustion Gap and Exhaustion Island are shown on Figures 4.51 and&lt;br /&gt;4.52.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.51. Example of a exhaustion gap in the Pound Sterling chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;51&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.52. Example of an exhaustion island in the Japanese yen chart.&lt;br /&gt;4.7. Mathematical tools for the technical analysis (Technical indicators)&lt;br /&gt;The quantitative, or mathematical tools for the technical analysis called the technical indicators&lt;br /&gt;are being obtained as a result of the mathematical processing of prices averaged in time as well as&lt;br /&gt;other characteristics of market movements. They are applied to get signals for an additional&lt;br /&gt;evaluation of trade channels and patterns analysis by means of the indicators charts. The main groups&lt;br /&gt;of technical indicators are moving averages and oscillators.&lt;br /&gt;Moving Averages. A moving average is an average price of a certain currency over a certain time&lt;br /&gt;interval (in days, hours, minutes etc) during an observation period divided by these time intervals. This&lt;br /&gt;averaged price is being determined consequently for each regular interval beginning from the first. A&lt;br /&gt;moving average has a smoother line than the underlying currency because statistical ‘noises’ are excluded&lt;br /&gt;to provide more convenient visualization of the currency activity. A moving average may be used as a&lt;br /&gt;special indicator or to create an oscillator. The moving average may be based on the midrange level or on&lt;br /&gt;a daily average of the high, low, and closing prices. The charts of moving averages are being plotted within&lt;br /&gt;same coordinates with an underlying price chart (See Figures 4.53 – 4.56).&lt;br /&gt;In the technical analysis are known the next three types of moving averages:&lt;br /&gt;1. The simple moving average or arithmetic mean (SMA).&lt;br /&gt;2. The linearly weighted moving average (LMA). This type of average assigns more weight to the&lt;br /&gt;more recent closings. This is achieved by multiplying the last day's price by one, and each closer&lt;br /&gt;day by an increasing consecutive number. In our previous example, the fourth day's price is&lt;br /&gt;multiplied by 1, the third by 2, the second by 3, and the last one by 4; then the fourth day's price is&lt;br /&gt;deducted. The new sum is divided by 9, which is the sum of its multipliers.&lt;br /&gt;3. The exponentially smoothed moving average (EMA) which provides the best smoothing of data&lt;br /&gt;averaged taking into account the previous price information of the underlying currency.&lt;br /&gt;In Figure 4.53 is shown the difference in reading of different types of moving averages.&lt;br /&gt;Trading signals of moving averages. Trade signals which occur by the use of one moving&lt;br /&gt;average is a buy signal by the crossing of the underlying price chart by the moving average chart&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;52&lt;br /&gt;from below up and a sell signal by the crossing of the underlying price chart by the moving average&lt;br /&gt;chart from above down (See Figure 4.54).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.53. The underlying price chart (blue) and charts of a 9 days moving average (red – SMA, brown – LMA, green&lt;br /&gt;– EMA) in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.54. Trade signals (the underlying price chart – blue line, the moving average chart - red): the first and second&lt;br /&gt;crossing – signals buy, the third and forth – sell.&lt;br /&gt;For the technical analysis applied are usually two or three moving averages charts constructed&lt;br /&gt;for different periods – long term, middle term and short term. For example to use two charts a&lt;br /&gt;combination of moving averages for 4 and 9 days and to use three moving averages – for 4, 9 and 18&lt;br /&gt;days may be applied. Other often-applied combinations of three moving averages are 5, 20 and&lt;br /&gt;60days and 7, 21 and 90 days.&lt;br /&gt;A buying signal on a two-moving average combination, for example for 4 and 9 days, occurs&lt;br /&gt;when the shorter term of two consecutive averages (4 days) intersects the longer (9 days) upward. A selling&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;53&lt;br /&gt;signal occurs when the reverse happens, and the longer of two consecutive averages intersects the&lt;br /&gt;shorter one downward (See Figure 4.55).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.55. Trade signals (from left to right) by the use of two EMA in the Swiss franc chart (the underlying price chart –&lt;br /&gt;blue line, moving averages charts: red – for 4 days, green – for 9 days): the first crossing –buy signal, the second– sell&lt;br /&gt;signal&lt;br /&gt;A signal involving three moving averages is generated by a moving averages combination of 4,&lt;br /&gt;9, and 18 days. The buying warning occurs when the 4-day moving average crosses upward both the&lt;br /&gt;9-day and 18-day averages, and the buying signal is confirmed when the 9-day moving average also&lt;br /&gt;crosses upward the 18-day average. (See Figure 4.56). The reverse is true for the selling signal.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.56. Trade signals (from left to right) by the use of three EMA in the Swiss franc chart (the underlying price chart&lt;br /&gt;– blue line, moving averages charts: red – for 4 days, green – for 9 days, brown – for 18 days): the first crossing –buy&lt;br /&gt;signal, the second– sell signal.&lt;br /&gt;Envelopes. The envelope model consists of a short-term (perhaps 5-day) closing price based moving&lt;br /&gt;average to which you add and subtract a small percentage (2 percent is suggested for foreign currencies). An&lt;br /&gt;example for the envelope using the averaging along 14 days intervals is shown on the figure 4.57. The crossing of&lt;br /&gt;the underlying chart price by the envelope chart from above down is a buy signal.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;54&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.57. The underlying price (blue line) and the Envelop indicator (black lines) in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Ballinger Bands. The Ballinger bands combine a moving average with the instrument's volatility.&lt;br /&gt;The bands were designed to gauge whether prices are high or low on a relative basis via volatility. The two&lt;br /&gt;are plotted two standard deviations above and below a 20-day simple moving average.&lt;br /&gt;The bands look a lot like an expanding and contracting envelope model. When the band&lt;br /&gt;contracts drastically, the signal is that volatility is low and thus likely to expand in the near future. An&lt;br /&gt;additional signal is a succession of two top formations, one outside the band followed by one inside. If it&lt;br /&gt;occurs above the band, it is a selling signal. When it occurs below the band, it is a buying signal (See Figure&lt;br /&gt;4.58).&lt;br /&gt;Median Price. The Median Price indicator chart is being plotted using arithmetical averages&lt;br /&gt;of high and low for a trade period prices. An example of that indicator is shown on Figure 4.59. The&lt;br /&gt;superposition of an underlying price chart with the indicator chart gives a visual representation about&lt;br /&gt;the grade and direction of the deviation of close prices from the averaged prices during an&lt;br /&gt;observation interval.&lt;br /&gt;Average True Range. The indicator Average True Range denoted in the USA, as ATR is a&lt;br /&gt;grade of the volatility. Minimal and maximal values of the volatility are signals warning about a&lt;br /&gt;possible reversal.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;55&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.58. The underlying price (blue line), EMA (red line) and the Ballinger Bands indicator (black lines) in&lt;br /&gt;the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.59. An example of the Median Price indicator (red line) in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;56&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.60. An example of the ATR indicator (red line) in the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;As it is shown in Figure 4.60 with an example of the ATR indicator for 14 days, declining of&lt;br /&gt;the volatility in the ATR chart till a minimal from all visible values was a prediction of the coming&lt;br /&gt;after it bearish price reversal.&lt;br /&gt;Oscillators. Oscillators were designed to provide signals regarding overbought and oversold&lt;br /&gt;market conditions. Therefore the signals of oscillators are mostly useful at the extremes of their scales.&lt;br /&gt;Crossing the zero line, when applicable, usually generates direction signals. The major types of oscillators&lt;br /&gt;provided by the RoyalForex program are considered below.&lt;br /&gt;Commodity Channel Index. The commodity channel index (CCI) consists of the difference&lt;br /&gt;between the mean price of the currency and the average of the mean price over a predetermined period of&lt;br /&gt;time. A buying signal is generated when the price exceeds the upper (+100) line, and a selling signal&lt;br /&gt;occurs when the price dips under the lower (-100). An example of this indicator is shown in Figure 4.61.&lt;br /&gt;As one can see in this Figure, the CCI oscillates around 0 in the interval from -100 till +100. Values&lt;br /&gt;CCI&gt;100 tells about an overbought (position sell likes to be rational), a value CCI&lt;100 k =" [(CCL" d="(H3/L3)" h3 =" CCL" l3=" H3" m="CCP-OCP,"&gt;100 one says “The market caught a moment”, otherwise&lt;br /&gt;(M&lt;100)“The market lost a moment”. A real example of the Momentum indicator for 14 days is&lt;br /&gt;shown in Figure 4.65. Maximal values of the indicator show the overbought, minimal – oversold&lt;br /&gt;market conditions. In terms of time frame, needless to say, the shorter the number of days included in&lt;br /&gt;the calculations, the more responsive the momentum will be to short-term fluctuations, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.64. Example of a real MACD indicator chart in the Swiss Franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.65. Example of a real Momentum indicator chart in the the Swiss franc chart.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;60&lt;br /&gt;Relative Strength Index. The Relative Strength Index (shortly called as RSI) measures the&lt;br /&gt;relative changes between the highest and lowest close prices (See Figure 4.66).&lt;br /&gt;The formula for calculating the RSI is:&lt;br /&gt;RSI=100-[100/(1+RS)],&lt;br /&gt;Where&lt;br /&gt;RS - average of predetermined number X trade periods value of all closes, which were higher than all preceded&lt;br /&gt;closes divided by average of the same X priodss value of all closes, which were lower than all preceded closes.&lt;br /&gt;Most often RSI is calculated for 14 days. RSI charts are plotted on a 0 to 100% scale. The 70%&lt;br /&gt;and 30% values are used as warning signals, whereas values above 85% indicate an overbought condition&lt;br /&gt;(sell signal) and values under 15 indicate an oversold condition (buy signal). By the technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;RSI is effectively used together with Ballinger Bands. It is believed that a sell position should be open&lt;br /&gt;when by a high RSI value the price chart touches with the upper Ballinger Band, and a buy position –&lt;br /&gt;when by a low RSI value the price chart touches with the bottom band. A real example of an RSI&lt;br /&gt;indicator for 14 days together with the Ballinger Bands indicator is shown in Figure 4.66.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.66. Example of real RSI and Ballinger Band indicators in the Swiss Franc chart&lt;br /&gt;Rate of Change. The Rate of Change (shortly – ROC) is another version of the Momentum&lt;br /&gt;oscillator. The difference consists in the fact that, while the Momentum's formula is based on&lt;br /&gt;subtracting the oldest close price from the most recent, and the ROC's formula is based on dividing the&lt;br /&gt;oldest close price into the most recent one:&lt;br /&gt;ROC = (CCP/OCP) * 100,&lt;br /&gt;Where&lt;br /&gt;CCP - current close;&lt;br /&gt;OCP – the oldest close price for the predetermined period.&lt;br /&gt;A real example of the ROC for 14 days is shown in Figure 4.67.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;61&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.67. Example of a real ROC indicator on the f the Swiss Franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;Larry Williams Percent Rate. The Larry Williams Percent Rate (Williams %R) is a version of&lt;br /&gt;the stochastic oscillator. It consists of the difference between the highest high price of a&lt;br /&gt;predetermined number of days and the current close price, which difference in turn is divided by the total&lt;br /&gt;range. This oscillator is plotted on a reversed 0 to 100% scale (See a real example in Figure 4.68).&lt;br /&gt;Therefore, the bullish reversal signals occur at fewer than 80%, and the bearish signals appear at above&lt;br /&gt;20%. The interpretations are similar to those discussed under stochastic.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.68. Example of a real W%R indicator on the of the Swiss Franc chart.&lt;br /&gt;It is rational to use for a detailed technical analysis a combination of different indicators from&lt;br /&gt;the above mentioned (See Figure 4.69).&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;62&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.69. Example of the technical indicators combination indicator in the Swiss Franc chart: EMA (red line in the price&lt;br /&gt;chart), RSI (the upper indicator), Stochastic (the middle indicator) and MACD (the bottom indicator).&lt;br /&gt;Ichimoku Kinko Hyo. The Ichimoku Kinko Hyo (or simply - Ichimoku) indicator is&lt;br /&gt;appointed to determine simultaneously a market trend direction, support and resistance levels and to&lt;br /&gt;trigger buy and sell signals. Such a way, this indicator unites in itself a number of other indicators as&lt;br /&gt;well as different approaches concerning with the price movement prediction. To construct an&lt;br /&gt;Ichimoku’s chart four time intervals of different widths are used. On those intervals are grounded&lt;br /&gt;values of the following lines constituting the Ichimoku which are the lines of median prices in a&lt;br /&gt;corresponding interval:&lt;br /&gt;Tenkan-sen – shows the average value of a price of the first time interval which is the sum of&lt;br /&gt;a maximum and minimum of that time, divided by two;&lt;br /&gt;Kijun-sen - shows the average value of a price of the second time interval;&lt;br /&gt;Senkou Span А – shows the middle of a distance between two preceding lines moved ahead on&lt;br /&gt;the value equal the second time interval;&lt;br /&gt;Senkou Span B - shows the average value of a price of the third time interval moved ahead on&lt;br /&gt;the value equal the second time interval;&lt;br /&gt;Chinkou Span - shows the close of a current candlestick moved back on the value equal the&lt;br /&gt;second time interval.&lt;br /&gt;The area between Senkou lines is hatched and called the cloud. If the price chart is inside the&lt;br /&gt;cloud the market is believed trendless, and Senkou lines form support and resistance levels.&lt;br /&gt;If the price chart is above the cloud, the upper cloud border is the first support and the bottom – the&lt;br /&gt;second. If the price chart is under the cloud then the bottom cloud border is the first resistance and the&lt;br /&gt;upper – the second. The crossing of the price chart by the line Chinkou Span bottom-up is a buy –&lt;br /&gt;signal, top-down - sell. Kijun-sen («main line») is used as a gauge of the market movement. If the&lt;br /&gt;price is above this line, a growth of prices is to be expected. If the prices cross this line the further&lt;br /&gt;trend reversal is likely to be expected. The other variant of the&lt;br /&gt;Kijun-sen use is trade signals triggering. A signal buy is generated if the Tenkan-sen line&lt;br /&gt;crosses the Kijun-sen line bottom-up and signal sell – by crossing otherwise. The Tenkan-sen&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;63&lt;br /&gt;("reversal line") is being used as an indicator of the market trend – a trend exists if this line is rising&lt;br /&gt;or falling. A real example of the Ichimoku is presented in Figure 4.70.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.70. Example of the Ichimoku indicator with lines Tenkan-sen (of 9 days, red), Kijun-sen (of 26 days, black),&lt;br /&gt;Senkou Span B and A (of 52 days, the cloud’s color), Chinkou Span (of 26 days, green) in the Japanese yen chart. The&lt;br /&gt;trade signals buy and sell are in points of crossing of black and green lines by the red line bottom-up and top-down.&lt;br /&gt;The additional information with regard to technical indicators is represented under the menu&lt;br /&gt;“Additional Materials” of this Web site.&lt;br /&gt;5. Fibonacci constants and Elliott waves theory&lt;br /&gt;5.1 Fibonacci constants&lt;br /&gt;The Fibonacci theory named so after a prominent Italian mathematician of the late twelfth and&lt;br /&gt;early thirteenth centuries gives ratios, which play important role in the forecasting of market&lt;br /&gt;movements. Fibonacci introduced an additive numerical series that has come to be called the Fibonacci&lt;br /&gt;sequence, which consists of following series of numbers:&lt;br /&gt;1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34,55, 89,144, 233, 377, 610, 987, 1597, 2584,4181, (etc.).&lt;br /&gt;These numbers exhibit several remarkable relationships, in particular the ratio of any term in the&lt;br /&gt;series to the next higher term. This ratio tends asymptotically to 0.618. In addition, the ratio of any term to&lt;br /&gt;the next lower term in the sequence tends asymptotically to 1.618, which is the inverse of 0.618. Similarly&lt;br /&gt;constant ratios exist between numbers two terms apart, three terms apart, and so on. The ratio 0.618,&lt;br /&gt;referred to as the Fibonacci ratio, or the “Gold Spiral” which is being observed in structures of many natural&lt;br /&gt;objects and events – from clam’s construction till the form of whirlwinds and hurricanes.&lt;br /&gt;The financial markets exhibit Fibonacci proportions in a number of ways; particularly they are&lt;br /&gt;powerful tools for calculating price targets and placing stops. For example, if a corrective wave is&lt;br /&gt;expected to retrace 61.8 percent of the preceding impulse wave, an investor might place a stop slightly below&lt;br /&gt;that level. This will ensure that if the correction is of a larger degree of trend than expected, the investor&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;64&lt;br /&gt;will not be exposed to excessive losses. On the other hand, if the correction ends near the target level, this&lt;br /&gt;outcome will increase the probability that the investor's preferred wave interpretation is accurate (See also p.&lt;br /&gt;4.1).&lt;br /&gt;5.2 Elliott waves theory&lt;br /&gt;The Elliott Waves Principle is a system of empirically derived rules about the amount of&lt;br /&gt;ascending and descending waves during the history of a market movement. This theory postulates&lt;br /&gt;that all the market movement consists of cycles containing 8 waves each including five waves in the&lt;br /&gt;direction of the trend at one larger scale and three waves against that trend. In a rising market, this five&lt;br /&gt;wave/three-wave pattern forms one complete bull market/bear market cycle of eight waves. The five-wave&lt;br /&gt;upward movement as a whole is referred to as an impulse wave with sub waves labeled with figures while the&lt;br /&gt;three-wave countertrend movement is described as a corrective wave with sub waves labeled with letters&lt;br /&gt;(See Figure 5.1). Amplitudes of the correction waves subordinate certain rules: a second wave may never&lt;br /&gt;retrace more than 100 percent of a first wave (for example, in a bull market, the low of the second wave&lt;br /&gt;may not go below the beginning of the first wave); the third wave is never the shortest wave in an impulse&lt;br /&gt;sequence, often, it is the longest; a fourth wave can never enter the price range of a first wave (See&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.2) As the illustration shows, waves of any degree in any series can be subdivided and&lt;br /&gt;resubdivided into waves of smaller degree or expanded into waves of larger degree. Furthermore,&lt;br /&gt;smaller-scale movements link up to create larger-scale movements possessing the same basic form.&lt;br /&gt;Conversely, large-scale movements consist of smaller-scale subdivisions with which they share a&lt;br /&gt;geometric similarity. Because these movements link up in increments of five waves and three waves, they&lt;br /&gt;generate sequences of numbers that the analyst can use (along with the rules of wave formation) to help&lt;br /&gt;identify the current state of pattern development, as shown in Figure 5.3.&lt;br /&gt;Extentions. In any given five-wave sequence, a tendency exists for one of the three impulse sub waves&lt;br /&gt;(i.e., wave 1, wave 3, or wave 5) to be an extension—an elongated movement, usually with internal&lt;br /&gt;subdivisions. At times, these subdivisions are of nearly the same amplitude and duration as the larger&lt;br /&gt;degree waves of the main impulse sequence, giving a total count of nine waves of similar size rather&lt;br /&gt;than the normal count of five for the main sequence (See Figure 5.4). Extensions can provide a useful guide&lt;br /&gt;to the lengths of future waves. Most impulse sequences contain extensions in only one of their three&lt;br /&gt;impulsive sub waves. Thus, if the first and third waves are of about the same magnitude, the fifth wave&lt;br /&gt;probably will be extended, especially if volume during the fifth wave is greater than during the third.&lt;br /&gt;Diagonal Triangles. There are certain patterns resembling known from the technical analysis&lt;br /&gt;theory including two types of triangles, which are to be considered from the Elliott theory position.&lt;br /&gt;The diagonal triangle type 1 occurs only in fifth waves and in С waves, and it signals that the&lt;br /&gt;preceding move has "gone too far, too fast," as Elliott put it. Essentially a rising wedge formation defined&lt;br /&gt;by two converging trend lines, type 1 diagonal triangles indicate exhaustion of the larger movement.&lt;br /&gt;Unlike other impulse waves, all of the patterns' sub-waves, including waves 1, 3, and 5, consist of threewave&lt;br /&gt;movements, and their fourth waves often enter the price range of their first waves, as shown in Figures&lt;br /&gt;5.5 and 5.6. A rising diagonal triangle type 1 is bearish, because it is usually followed by a sharp&lt;br /&gt;decline, at least to the level where the formation began. In contrast, a falling diagonal type 1 is bullish,&lt;br /&gt;because an upward thrust usually follows.&lt;br /&gt;The diagonal triangle type 2 occurs even more rarely than type 1. This pattern, found in firstwave&lt;br /&gt;or A-wave positions in very rare cases, re sembles a diagonal type 1 in that it is defined by converging&lt;br /&gt;trend lines and its first wave and fourth wave overlap, as shown in Figure 5.7. However, it differs&lt;br /&gt;significantly from type 1 in that its impulsive sub waves (waves 1, 3, and 5) are normal, five-wave impulse&lt;br /&gt;waves, in contrast to the three-wave sub waves of type 1. This is consistent with the message of the type 2&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;65&lt;br /&gt;diagonal triangle, which signals continuation of the underlying trend, in contrast to the type 1 's message of&lt;br /&gt;termination of the larger trend.&lt;br /&gt;Failures (Truncated Fifths). Elliott used the word failure to describe an impulse pattern in which&lt;br /&gt;the extreme of the fifth wave fails to exceed the extreme of the third wave. Figures 5.8 and 5.9 show&lt;br /&gt;examples of failures in bull and bear markets. As the illustrations show, the truncated fifth wave contains&lt;br /&gt;the necessary impulsive (i.e., five-wave) substructure to complete the larger movement. However, its&lt;br /&gt;failure to surpass the previous impulse wave's extreme signals weakness in the underlying trend, and a&lt;br /&gt;sharp reversal usually follows.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.1. Diagram of the basic Elliott Wave.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.2. The larger scale pattern of the Elliott wave.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;66&lt;br /&gt;r scale pattern in detail.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.3. Diagram of a complete market cycle.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.4. Diagrams of Elliott wave extensions.&lt;br /&gt;BULL MARKET BEAR MARKET&lt;br /&gt;FIRST WAVE EXTENSION&lt;br /&gt;THIRD VMK/E EXTENSION&lt;br /&gt;FIFTH WAVE EXTENSION&lt;br /&gt;EXTENSION NOT IDENTIFIED&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;67&lt;br /&gt;(3)&lt;br /&gt;(2)&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.5. Diagram of a bullish pattern.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.6. Diagram of a bearish diagonal triangle.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.7. Diagram of a bullish diagonal triangle.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;68&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.8. Diagram of a bullish market failure.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 5.9. Diagram of a bearish market failure.&lt;br /&gt; 2001 by Royal Forex. All right reserved. www.royalforex.com&lt;br /&gt;69&lt;br /&gt;References&lt;br /&gt;1. Luca C. Trading in the Global Currency Markets.- 2-nd Edition. New York Institute of Finance.-&lt;br /&gt;New York, 1999&lt;br /&gt;2. Luca C. Technical Analysis Applications in the Global Currency Markets.-.- 2-nd Edition. New&lt;br /&gt;York Institute of Finance.- New York, 2000&lt;br /&gt;3. Achelis S.B. Technical Analysis from A to Z. - 2-nd Edition. New York. McGraw-Hill, 2000&lt;br /&gt;4. Reuters. An Introduction to Technical Analysis. – John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;5. Edwards R.D., Magee John. Technical Analysis of Stock Trends.- 7th Edition.-AMACOM, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;6. Эрлих А. Технический анализ товарных и финансовых рынков. Москва, “Инфра – М”,&lt;br /&gt;1996.&lt;br /&gt;7. Colby R.W., Meyers T.A. The Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators. Richard D.&lt;br /&gt;Irwin, Inc., 1988.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4560078772389344246-1057670931590731917?l=e-bookforex.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/feeds/1057670931590731917/comments/default' title='ส่งความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4560078772389344246&amp;postID=1057670931590731917' title='0 ความคิดเห็น'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/1057670931590731917'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4560078772389344246/posts/default/1057670931590731917'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://e-bookforex.blogspot.com/2007/08/study-book-for-successful-foreign.html' title='STUDY BOOK FOR SUCCESSFUL FOREIGN EXCHANGE'/><author><name>ฺBest</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08192619906037610452</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/-8C6RnmS7PBw/TjeVSCb5RjI/AAAAAAAAAHY/KfKz6Rwcbao/s220/220757415.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4560078772389344246.post-2889937115793850822</id><published>2007-08-25T17:45:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-08-25T17:45:39.179-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Long Term Secrets To Short term Trading'/><title type='text'>Long Term Secrets To Short term Trading</title><content type='html'>LONG-TERM&lt;br /&gt;SECRETS&lt;br /&gt;TO&lt;br /&gt;SHORT-TERM&lt;br /&gt;TRADING&lt;br /&gt;LARRY WILLIAMS&lt;br /&gt;PDF PACKED BY TRADERMAN&lt;br /&gt;(IT WASN’T ME THAT MADE THE SCAN, I ONLY&lt;br /&gt;PUT IN A MORE PLEASANT FORM.&lt;br /&gt;THANX TO THE GUY THAT MADE THE SCAN)&lt;br /&gt;Contents&lt;br /&gt;Introduction You Are Already a Commodity Trader 1&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 1&lt;br /&gt;Making Order Out of Short-Term Chaos 9&lt;br /&gt;How 1 Learned about the Market 9&lt;br /&gt;Charting the Market 11&lt;br /&gt;The Nonrandom Market 14&lt;br /&gt;Understanding Market Structure 15&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 2&lt;br /&gt;It's a Question of Price and Time 23&lt;br /&gt;All You Will Ever Need to Know about Cycles 23&lt;br /&gt;The Natural Cycle of Range Change 27&lt;br /&gt;Where the Trend Is with You-The Second Power Play&lt;br /&gt;Price Pattern 36&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3&lt;br /&gt;The Real Secret to Short-Term Trading 45&lt;br /&gt;It Is All about Time 46&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 4&lt;br /&gt;Volatility Breakouts&lt;br /&gt;The Momentum Breakthrough 57&lt;br /&gt;Simple Daily Range Breakouts 61&lt;br /&gt;A Look at Volatility in the S&amp;P 500 66&lt;br /&gt;Separating Buyers from Sellers to Find Volatility&lt;br /&gt;Using Market Swings to Follow Volatility 71&lt;br /&gt;Results 72&lt;br /&gt;One Step Further 73&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 5&lt;br /&gt;The Theory of Short-Term Trading 75&lt;br /&gt;What Is Wrong about the Information Age 78&lt;br /&gt;E. H. Harriman's Rule of Making Millions 79&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 6&lt;br /&gt;Getting Closer to the Truth 81&lt;br /&gt;The Market Is Not a Coin Flip 82&lt;br /&gt;Monthly Road Maps 89&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 7&lt;br /&gt;Patterns to Profit 93&lt;br /&gt;The Common Element 94&lt;br /&gt;The Questions to Ask 99&lt;br /&gt;My Smash Day Patterns 101&lt;br /&gt;How to Use Smash Day Patterns 104&lt;br /&gt;Specialists' Trap 108&lt;br /&gt;A Vital Note-This Works on Shorter Time Frames as Well 113&lt;br /&gt;Oops! This Is Not a Mistake 113&lt;br /&gt;S&amp;P Oops! Trading 119&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 8&lt;br /&gt;Separating the Buyers from the Sellers 121&lt;br /&gt;Greatest Swing Value 123&lt;br /&gt;Stock Index Trading with Greatest Swing Value 124&lt;br /&gt;Some Pointers 128&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 9&lt;br /&gt;Short-Term Trading from a Quote Screen 131&lt;br /&gt;How a Quote-Screen Trader Makes Money 132&lt;br /&gt;Swing Points as Trend Change Indication 134&lt;br /&gt;The Three-Bar High/Low System 136&lt;br /&gt;A New Indicator for Short-Term Traders: Will-Tell 138&lt;br /&gt;Will-Spread and the S&amp;P 500 Stock Index 141&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 10&lt;br /&gt;Special Short-Term Situations 147&lt;br /&gt;Month-End Trading in Stock Indexes 147&lt;br /&gt;Target Months 148&lt;br /&gt;Making It Better 149&lt;br /&gt;Month-End Trading in the Bond Market 149&lt;br /&gt;Getting Specific 152&lt;br /&gt;Better and Better 153&lt;br /&gt;A Time to Sell as Well 154&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 11&lt;br /&gt;When to Get Out of Your Trades 157&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 12&lt;br /&gt;Thoughts on the Business of Speculation 159&lt;br /&gt;What Speculation Is All About 160&lt;br /&gt;It's about Time 161&lt;br /&gt;Trade Management 161&lt;br /&gt;Essential Points about Speculation 162&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 13&lt;br /&gt;Money Management-The Keys to the Kingdom 171&lt;br /&gt;Most Traders Use a Hit-and-Miss Approach 172&lt;br /&gt;Approaches to Money Management-One Is Right for You 173&lt;br /&gt;The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly of Money Management 175&lt;br /&gt;Looking in New Directions, Drawdown as an Asset 178&lt;br /&gt;Back to Ryan and Ralph 183&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 14&lt;br /&gt;Thoughts from the Past 185&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 15&lt;br /&gt;Just What Does Make the Stock Market Rally? 233&lt;br /&gt;Logic 101 234&lt;br /&gt;These Words Are My Bond 234&lt;br /&gt;A Look at Data A and Data B 235&lt;br /&gt;Let's Break Some Bad Habits 237&lt;br /&gt;How to Break Bad Habits 238&lt;br /&gt;Comments on Setting Stops-Dollar Loss and Unpredictability 240&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 16&lt;br /&gt;Closing Comments 245&lt;br /&gt;It Is just Like Life 245&lt;br /&gt;Index 249&lt;br /&gt;Introduction&lt;br /&gt;You Are Already a&lt;br /&gt;Commodity Trader&lt;br /&gt;Whether you know it or not, you have been trading commodities all your life. Sure, you may have&lt;br /&gt;never traded a contract of Pork Bellies, but you have almost certainly traded a possession like a car, house,&lt;br /&gt;or antique for someone else's money or possession. If you have never done that, for sure you have traded&lt;br /&gt;time for money. You have traded your time as a teacher, lawyer, pipe fitter, or ditchdigger for someone&lt;br /&gt;else's money. So, you are halfway there. you just never knew it!&lt;br /&gt;When we trade our time, we are actually trading our time plus our skills. That is why a brain surgeon&lt;br /&gt;gets more per hour than a knee surgeon. That is also why an outstanding quarterback gets more than a&lt;br /&gt;tackle and surgeon combined. He has a greater career risk. It is not that one skill is inherently more&lt;br /&gt;valuable than the other, it is that one is more difficult to come by and carries higher risk. This characteristic&lt;br /&gt;generates more dollars for the person selling his or her time and skills.&lt;br /&gt;There is no intrinsic value to Michael Jordan's dribbling and shooting skills, but the owner of the&lt;br /&gt;Chicago Bulls saw an opportunity to make a great deal of money with those seemingly valueless skills by.&lt;br /&gt;packing stadiums and getting television revenues. Thus, something of “no value” may have great value.&lt;br /&gt;At a trading seminar, I once demonstrated this point by, placing a personal check of mine in a scaled&lt;br /&gt;envelope and then added it to 14 similar envelopes in a clear plastic bag. The attendees each had the&lt;br /&gt;opportunity to reach in and draw out an envelope. The person who drew the one with the $5,000 check&lt;br /&gt;would be allowed to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;The bag contained 14 worthless envelopes, but suddenly they had value Although all but one were&lt;br /&gt;empty, there was a 1 in 15 chance of Winning $5,000; thus each envelope, or opportunity to take out an&lt;br /&gt;envelope. Was worth $333.33. Once the participants began taking envelopes out of the bag,&lt;br /&gt;1&lt;br /&gt;2&lt;br /&gt;those empty, worthless envelopes gained in value. After all, once five empty envelopes were removed, there&lt;br /&gt;was now a 1 in 10 chance and the value had risen to $500. When just two envelopes were left in the bag,&lt;br /&gt;people in the audience were willing to pay $2,500 to dip their hand in and pull out an envelope! Suddenly,&lt;br /&gt;what was worthless had great value!&lt;br /&gt;That is your first lesson in becoming a more aggressive commodity trader. Value, like beauty, is in the&lt;br /&gt;mind of the beholder. As a trader, the lesson is never to second-guess what value really is: it is what the&lt;br /&gt;market will pay. It (the market or collective judgment of other traders) may not pay that value for long, but&lt;br /&gt;price is King, it is what is. I learned long ago not to argue with what is.&lt;br /&gt;In 1974, I reached a value judgment that the price of Cattle would skyrocket so I began loading up,&lt;br /&gt;taking my first position at 43 cents a pound. I "knew the value" of Cattle; at this price, it was way under&lt;br /&gt;value offering a sure trade. So, as price drifted to the 40-cent area, I bought more. After all, if 43 cents was&lt;br /&gt;cheap, 40 cents was even better.&lt;br /&gt;At 38 cents, where price next went, I had a steal, and being no dummy, I stole some more, only to see&lt;br /&gt;price plummet to 35 cents, then 30 cents, and finally 28 cents-where, dear reader, I was tapped out. My&lt;br /&gt;resources were limited; this move cost me about $3 million, all in less than 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;Two months later, the price of Cattle soared to over 60 cents a pound. But I was not there-a sure-thing&lt;br /&gt;trade had set me back dearly and helped contribute to rumors, afloat still today over a quarter of a century&lt;br /&gt;later, that I blew out trading, despite a few successes I will get to later in this book.&lt;br /&gt;Reflecting on this experience over the years has enabled me to formulate two important rules. The first&lt;br /&gt;is that value is ephemeral: it can be anything, and anything can and will happen trading commodities, or&lt;br /&gt;stocks for that matter.&lt;br /&gt;The second rule, which carries greater weight is that although market trend and direction are major&lt;br /&gt;concerns, knowing how to deal with Your resources has the highest priority. After all, had I marshaled out&lt;br /&gt;my resources on the Cattle trade so I could have ridden through the bad times, I would have made a&lt;br /&gt;respectable killing.&lt;br /&gt;You never know when the markets will do what you think they are supposed to do. Many times, like&lt;br /&gt;God, the market does not deny, it just delays. Serious traders weave protection against this delay into the&lt;br /&gt;fabric of their program. There is no greater rule to learn than that of money management. All the horror&lt;br /&gt;stories you have heard about commodity trading are true. Good people have been totally wiped out by doing&lt;br /&gt;the wrong thing. That wrong thing has never been the market, nor the fact the trader made a bad call. Indeed,&lt;br /&gt;every successful trader will have bad calls, losing trades. And lots of them&lt;br /&gt;3&lt;br /&gt;The wipeouts you have heard about, every single one of them, have come from placing too large a bet&lt;br /&gt;on a trade or holding on to a losing position too long. The sooner you learn to master your defeats, the&lt;br /&gt;sooner you will be on your way to amass the wealth possible in this business. It is your failures, not your&lt;br /&gt;successes that kill you in this business. Failures do not build character, they destroy your bank account.&lt;br /&gt;The foundation to all your success is in the preceding paragraph. Psychics may or may not be able to&lt;br /&gt;predict the market, value may or may not prevail. The world of speculation is about predicting the future&lt;br /&gt;and that is difficult at best. The fabled United States military complex, which had supposedly bankrolled&lt;br /&gt;the brightest of the bright, and thousands of intelligence officers, was not able to predict the fall of the&lt;br /&gt;Berlin wall' So how can you and I hope to do better?&lt;br /&gt;Our inability to see the future very well is proven yearly by such august sports magazines as Sports&lt;br /&gt;Illustrated. In 1997, their oracles predicted Penn State would be the number one football team, ranking&lt;br /&gt;Michigan number 18. By the end of the season, Michigan was number one and Penn State floundering.&lt;br /&gt;Washington was supposed to be number three, but was beaten by lowly Washington State, a team not&lt;br /&gt;mentioned in any top 20 list, that went on to win the Pac 10 championship and almost upset Michigan in&lt;br /&gt;the Rose Bowl'&lt;br /&gt;People who make their living looking into crystal balls are destined to eat a lot of broken glass.&lt;br /&gt;But take heart: although neither you nor I can divine the future, especially price action, we can learn&lt;br /&gt;to control our losses. That is a certainty, based on math, that will provide the building blocks for your&lt;br /&gt;successes. Each and every one of them.&lt;br /&gt;For years, I chased the prophets of profit, those financial soothsayers who claimed they, or their&lt;br /&gt;indicators, could reveal the future. Eventually, I realized that God does not want us to see the future. It is&lt;br /&gt;as simple as that.&lt;br /&gt;If we could see "out there," we could all be millionaires many times over. We would bet the ponies,&lt;br /&gt;spin the roulette wheel, and roll dice, except of course, no casino would back the other side of an&lt;br /&gt;unwinnable wager. Besides, how thoroughly boring life would become if we could know today how every&lt;br /&gt;day of our future would be. Who would want to live that way-- Where's the joy of discovery, the magic of&lt;br /&gt;the unknown, the thrill of victory, the challenge of overcoming limitations?&lt;br /&gt;If we were all be rich from our powers of foresight, who would work for us, grow wheat, raise cattle?&lt;br /&gt;There would be no phone company, no movies, and no television, as no one would need to work. Worse&lt;br /&gt;yet, who would hire us?&lt;br /&gt;Like I said, God with infinite wisdom, does not want us to know much about the future and for sure&lt;br /&gt;very little about the future of futures.&lt;br /&gt;4&lt;br /&gt;Would-be speculators think this is a game of knowing the future, of knowing that which cannot be known. It&lt;br /&gt;is not. This is a game of developing strategies with winning advantages, getting the odds on your side,&lt;br /&gt;working those odds, and staying alert to any potential changes in the game including new players or new&lt;br /&gt;ideas and concepts.&lt;br /&gt;The word speculate comes from the Latin specular, meaning "to observe," as in spectacle (your&lt;br /&gt;glasses). We are not like gamblers, who enter a game they cannot win over time. All they can do is hope&lt;br /&gt;chance will run their way, not that of the house. We speculators observe how things should happen in the&lt;br /&gt;future, but because we know there are no guarantees, we protect our position with appropriate preservation&lt;br /&gt;of capital techniques, so we can win at our game.&lt;br /&gt;The art of speculation requires one part observation tossed together with one rather large dose of&lt;br /&gt;preservation.&lt;br /&gt;My Most Important Market Belief&lt;br /&gt;Based on my research and experience, I have developed a powerful and profitable belief system:&lt;br /&gt;I believe the current trade I am in will be a loser ... a big loser at that.&lt;br /&gt;This may sound pretty negative to all you positive thinkers, but positive thinking can give way to&lt;br /&gt;thinking you will win-a surefire formula for buying and selling too many contracts and holding on too long.&lt;br /&gt;After all, if you are positive things will work out, you are certain to hold for a bounce or turn that never&lt;br /&gt;comes.&lt;br /&gt;I look at it this way, if you get all pumped up and glossed over with positive beliefs about your market&lt;br /&gt;success, your conviction will lead you to mismanage losing trades. That is why belief systems are so&lt;br /&gt;important to a trader. If your belief system tells you the current trade will be a winner-and it isn't-the need to&lt;br /&gt;confirm that belief in your mind will literally force you to let losses run, to stay with losers, something no&lt;br /&gt;successful trader ever does. An outrageously positive belief that the next trade or two will turn your account&lt;br /&gt;around or make a small fortune for you is most dangerous.&lt;br /&gt;Now let's look at my belief that the current trade I am in will be a loser, that I have no pact with God for&lt;br /&gt;success on this trade. Indeed, I genuinely believe the market is not precisely perfect. Keep in mind the data&lt;br /&gt;for this belief overwhelmingly supports it; 75 percent of mutual fund managers do not outperform the Dow,&lt;br /&gt;80 percent of short-term traders lose their risk capital. On a personal note, many of my own trades do not&lt;br /&gt;make money, and I can positively guarantee many of yours will not succeed.&lt;br /&gt;5&lt;br /&gt;No major loss I have ever had, and I have had more than my fair share of them, has been the market's&lt;br /&gt;"fault." "They" were never out to get me. I got myself by believing my current trade would be a winner so&lt;br /&gt;I did not follow the rules of the game.&lt;br /&gt;I agree with those who say you are only as powerful as your belief system because that belief will give&lt;br /&gt;you the power of taking an action with more certainty and less hesitation. We act out what we believe:&lt;br /&gt;those mental beliefs are the scriptwriters for our play of life.&lt;br /&gt;Adopt my belief that the current trade will most likely not work out and you sure as heck will protect&lt;br /&gt;yourself with stops. You will control disasters, taking the first lifeboat possible instead of going down with&lt;br /&gt;a sinking ship.&lt;br /&gt;Adopt my belief that the current trade will most likely not work out and you sure as heck will not load&lt;br /&gt;up on a trade, banking on it to ball out all your problems. A tiny loss can wipe you out when you have&lt;br /&gt;taken a very large position or number of shares or contracts.&lt;br /&gt;Positive beliefs about future results cause us to take on undue risk. Doing that in a game where the&lt;br /&gt;odds are unfavorable to begin with is a sure invitation to disaster.&lt;br /&gt;The Beginning of My Career as a Speculator&lt;br /&gt;I ride rodeo because Im too lazy to work and too honest to steal.&lt;br /&gt;-Freckles Brown, World Champion Bull rider&lt;br /&gt;My career as a speculator began in the seventh grade when a kid named Paul Highland showed me&lt;br /&gt;how much money could be made flipping coins, matching quarters or odd man out for the shiny silver&lt;br /&gt;dollars we lugged around in our Levies. Growing up in Billings, Montana, was an excellent precursor to&lt;br /&gt;speculation. Flipping quarters was my start; sure I lost some, but if there was anything I understood, other&lt;br /&gt;than my art classes and playing football, it was that there was plenty of real easy money to be made&lt;br /&gt;gambling for quarters and dollars.&lt;br /&gt;It may well be that everything I needed to know about speculation I learned in jr. high. It took a while,&lt;br /&gt;but I finally figured out that Paul and Virgil Marcurn were taking my money by teaming up. One would&lt;br /&gt;control his coin so a head came up, the other a tails so I could not win. Later they split the proceeds, and I&lt;br /&gt;had my first lesson on market manipulation.&lt;br /&gt;I did not call the police or any authorities. I handled it in my own way, and to this day distrust the&lt;br /&gt;bureaucrats that are supposed to right such wrongs. They don't, at least not in time to help you or me.&lt;br /&gt;Jack McAferty was the toughest kid in Billings. Fact is he was the toughest kid in the entire state of&lt;br /&gt;Montana and that's saying a lot considering the number of cowboys, roughnecks, and miners we had in&lt;br /&gt;6&lt;br /&gt;the Treasure State. When a big guy hits you on the arm it hurts. When Jack, who was not a big guy, socked&lt;br /&gt;you on the arm your bone ached. He had unbelievable power, which served him well in every single fight I&lt;br /&gt;ever saw him in. No one came close. Fighting became his way of life and jack was killed by an L.A.&lt;br /&gt;policeman, supposedly on a freeway chase. The truth, however, is that Jack, a real ladies man, had been&lt;br /&gt;dating the cop's wife.&lt;br /&gt;Most the guys who were coin-matching speculators would not play with Jack. Usually he would pay&lt;br /&gt;off, give you his quarter, but if he decided not to, what was your choice? Threaten him and get the living&lt;br /&gt;crap beat out of you' . Ah, another lesson in speculation, choose your partners and business associates&lt;br /&gt;carefully.&lt;br /&gt;Years later, we took a $5,000 account to over $40,000 trading a Cattle system Richard Ulmer&lt;br /&gt;developed. This happened at a brokerage firm owned by George Lane, a guy who claims he is the originator&lt;br /&gt;of the widely followed Stochastics Index. Well, George did not invent Stochastic, and I did not get my&lt;br /&gt;$40,000 from the brokerage. The regulators closed old George up and just before they did the funds were&lt;br /&gt;drained from my account!&lt;br /&gt;Another thing I learned from jack was that strong people do not respect weak ones. I had put up with&lt;br /&gt;enough of Jack's reneging on our coin flips so when he decided not to pay up and kept his quarter, I blasted&lt;br /&gt;him in the stomach as hard as I could. Astonished, he glared at me, asking, "Why the hell did you do that?&lt;br /&gt;You know I'm going to clean your clock now."&lt;br /&gt;All I could say was, "Well go ahead and do it, I'm just tired of you not playing by the rules. I know&lt;br /&gt;you're going to break every bone in my body and you'll get a lot of pleasure out of that, but it won't compare&lt;br /&gt;to how I feel knowing I stood up to you."&lt;br /&gt;jack shot back, "I like that, I respect you," handed me the quarter I had just won, and walked away. We&lt;br /&gt;became pretty good friends after that, but we never matched coins again.&lt;br /&gt;Everyone in Montana works hard. Certainly, my dad worked as hard as anyone, putting in over 40&lt;br /&gt;hours a week at a refinery, then more hours on weekends at Doc Zinc's sulfur refinery. And as if that wasn't&lt;br /&gt;enough, he would stay up late at night reading books, taking courses on electronics so he would be more&lt;br /&gt;valuable to Conoco, his career employer. The gambit of hard work and loyalty paid off-he got promoted.&lt;br /&gt;One of the advantages of having a father working at the refinery was that his kids could get summer&lt;br /&gt;jobs there if they were in college. I did that, too, and it reinforced my strong desire to not do what these guys&lt;br /&gt;did: work. They worked long hours, ever-changing shift work. One week, you went to work at 3:30 P.m., the&lt;br /&gt;next week at 11:30 P.m., and the following week you might pull the 3:30 shift or start at 7:30 A.M. There&lt;br /&gt;was neither rhyme nor reason to the schedules that I could see. All I saw was the unending hours of&lt;br /&gt;7&lt;br /&gt;voluntary servitude in a hot, stench-filled noisy refinery, a place where nothing made sense to me.&lt;br /&gt;There must be a million valves in an oil refinery and I am certain they all turn on and off the same&lt;br /&gt;way. My problem was I could never figure out which way was the right way. That was frustrating, not only&lt;br /&gt;because it showed my ineptitude, but also because it also reflected on my father, who had all this&lt;br /&gt;mechanical stuff down pat. There really was nothing mechanical he could not fix. If I were to have a&lt;br /&gt;open-heart surgery, I would trust him more than a doctor.&lt;br /&gt;Dad knew how to build things (our house, delicate cabinetry for mom) and knew how to fix things-in&lt;br /&gt;part, I am sure, because we did not have money to pay to get things fixed. Poor people develop more skills&lt;br /&gt;than rich people.&lt;br /&gt;My ineptness also held me up to ridicule when people compared me with my older brother, who just&lt;br /&gt;naturally knew what to do at the refinery, and seemingly got along well with the older men. My general&lt;br /&gt;laziness coupled with a desire to be alone and a total inability to do anything well, but draw, caused me to&lt;br /&gt;feel inadequate. My initial response to find self-esteem came from sports. But that sense of approval only&lt;br /&gt;lasts through the game. I would lay awake in bed dreaming, scheming about a way to have a better life,&lt;br /&gt;wondering how the few people with really big houses achieved success. I was not content; what I wanted&lt;br /&gt;was a way out.&lt;br /&gt;Flipping coins seemed reasonable; making fake driver's licenses (for $5 each, birth certificates for&lt;br /&gt;$20) paid a lot better. My limited artistic talents made more money and let me work by myself. It also&lt;br /&gt;included a healthy dose of risk. I liked knowing that I was doing something the average person couldn't or&lt;br /&gt;wouldn't; and for sure, I was not going to find that kind of satisfaction in what I saw at the time as my&lt;br /&gt;father's humdrum existence. My dad did everything by the book and followed all the rules-with one&lt;br /&gt;exception.&lt;br /&gt;When deer season came, the rulebook went out the window. We killed enough deer, antelope, and elk&lt;br /&gt;to feed our family for the year. We used the same deer tag or license three or four times. When it comes to&lt;br /&gt;survival, I learned there are no rules: people must take risks, even my Pops. What did I like most about&lt;br /&gt;those hunting trips, bagging my deer or taking the chance of getting caught with too many deer, fish, or&lt;br /&gt;other game? I have often thought about that. In their own way, they are both thrilling-my speculative career&lt;br /&gt;began on a roll.&lt;br /&gt;Really good speculators like thrill, indeed they seek it, as some sort of intellectual rush.&lt;br /&gt;Maybe that is why I liked selling newspapers on the street corners after school or Christmas cards and&lt;br /&gt;garden seeds door to door to pick up spending money. I was at risk, never knowing if I would make a sale,&lt;br /&gt;but I also might make some decent money for just being there, talking, and showing some stuff.&lt;br /&gt;8&lt;br /&gt;I had seen enough hard work to know I did not covet it. Like rodeo riders, I was "too lazy to work” and&lt;br /&gt;had been raised "too honest to steal." Hence going to college or joining the Navy after high school seemed&lt;br /&gt;to be the right direction, and it was one my mom and dad encouraged. They always told us to do better, that&lt;br /&gt;there was an easier life, and college was the door to that life.&lt;br /&gt;In 1962, I asked someone what the "most active" list of stocks in the newspaper meant. I was hooked&lt;br /&gt;when he replied, "Well, see that stock for General Motors was up 1 1/2 for the day? Had you bought it&lt;br /&gt;yesterday, you would have made $150 today."&lt;br /&gt;$15 0 in one day!&lt;br /&gt;Wow, this sure beat flipping quarters! Back then, $150 was more than guys at the refinery made in a&lt;br /&gt;week. This looked easy, and the winnings were staggering. My only two questions were, how did one get&lt;br /&gt;started and where had I been all my life? There was an instant affinity between me and what looked like easy&lt;br /&gt;money!&lt;br /&gt;That affinity led to the greatest challenge of my life, something I have worked hard at just about every&lt;br /&gt;day since 1962. Really, my only "time off" from the markets occurred when I ran for the United States&lt;br /&gt;Senate in 1978 and 1982. Other than those two interruptions I have spent every day of my life "working,"&lt;br /&gt;much to my father's pleasure, I am certain, but it has never resembled work at the refinery or jobs in and&lt;br /&gt;after college.&lt;br /&gt;From this experience, I believe three motivators are found in the heart of a successful speculator: an&lt;br /&gt;intense desire to make a lot of money, a longing or yearning to show somebody else up, and an internal&lt;br /&gt;discontent with how things are. Great big chunks of unrest seem to be an important asset for a speculator.&lt;br /&gt;Although most people seek balance in their life, I have never found that very healthy; no great achievements&lt;br /&gt;were ever made by perfectly normal people. Sometimes I think about living a more balanced life. That&lt;br /&gt;thought usually lasts a couple of seconds. I guess my unrest will never go away, but if my lifestyle tells us&lt;br /&gt;anything, it is that unrest fans the flames of a speculator's internal fires.&lt;br /&gt;I would probably trade the markets without wanting profits if it "proved" my worth to the world, to an&lt;br /&gt;old girlfriend, to my parents, my brother, or even someone I cannot identify or dredge from the recesses of&lt;br /&gt;my mind. Saying I am ego-driven may be correct, but it is not about bragging, it is about showing them I can&lt;br /&gt;overcome.&lt;br /&gt;It is about letting the world know I found a way out.&lt;br /&gt;If these words have resonance for you, cinch up your seat belt, you are going on the ride of your life.&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 1&lt;br /&gt;Making Order Out of&lt;br /&gt;Short-Term Chaos&lt;br /&gt;There are two primacy says we make money trading, catching a big price move with a small&lt;br /&gt;position or having a large position and catching a small move.&lt;br /&gt;-Bill Meehan&lt;br /&gt;If what I have written so far has meshed with your speculative goals. it is time to learn how markets&lt;br /&gt;operate. Speculation-stock and commodity tradingis not for everybody; it may not be for you. I have even&lt;br /&gt;wondered at times, if it is for me'.&lt;br /&gt;How I Learned about the Market&lt;br /&gt;My career as a trader began in Portland, Oregon, where I had met a Merrill Lynch broker who thought&lt;br /&gt;we could make some money together. He -was half right, we got lucky immediately. He made good money&lt;br /&gt;on his commissions and I lost money. Worse yet, the money wasn't mine; a fellow I had never met had&lt;br /&gt;asked me to invest it. In hindsight, the initial beating I took was more than fortunate, it was life changing.&lt;br /&gt;That event hardened my desire to learn the business; after all. if it Was that easy to lose, it had to be&lt;br /&gt;pretty easy to-win, right? My broker was as new to the game as I was and really had very little advice or&lt;br /&gt;suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;9&lt;br /&gt;10&lt;br /&gt;His market insight was to buy good stocks and hold on (a brilliant insight), but my aptitude or desire was to&lt;br /&gt;make money from catching short-term market swings. Thus began my education as a short-term trader.&lt;br /&gt;I had no teacher and knew no other traders, so I naturally turned to books to help solve my problems,&lt;br /&gt;just as you have in buying this book. The authors all made it sound so easy. I read Joe Granville's classic&lt;br /&gt;work on technical analysis and began keeping daily open, high, low, and closing prices on stocks as well as&lt;br /&gt;indicators Joe said we should follow. Before I knew it, I was not only totally consumed by the markets but&lt;br /&gt;spending 5 to 6 hours a night and all my weekends on trying to beat Wall Street, gaining a fortune, and&lt;br /&gt;beginning to lose a marriage.&lt;br /&gt;My first wife, Alice Fetridge, had become a "chartist's widow" yet still supported my habit. We&lt;br /&gt;eventually left Portland and moved to Monterey, California. We both had jobs, and I was also working on&lt;br /&gt;my law degree. I even sat for and passed the “Baby Bar Exam" (the test given to night school and&lt;br /&gt;correspondence students). By then, however, I had pretty much given up on becoming a lawyer, especially&lt;br /&gt;after working for one. I had thought being a lawyer meant being in court, saving people's lives; the reality&lt;br /&gt;was that it dealt with collecting money from judgments, finding deadbeats, and representing bums and&lt;br /&gt;outright criminals. It was not like trading.&lt;br /&gt;Fortunately in Monterey, I met two brokers who, like me, kept charts. Joe Miller and Don Southard&lt;br /&gt;were soon swapping war stories with me, teaching what they knew about the markets. We were all big&lt;br /&gt;followers of Granville's On Balance Volume (OBV) work and kept OBV charts on the 30 to 50 stocks we&lt;br /&gt;followed. I also started to keep moving averages, another tool espoused in all the books back then, just as&lt;br /&gt;they are today&lt;br /&gt;My stock trading met with some success, but what accelerated my career was a book by Gil Haller,&lt;br /&gt;unabashedly called the Haller Theory. I learned a lot about stocks and speculation from the book, then got to&lt;br /&gt;know Gil and to this day appreciate the support and encouragement he provided. Gil's concept was to buy&lt;br /&gt;stocks that had already moved up a lot. This is now a methodology used by the funds to buy what they call&lt;br /&gt;"momentum stocks." Haller was doing it way back in 1964 and making a living. But, he didn't live the way&lt;br /&gt;I wanted to! His desk was an old door atop cinder blocks, stationery was the back of a letter someone else&lt;br /&gt;had written him. Gil was not cheap, just a frugal spender who precisely counted and saved every extra penny&lt;br /&gt;Eventually, I began to envision a theory of how markets work: In the short term, markets spurt in&lt;br /&gt;rallies and declines, moving above and below a balance point I could call the "average" price. My object&lt;br /&gt;was to determine when price was low and should move back to the average. That meant I needed to identify&lt;br /&gt;an overextension of price and then have something that would tell me when this move was over and the&lt;br /&gt;spring back to the average had begun.&lt;br /&gt;11&lt;br /&gt;Because it all seemed so easy, I was sure there must be some master theory or code to how all this was&lt;br /&gt;done. There must be some basic undeniable way the market-all markets-moved from point A to point B, I&lt;br /&gt;reasoned.&lt;br /&gt;What I eventually found out is that this original thesis is true: there is a way markets move. The good&lt;br /&gt;news is that there is a structure in how prices move from point A to point B. The bad news is that the&lt;br /&gt;structure is imprecise. Nevertheless, there is a semblance of order to price action, and like a foreign&lt;br /&gt;language, it can be learned. It has taken most of my life to figure out the basics of this language that the&lt;br /&gt;market speaks, and I am more than happy to help you learn to use my magic decoding ring.&lt;br /&gt;Charting the Market&lt;br /&gt;If you have begun your study of the markets, you already know it is a visual world, where charts prevail. As&lt;br /&gt;shown in Figure 1.1, the common charts represent each day's opening price with a horizontal slash mark to the left&lt;br /&gt;side of each bar and the closing price with a horizontal slash on the right side of the bar. The topmost point of the bar&lt;br /&gt;reflects the highest price reached by the stock or commodity during the day while the bottom of the bar represents&lt;br /&gt;just the opposite, the lowest price the commodity traded at on that day.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.1 Typical Chart showing openings, closings, highs, and lows.&lt;br /&gt;12&lt;br /&gt;The opening price, as you will see later on, is the most important price of the day. I developed this&lt;br /&gt;notion with Joe Miller, Don Southard, and Curt Hooper, a naval postgraduate student who-in 1966-was the&lt;br /&gt;first person I ever worked with using a computer for answers. While we were impressed with OBV, we&lt;br /&gt;wanted a more reliable formula; and once we learned that the original OBV work came from two guys from&lt;br /&gt;San Francisco, Woods and Vignolia, we thought we too could create a better approach.&lt;br /&gt;Our chart reading problem begins and gives birth to chaos, when we start combining these daily bars of&lt;br /&gt;price action on a chart. These graphic representations of price action were "read" for years by folks calling&lt;br /&gt;themselves "chartists." By and large, chartists were about as welcome as your unemployed brother-in-law&lt;br /&gt;until the early 1980s.&lt;br /&gt;This crowd gleaned over chart formations, found patterns, and gave them names like wedges, head and&lt;br /&gt;shoulders, pennants, flags, triangles, W bottoms and M tops, and 1-2-3 formations. These patterns were&lt;br /&gt;supposed to represent the battle of supply and demand. Some patterns indicated selling, others professional&lt;br /&gt;accumulation. Fascinating stuff, but wrong-headed. These same precise patterns can be found in charts of&lt;br /&gt;things that do not have a supply/demand factor.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.2 A flip of the coin heads and tails on accumulative basis.&lt;br /&gt;13&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.3 A stock? No, daily temperature; high for the day; low for the day; last reading.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.2 shows a chart of the 150 flips of an old silver dollar that graphs out to look much like a chart&lt;br /&gt;of Pork Bellies. Next, Figure 1.3 is a chart or graph of temperature extremes, or is it Soybeans? Who&lt;br /&gt;knows? What we do know is that plotted data of nonmarket or economically driven information charts out&lt;br /&gt;just like data for stocks and commodities, producing the same patterns that are supposed to reflect buyers&lt;br /&gt;and sellers. I caution you against confusing chart forms with intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;Chartists became "technical analysts," severing their ties from Ouija boards and charts in favor of&lt;br /&gt;computers. Computers made chartists look and sound more respectable, like scientists. In fact, many books&lt;br /&gt;came out with titles like The New Science of... or Scientific Approaches to ... Is there science to this&lt;br /&gt;madness?&lt;br /&gt;By and large, I think not.&lt;br /&gt;Prices do not dance to the beat of some mystical, magical drum that hides deep in the recesses of a&lt;br /&gt;plush room in New York City, and has a rhythm only a few insiders recognize. Prices jump all over the&lt;br /&gt;place, and our charts become erratic because human emotions are influenced by news and brokers' hot tips&lt;br /&gt;of immediate boom or gloom.&lt;br /&gt;14&lt;br /&gt;The Nonrandom Market&lt;br /&gt;For the most part, commodity prices are like a drunken sailor, wandering down the street without any&lt;br /&gt;knowledge of where he is going, or where he has been. Mathematicians would say there is no correlation&lt;br /&gt;between past price activity and future trends.&lt;br /&gt;About that, they would be wrong: there is some correlation. Although that drunken sailor does swagger,&lt;br /&gt;stagger, and seemingly move in a nonrandom fashion, there is method to his madness. He is trying to go&lt;br /&gt;someplace, and we can usually find out where.&lt;br /&gt;While price action involves a large degree of randomness, it is far from a totally random game. If I&lt;br /&gt;cannot prove that point, right now, early on in this book, the remaining chapters should be devoted to&lt;br /&gt;learning how to throw darts. In a random game, the dart thrower will outperform the experts.&lt;br /&gt;Start with a given-if we flip a coin 100 times, it will come up heads 50 times and tails 50 times. Each&lt;br /&gt;time it comes up heads, on the next flip we will have 50 percent heads and 50 percent tails. If heads has now&lt;br /&gt;appeared two times in a row and we flip again, the results continue to be 50/50 that a head will appear on the&lt;br /&gt;next flip. As you have probably heard, the coin, dice, or roulette wheel has no memory. The odds are fixed,&lt;br /&gt;as this is a random game.&lt;br /&gt;If that were true of the market and prices close higher 50 percent of the time, then after each up close&lt;br /&gt;we would expect to see another up close 50 percent of the time, and following that up close again 50 percent&lt;br /&gt;odds of another up close. The same thing should apply to a down close: 50 percent of the time following one&lt;br /&gt;down close, we should see a repeat; and again 50 percent of the time following two in a row, a third down&lt;br /&gt;close should appear. In our real world of trading, it does not turn out that way, which can only mean price&lt;br /&gt;action is not totally random!&lt;br /&gt;15&lt;br /&gt;Table 1.2&lt;br /&gt;Commodity Number of Times after One-Down Close Percent;&lt;br /&gt;Number of Times after Two-Down Close Percent&lt;br /&gt;Number of Times after&lt;br /&gt;One Down % Up&lt;br /&gt;Number of Times after&lt;br /&gt;Two Down % UP&lt;br /&gt;Close&lt;br /&gt;Percent&lt;br /&gt;Next day Closes&lt;br /&gt;Percent&lt;br /&gt;Next day&lt;br /&gt;Table 1.1 shows the percentage of time that prices closed higher in a wide variety of markets. There&lt;br /&gt;were no criteria; the computer just bought on the open each day and exited on the close. Instead of having a&lt;br /&gt;50/50 result we have a slight skewing in that 53.2 percent of the time price closed higher than the opening.&lt;br /&gt;This shouldn't be.&lt;br /&gt;Well, if this "shouldn't be," how about buying on the opening following a down close? In theory, we&lt;br /&gt;should see the same percent of up closes shown in Table 1. 1. The problem is (for college professors and&lt;br /&gt;other academics who are long on theory and short on market knowledge) that it does not turn out this way.&lt;br /&gt;Table 1.2 shows the number of times price closed higher following a number of down closes.&lt;br /&gt;This is not earth-shaking news to a trader; we know market declines set up rallies. The exact&lt;br /&gt;percentages were not known in the past, and I would never use these tables to take or stay in a trade. That is&lt;br /&gt;not the point: the point is we should have seen an average up close of 53.2 percent following the one minus&lt;br /&gt;close as well as two consecutive minus closes. The fact we did not suggests the market is not random;&lt;br /&gt;patterns do "predict" and now we can proceed, sans darts.&lt;br /&gt;Understanding Market Structure&lt;br /&gt;Whereas chartists have strange names for most every market wiggle and waggle, they have seemingly missed the&lt;br /&gt;major point of the market, which is that price (as represented by daily bars, where the top of the bar is the highest&lt;br /&gt;16&lt;br /&gt;point prices traded on that day and the bottom of the bar the lowest price traded) move in a well-defined and&lt;br /&gt;amazingly mechanical fashion. It is similar to learning to read a new alphabet-once you understand the&lt;br /&gt;characters, you can read the words, and once you know the words you can read the story.&lt;br /&gt;The first letter to master tells you what market activity causes the formation of a short-term high or&lt;br /&gt;low. If you learn this basic point, the meaning of all market structure will begin to fall into place.&lt;br /&gt;I can define a short-term market low with this simple formula: any time there is a daily low with higher&lt;br /&gt;lows on both sides of it, that low will he a short-term low. We know this because a study of market action&lt;br /&gt;will show that prices descended in the low day, then failed to make a new low, thus turned up, marking that&lt;br /&gt;ultimate low as a short-term point.&lt;br /&gt;A short-term market high is just the opposite. Here we will see a high with lower highs on both sides of&lt;br /&gt;it. What this says is that prices rallied up to the zenith of that middle day, then began to move back down,&lt;br /&gt;and in the process formed a short-term high.&lt;br /&gt;I initially called these short-term changes "ringed" highs and lows in deference to the work done in the&lt;br /&gt;1930s by Henry Wheeler Chase. In the days before computers, we kept notebooks of prices, and to identify&lt;br /&gt;such termination of a move, we simply circled or "ringed" these points in our workbooks so we could see&lt;br /&gt;them more easily.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.4 shows several short-term highs and lows. Take a minute now to see what this pattern is all&lt;br /&gt;about.&lt;br /&gt;If you understand this concept, we can begin the building process of putting these elements together.&lt;br /&gt;You may have already figured out the sequence; the market swings from short-term highs to short-term&lt;br /&gt;lows. This is exciting; we can actually measure market movement in a mechanical and automatic way. There&lt;br /&gt;is no need for complex chartist talk, nor will we be as inclined to fall into the illusory world of the chartist or&lt;br /&gt;technician.&lt;br /&gt;Two specific types of trading days can cause confusion with our basic definition. First, there is what we&lt;br /&gt;call an inside day. It is so named because all the trading on this day took place inside the previous day's&lt;br /&gt;range. These days are identified by having a lower daily high and a higher daily low. In a study of nine&lt;br /&gt;major commodities covering 50,692 trading sessions, I noted 3,892 inside days, suggesting we will see these&lt;br /&gt;days appear about 7.6 percent of the time.&lt;br /&gt;For our purposes in identifying short-term swing points, we will simply ignore inside days and the&lt;br /&gt;possible short-term points they produce. An inside day means the market has entered congestion, the current&lt;br /&gt;swing did not go further, but then again it did not reverse, thus until this condition is resolved, we must wait&lt;br /&gt;and not use the inside day in our identification process.&lt;br /&gt;Next we have outside days. These days are easy to spot because they have both a higher high than the&lt;br /&gt;17&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.4 British Pound (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services: 800 808 3282).&lt;br /&gt;prior day and a lower low! When these days occur (and they do so about 3 percent of the time), we will have&lt;br /&gt;to study the flow of prices during that day by looking at the way price moved from the opening of the day to&lt;br /&gt;the close of that same day. In that study of 50,692 trading sessions cited earlier, there were 3,487 outside&lt;br /&gt;days, suggesting they are not as frequent as inside days, yet account for almost 7 percent of all days.&lt;br /&gt;With the preceding information in mind, turn your attention to Figure 1.5, which illustrates these inside&lt;br /&gt;and outside days. Remember, what we are out to do is identify the short-term swings as traders move price&lt;br /&gt;from one terminus to another.&lt;br /&gt;By now you should understand the basic concept, and be able to see how prices move in swings. On&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.6 I have marked off these terminal points and connected a straight line from point to point to show&lt;br /&gt;the swing patterns.&lt;br /&gt;Defining Intermediate Highs and Lows&lt;br /&gt;Now the fun begins! Consider this, if we can identify a short-term high as any day with lower highs (not counting&lt;br /&gt;inside days) on both sides, we can take a gigantic step forward and identify an intermediate term high as any&lt;br /&gt;short-term high with lower short-term highs on both sides of it. Hold on to your seat belts because we can take yet&lt;br /&gt;another step and say any intermediate term high with lower intermediate-term highs on both sides is-you've got it-a&lt;br /&gt;long-term high.&lt;br /&gt;18&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.5 Pork Bellies (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.6 Pork Bellies (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;19&lt;br /&gt;In just one paragraph, we have been able to define the three dominant swings in a market, going from&lt;br /&gt;short term to intermediate to long. The identification of market lows is done in just the same fashion: first&lt;br /&gt;find a day with higher lows on both sides; that is a short-term low. Then find a short-term low with higher&lt;br /&gt;short-term lows on both sides and you have an intermediate term low. Locating a long-term low is simple:&lt;br /&gt;it is any intermediate-term low with higher intermediate-term lows on both sides.&lt;br /&gt;It is time for a picture of what this all looks like. In Figure 1.7, I have marked off all short-term&lt;br /&gt;swings, then located the intermediate-term points, and finally gone to the next level and marked off the&lt;br /&gt;longer term points. This chart tells all; it is really all there in a simple format. If you look at it now, you&lt;br /&gt;will understand market structure and will see that we can create order out of much of the chaos.&lt;br /&gt;With the preceding in mind, 1 have moved from a sample chart to a real one of the Swiss Franc and&lt;br /&gt;Coffee (see Figures 1.8 and 1.9). My first step was to circle or ring all short-term swings; then I began the&lt;br /&gt;overlaying pattern of higher/lower short-term points. After that, I identified the next layer of higher/lower&lt;br /&gt;intermediate-term points to arrive at the long-term points. While words are great, until you study these&lt;br /&gt;charts, it will be difficult for you to get the picture. Go study.&lt;br /&gt;(MISSING PICTURE)&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.7 Charting creates order out of chaos.&lt;br /&gt;20&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.8 Swiss Franc (daily bars). Graphed by the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.9 Coffee (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;21&lt;br /&gt;Why This Is Important&lt;br /&gt;Once you have this basic understanding of market structure you can identify, very early on, these&lt;br /&gt;market turns. You will always know that a short-term low has been made when you rally above the high of&lt;br /&gt;a day with a lower low than the prior day. By the very nature of this penetration, we know the short-term&lt;br /&gt;down swing has terminated. By the same token, whenever price declines below the low of a day with a&lt;br /&gt;higher high than the prior day, a short-term high has been formed. This means we can know, during the&lt;br /&gt;trading session, when these points are established.&lt;br /&gt;As short-term traders, we also can tell when intermediate-term highs and lows are made. How?&lt;br /&gt;Simple, if the formation of a short-term high will confirm an intermediate-term high, which in turn&lt;br /&gt;confirms a long-term high, we can get in at some optimal turning points.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.10 shows how this can all be combined. By going above the high of the day marked at (A),&lt;br /&gt;we have formed a short-term low that is in turn higher than the prior short-term low. This means the low at&lt;br /&gt;(B) is a longterm low and we can be buying at the start of an up leg in what is some type of long-term&lt;br /&gt;move.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1.10 Pork Bellies (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;22&lt;br /&gt;It is really all about nesting swings together, fitting the pieces of the puzzle into their proper place,&lt;br /&gt;to give us an understanding of the structure of market activity. The beauty is you can now identify, at&lt;br /&gt;all times and for all markets, whether the trend (based on price structure) is up or down and pick your&lt;br /&gt;points to get in and out.&lt;br /&gt;For years, I made a pretty good living using just the formation of these points as buy and sell&lt;br /&gt;entries. These points are the only valid support and resistance levels I have ever found. They are highly&lt;br /&gt;significant and the violation of these price points provides important information of trend and trend&lt;br /&gt;change. Thus I can use them for my stop-loss protection and entry techniques.&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 2&lt;br /&gt;It's a Question of Price and Time&lt;br /&gt;Like a circle being squared,&lt;br /&gt;Going round and round&lt;br /&gt;A wheel within a wheel&lt;br /&gt;Spinning a syncopated sound&lt;br /&gt;Creating cycles that we find Will o'wisps of our mind.&lt;br /&gt;All You Will Ever Need to Know about Cycles&lt;br /&gt;Our charts are a record of price activity over time the horizontal scale being time, the vertical scale&lt;br /&gt;representing price. An entire technical school is; devoted to the study of time, the cycle watchers. These&lt;br /&gt;good-thinking people count the number of minutes, hours, days, weeks, months, and years between high&lt;br /&gt;and low points in search for some master time cycle to tell us price will behave in the future as it has in the&lt;br /&gt;past. Being a somewhat sleek learner (an even slower unlearner), I spent almost 15 vears of my life trying&lt;br /&gt;to figure out these time cycles.&lt;br /&gt;I am still convinced there are cycles in the market. in fact three of them, but they are not time circles.&lt;br /&gt;The root of the problem of time cycle is, that there always seems to be a current, or dominant. cycle, that&lt;br /&gt;we can&lt;br /&gt;see on our chart right now. The rub is, another cycle is Always about to become dominant, overpowering&lt;br /&gt;the one we have just located and invested in.&lt;br /&gt;23&lt;br /&gt;24&lt;br /&gt;Although our first problem is cycle dominance, if there are such cycles, they change direction more&lt;br /&gt;often than a politician looking for votes. In the 1960s and early 1970s, the hope was that a combination of&lt;br /&gt;high-powered math and high-powered computers would solve this master cycle problem. It has yet to be&lt;br /&gt;done. Just what the heck cycle we should lay our bets down on at any given time is impossible to tell. But an&lt;br /&gt;even greater problem is the one of magnitude.&lt;br /&gt;The cycle crowd deals exclusively with time. But I have yet to find a banker who allows me to deposit&lt;br /&gt;days, weeks, or months! By that, I mean that a cyclist might ferret out a market low, say an 18 -year low, but&lt;br /&gt;price does not respond much to the upside, climbing up that vertical scale of dollars, the reward mechanism&lt;br /&gt;of the game. In theory, calling a major cycle low or high, if you could do it, would produce a move of some&lt;br /&gt;magnitude. But in the real world where I live and trade, that has seldom been the case; instead the cycle&lt;br /&gt;quickly faded. Sure, price stopped there-in time-and bobbled along for a few days or weeks, but there was&lt;br /&gt;not enough price magnitude for a profit.&lt;br /&gt;I will prove my point with an actual study of past price activity. Figure 2.1 shows the result of a test of&lt;br /&gt;a timing system for Soybeans. I fired up my computer, asking it to buy when a short-term moving average of&lt;br /&gt;price crossed above a longer term moving average. This is standard technical stuff. The only variable was&lt;br /&gt;time, the number of days in the moving average. Thus it is cycle impacted. A moving average is simply the&lt;br /&gt;average closing price for the last "X" number of days. There are no other variables, only time.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.1 Test of a timing system.&lt;br /&gt;Our first test was on Soybean prices from 4/29/75 through 1/1/87, and it looked at all possible&lt;br /&gt;combinations of short-term averages from 5 to 50 days against the longer term or second average from 10 to&lt;br /&gt;60 days.&lt;br /&gt;25&lt;br /&gt;The best result, during this time period shown here used a 5-day average against a 2 5-day average. This&lt;br /&gt;time-based "system" made $40,075 with 54 profitable trades out of a total of 153. Wow, have we&lt;br /&gt;discovered a money machine',&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.2 shows what would have taken place had we traded this system from 1/1/87 through&lt;br /&gt;4/23/98. The results are not promising. Whereas our accuracy at 31 percent winners on 163 trades has&lt;br /&gt;improved, we actually lost money, $9,100 to be specific and along the way suffered a drawdown (how&lt;br /&gt;much the system went against you before getting back in the black) of $2 8,612. Putting up $2 8,612 to lose&lt;br /&gt;$9, 100 is hardly a good wager, The average profit per trade was $-55. What happened to the original&lt;br /&gt;cyclical or time influence? Beats me!&lt;br /&gt;Reversing the process, I checked to see what two moving averages worked best in the second time&lt;br /&gt;period from 1/1/87 into April 23, 1998 (see Figure 2.3). The best combination was a 25-day moving&lt;br /&gt;average against a 30-day. This made $34,900 with a nice 59 percent accuracy. This system made S234 per&lt;br /&gt;trade and had a drawdown of $13,962. This too, is not a good bet.&lt;br /&gt;Applying the best case results back on the earlier data, out of sample, produced a loss of $28,725, as&lt;br /&gt;shown in Figure 2.4. Forward, backward., the time or length or cycle of the moving average that worked in&lt;br /&gt;one time period does not work in another time period.&lt;br /&gt;"Perhaps," you query, "The problem is not that time does not work but that Soybeans do not trend&lt;br /&gt;enough."&lt;br /&gt;What appears next is the best case study of a moving average crossover system on the British Pound, a&lt;br /&gt;very trending market. From 1975 to 1987, the best such crossover system was a 5-day average versus a&lt;br /&gt;45-day, making a most impressive $135 443&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.2 What might have happened.&lt;br /&gt;26&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.3 Testing another time period&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.4 Applying best case results&lt;br /&gt;The next time period, 1987 through 1997, the same system made money all right, $45,287 as Figure&lt;br /&gt;2.5 shows, but suffered a $29,100 losing spell! Not such a hot bet. The best crossover to use on this current&lt;br /&gt;set of 10year data was a 20/40, which cleaned up making $121,700, the problem is it only made $26,025 on&lt;br /&gt;the first time period and got tagged with a $30,000 drawdown. Sorry, the problem was not beans or the&lt;br /&gt;pound, the problem is that time based studies simply do not hold up. Using time exclusively as a&lt;br /&gt;consideration in speculation is one of the surer ways I know of getting a free pass to the poorhouse.&lt;br /&gt;Data BRITISH&lt;br /&gt;POUND 67/99&lt;br /&gt;Calc Dates 01/01/87 -&lt;br /&gt;01/01/98&lt;br /&gt;Num. Conv. P. Value Comm Slippage Margin&lt;br /&gt;FormatDrive:\Path\FileName&lt;br /&gt;-------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;26 4 $ 6.250 $ 50 $ 0 $ 3,000&lt;br /&gt;CSI C:\GD\BACK67\FO03.DTA&lt;br /&gt;ALL TRADES - Test 1&lt;br /&gt;Total net profit$45,287.50&lt;br /&gt;Gross profit$134,175.00 Gross loss&lt;br /&gt;$-88,887.50&lt;br /&gt;Total # of trades104 Percent profitable 31%&lt;br /&gt;Number winning trades 33 Number losing trades 71&lt;br /&gt;Largest winning trade $17,262.50 Largest losing trade&lt;br /&gt;$-4,575.00&lt;br /&gt;Average winning trade $4,065.91 Average losing trade&lt;br /&gt;$-1,251.94&lt;br /&gt;Ratio avg win/avg loss 3.24 Avg trade (win &amp; loss)$435.46&lt;br /&gt;Max consecutive winners 3Max&lt;br /&gt;consecutive losers12&lt;br /&gt;Avg # bars in winners 54 Avg # bare in losers 13&lt;br /&gt;Max closed-out drawdown $-29,100.00Max&lt;br /&gt;intra-day drawdown $-29,450.00&lt;br /&gt;Profit factor 1.50 Max # of contracts held 1&lt;br /&gt;Account size required $32,450.00 Return on account139%&lt;br /&gt;27&lt;br /&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.5 Using this system on the next time period.&lt;br /&gt;I have duplicated this study at various times, on wildly different sets of data and have yet to see the best&lt;br /&gt;cyclical-based approach to trading be even close to being the best in the next test on out-of-sample data.&lt;br /&gt;My advice is to forget cycles of time, they are the will-o'-the-wisp of Wall Street.&lt;br /&gt;There are cycles (maybe it is a pattern) to the way price moves that you can quickly see on any chart,&lt;br /&gt;any time frame, any market, any country in the world where I have traded. Once you understand these&lt;br /&gt;patterns, you will be better able to align yourself with where prices will most likely go.&lt;br /&gt;Over the years, I have codified and identified three cycles and now refer to them as (1) small&lt;br /&gt;range/large range, (2) moving closes within ranges, and (3) closes opposite openings.&lt;br /&gt;It is time for your first lesson in chart reading; we will begin with a study of changing ranges. When I&lt;br /&gt;refer to ranges what I am talking about is the total distance traveled by a stock or commodity in a day, week,&lt;br /&gt;month, year, it could even be in one minute. Think of range as the price distance traveled in whatever time&lt;br /&gt;period you are using. For all three cycles you will learn, the rules work equally well in any time frame. The&lt;br /&gt;rules I have uncovered are universal to markets as well as time frame references.&lt;br /&gt;The Natural Cycle of Range Change&lt;br /&gt;On any given day, the range of price in a commodity can do anything. That is what causes so much&lt;br /&gt;chartist confusion. But over any time period you want to study, you will notice a clear-cut, precise cadence&lt;br /&gt;to range activity.&lt;br /&gt;28&lt;br /&gt;At all times, all markets, ranges fluctuate from-and this is critical-a series of small ranges to a cluster of&lt;br /&gt;large ranges.&lt;br /&gt;The cycle continues repeating itself year in and year out; small ranges are followed by large ranges,&lt;br /&gt;large ranges are followed by small ranges. This is clockwork, this is the basic key to profitable short-term&lt;br /&gt;trading.&lt;br /&gt;This seemingly obvious cycle is so powerful and important to us because speculators must have price&lt;br /&gt;change to make money. The greater the change, the greater the potential for profit. If there is no, or little,&lt;br /&gt;price change, a speculator is simply stuck in the mud as price fails to trend.&lt;br /&gt;That is why short-term traders need explosive price moves over a few hours or days. Without this, we&lt;br /&gt;will wither on the vine. Got it? I hope so, because here comes the fascinating part. What usually attracts the&lt;br /&gt;public or uninformed to a market is large price change. They, usually incorrectly, think the current large&lt;br /&gt;change will continue.&lt;br /&gt;You now know better.&lt;br /&gt;Large ranges give way, most often, to small ranges. Your objective is to establish a position in advance&lt;br /&gt;of large price change. It is a classic sucker play to see a market that has been hot, with large ranges for a day&lt;br /&gt;or two, pull in the public just before a sideways or congestion move. Most short-term traders are losers. The&lt;br /&gt;reason they are is that they go from one hot market to the next because they have no understanding of how&lt;br /&gt;the drunken sailor swaggers, how prices move across the great wasteland of their chart books.&lt;br /&gt;On the other hand, we who are the knowledgeable few, play just the opposite game. We look for&lt;br /&gt;markets that have been volatile in the past and are known for large daily ranges, but have recently produced&lt;br /&gt;small daily ranges because we know a large-range day is out there not too far away!&lt;br /&gt;You can eliminate the madness of charts by laying low on the sidelines, carefully waiting until ranges&lt;br /&gt;have dwindled, dried up. Once that part of the natural cycle is about over, it is time for short-term fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;By the same token, large-range days tell us we may soon get stuck in the mud of small ranges where we&lt;br /&gt;cannot make money. This is certainly no time to overstay our welcome. Let me prove this point with some&lt;br /&gt;charts. Figure 2.6 shows gold in the September 1997 to January 1998 time frame.&lt;br /&gt;Do yourself a big favor. Mark off all the large-range days you see in this time period. Then study the&lt;br /&gt;size of the ranges just prior to these explosive up-and-down days. See what I see? We were given ample&lt;br /&gt;warning of virtually every large-range day by the shrinkage of ranges a few days earlier.&lt;br /&gt;Voila! We are on the edge of a major market discovery here. I know-I have not yet told you how to tell&lt;br /&gt;in which direction these ranges will take off, but don't get ahead of the teacher. For now study every chart&lt;br /&gt;you can so that you can imprint on your brain, your very speculative spirit, the first undeniable short-term&lt;br /&gt;truth of the market:&lt;br /&gt;Small ranges beget large ranges. Large ranges beget small ranges.&lt;br /&gt;29&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.6 Comex Gold (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Look at Figure 2.7, which shows the always volatile S&amp;P 500 from October 1991 through January&lt;br /&gt;1992. Grab a pencil, mark off the days with smallest ranges on the chart and then note what happened&lt;br /&gt;shortly thereafter ... a large-range day or two or even three, then a contraction of ranges, small to big, big to&lt;br /&gt;small-on and on it goes as it always has. Always will.&lt;br /&gt;Our next study in speculative technique is that of Coffee (Figure 2.8), a fast-paced market, ripe with&lt;br /&gt;opportunity for the trader with an understanding of the truth. Again, mark off the small-range days, then&lt;br /&gt;observe what follows: large-range days when we can make money while the public gets all lathered up about&lt;br /&gt;these days hopping aboard only to lose patience as the ranges contract into decaffeinated days and the&lt;br /&gt;supposed opportunity evaporates. Just about the time most of the public has been bored out of their positions&lt;br /&gt;... zingo! ... away go prices, switching gears back to large ranges.&lt;br /&gt;Finally, I'd like you to take a close and hard look at Figures 2.9 and 2.10, which are for markets not&lt;br /&gt;traded in the United States, the Australian Dollar and the Nikkei (the Japanese answer to the Dow Jones&lt;br /&gt;Industrial average).&lt;br /&gt;If you are still not convinced that we have uncovered a major cycle to price movement-a cycle without&lt;br /&gt;time-I am next presenting three charts of&lt;br /&gt;30&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.7 S&amp;P 500 Index (daily bars). Graphed by the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.8 Coffee (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;31&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.9 Australian Dollar (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.10 Nikkei Stock Index (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;32&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.11 S&amp;P 500 Index (5-minute bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.12 S&amp;P 500 Index (30-minute bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;33&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.13 S&amp;P 500 Index (60-minute bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;the S&amp;P 500 (see Figures 2.11, 2.12, and 2.13). In Figure 2.11, each bar reflects the high, low, and close of&lt;br /&gt;every 5-minute time period for two days, chosen at random. As you can see in almost a glance, the large bars&lt;br /&gt;are preceded by smaller bars. Figure 2.12 shows the use of a 30-minute bar to capture the markets swings&lt;br /&gt;for a full week. Again the facts speak for themselves, virtually every long-range bar, the only place we&lt;br /&gt;short-term traders make our money, has been set up by one or a series of small ranges. Figure 2.13 is based&lt;br /&gt;on hourly bars and again the phenomenon is present. It takes no tea reader or mumbo jumbo spin-doctor to&lt;br /&gt;hype or stretch these facts. What's there is there, always has been and always will be-we are continually&lt;br /&gt;alerted to those moneymaking, large-range bars by the early warning of small ranges.&lt;br /&gt;The Importance of the Open to Low or High of the Day&lt;br /&gt;Here is the second absolute truism about large-range days, those big blast-off days we short-termers&lt;br /&gt;simply must have to come out ahead; large-range up close days usually open close to the low and close on&lt;br /&gt;the high. Large-range down close days open around the high of the day and close near the low.&lt;br /&gt;This means you must take two things into consideration in your trading. The first is that if we are&lt;br /&gt;"aboard" a day that we think will be a&lt;br /&gt;34&lt;br /&gt;large-range up day do not look for a buying point very far below the open. As I said, large-range up days&lt;br /&gt;seldom trade very much below the opening price of the day. This means you must not look for much of a&lt;br /&gt;buying opportunity below the opening price.&lt;br /&gt;By the same token, if you think you have a tiger by the tail-the possibility of a large-range day-and&lt;br /&gt;price dips very much below the opening the probability of a large-range up close is greatly reduced.&lt;br /&gt;This is a major insight into profitable short-term trading. Do not blow it off. Here are several studies to prove&lt;br /&gt;the validity of this concept. Figure 2.14 shows on the horizontal scale the distribution of the difference from&lt;br /&gt;the opening to the close of all days in Treasury Bonds from 1970 to 1998.&lt;br /&gt;The vertical scale reflects the net change for all days, that is, the open minus the close. The fewer price points&lt;br /&gt;below the open (the zero horizontal line) and the closer those price points are to the zero line, the more days&lt;br /&gt;there are with positive-and large-open-to-close patterns. As you read the scale moving to the right, the farther&lt;br /&gt;below the zero line the price points are. The fewer positive price points we see above the zero line.&lt;br /&gt;Looking on the left side of this chart we see that large-range profitable&lt;br /&gt;closes seldom have large open minus close values. This trend is clear as the mass of data slants from left to&lt;br /&gt;right, that is, the profitable side of trading.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.14 Distribution of dollar value of open to close versus (open-low)&lt;br /&gt;as percentage of yesterday's range-T-Bonds.&lt;br /&gt;35&lt;br /&gt;The large opens to closes are pulled down by large opens to lows. This is also convincing proof&lt;br /&gt;the markets are not random. If they were, the distributions of highs minus opens, would be the same as&lt;br /&gt;opens minus the lows. This data, as simple as it might seem, reveals a powerul fundamental truth of&lt;br /&gt;becoming a successful speculator.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.15 shows three different lines; the top one represents the probability that the close will be&lt;br /&gt;greater than the open, dependent on the bottom scale of the open minus the low. At the point I have&lt;br /&gt;marked, the data tell us that about 87 percent of the time we will close above the open if the dip from&lt;br /&gt;the open to the low is less than 20 percent of the day's range.&lt;br /&gt;The next line coming down the chart only deals with days that the distance from the open to the&lt;br /&gt;close would have made a trader more than $500. At the point I have marked on this line, we see that&lt;br /&gt;about 42 percent of the time we closed above the open by an amount making $500 or more if we did&lt;br /&gt;not take more than a 10 percent dip below the opening. Finally, the third and bottom line represents&lt;br /&gt;days that closed with more than $1,000 of profits above the opening. These are the biggest range days&lt;br /&gt;in the bond market.&lt;br /&gt;At the point marked, we see that 15 percent time, we get these huge blast-off days if there is a dip&lt;br /&gt;less than 10 percent.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.15 Probability of dollar value of open to close versus (open-low)&lt;br /&gt;as percentage of yesterday's range-T-Bonds.&lt;br /&gt;36&lt;br /&gt;BY the same token, there is an almost zero chance of getting a large blast-off close above the opening if&lt;br /&gt;price has dipped 70 percent to 80 percent below the opening.&lt;br /&gt;This is true of all three lines; again telling us the greater the price swings below the open, the less of a&lt;br /&gt;chance we have of a positive open to close. This proves my rules:&lt;br /&gt;1. Don't try to buy big dips below the open on expected up close days.&lt;br /&gt;2. If long and prices fall much below the open on expected big up close days, "get out."&lt;br /&gt;3. Don't try to sell big rallies above the opening on expected large down days.&lt;br /&gt;4. If short and prices rally much above opening on expected large down days, "get out."&lt;br /&gt;Don't try to argue with these statistics, they are the laws of gravity controlling how stock and&lt;br /&gt;commodity prices move. The tabulations shown here can be replicated in any freely traded market, thus&lt;br /&gt;representing a universal truth of how, on average, trading transpires during any given day. Yes, you will&lt;br /&gt;occasionally see large-range days that work both sides of the opening, but that is the exception, not the norm.&lt;br /&gt;The averages are against bucking this law. As a trader, I want as much going for me as I can. My winning&lt;br /&gt;trades don't come from luck, they come from having the tables tilted in my favor.&lt;br /&gt;Where the Trend Is with You-The Second Power Play Price Pattern&lt;br /&gt;Is the market in an up- or downtrend? Will prices most likely go up or down from here? Indeed, is there&lt;br /&gt;anything that might help us understand what is in store for future price activity? These are big questions, the&lt;br /&gt;answers the uninformed and those unwilling to think and study, have failed to find since trading began.&lt;br /&gt;just as we have learned that, generally speaking, small ranges set up large ranges, there is another&lt;br /&gt;fundamental design to the way prices of stocks and commodities move across the march of time in any&lt;br /&gt;country, any time frame.&lt;br /&gt;Thus we begin your first lesson in understanding trend analysis in the marketplace. The basic principle&lt;br /&gt;is that as prices move from a low to a high there is a shift from where the close is in each day's range.&lt;br /&gt;Remember, it makes no difference whether we are using 5-minute, hourly, or weekly charts. The same rule&lt;br /&gt;applies.&lt;br /&gt;37&lt;br /&gt;As a market low is made the close of the day, or time period, is right at or very close to the low of that day's&lt;br /&gt;range. Then seemingly out of nowhere, a rally begins, and as this rally unfolds, there is a marked&lt;br /&gt;relationship change. The change is that the further along this uptrend matures, the higher the close will be on&lt;br /&gt;the daily bars. Figure 2.16 presents a stylized view of this relationship change.&lt;br /&gt;Markets bottom with price closing on the low of the daily range, while they top out when closes are at&lt;br /&gt;or near the high of the daily range.&lt;br /&gt;The uninformed think "smart money" comes into the market with buying thus reversing the trend.&lt;br /&gt;Nothing could be further from the truth. As MY long-time friend Tom DeMark says, "Markets don't&lt;br /&gt;bottom because of an influx of buyers, they bottom because there are no more sellers."&lt;br /&gt;We can look at this relationship of buyers to sellers at work on virtually every day or bar that takes&lt;br /&gt;place. My operating rule, which I first wrote about in 1965, is that sellers in any time period are represented&lt;br /&gt;by the price swing from the high of the day to the close, while buying is represented by the close&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.16 The relationship changes as a rally occurs.&lt;br /&gt;38&lt;br /&gt;minus the low. My point is that the distance price closes off the low tells us the power of the buyers, the&lt;br /&gt;distance from the high to the close illustrates the impact sellers had on prices.&lt;br /&gt;This understanding came from the work I did in trying to understand the OBV (On Balance Volume) charts&lt;br /&gt;Joe Miller and Don Southard were keeping at Dean Witter. Back then, traders, or just old duffers looking for&lt;br /&gt;a free cup of coffee and a place to chat, would sit around looking at the flow of prices on the ticker tape, a&lt;br /&gt;trade-by-trade display of each trade made during the day.&lt;br /&gt;There were two noteworthy old codgers, Jack and Murray, who appeared daily to dispense their&lt;br /&gt;wisdom of the ages. Since they had been around longer than us, we hung on to their every word. Murray, the&lt;br /&gt;older of the two, had been a board room marker boy during the crash of 1929 and frequently recounted how&lt;br /&gt;he had marked down the price of the stock of Bank of America exactly 100 points on the first day of the&lt;br /&gt;crash! You could just see young Murray at the boards, writing down, in chalk the last price B of A traded at,&lt;br /&gt;then erasing to replace that value with a lower one. Murray said the biggest price mark down was 23 points&lt;br /&gt;from one trade to the next!&lt;br /&gt;His story fit right in with the other oldsters' redundant favorite saying, which still rings in my ears.&lt;br /&gt;Jack would tell us at least once a day, "What you don't want to do is catch falling daggers," and then he&lt;br /&gt;would add, "You wait until they stick in the floor and stop quivering, then and only then do you pick them&lt;br /&gt;up. That's the best lesson I've learned in over 50 years of watching people lose money."&lt;br /&gt;For short-term traders, I took this to mean that I should not try to buy market sell-offs, should not stand in the&lt;br /&gt;way of freight trains. I lost lots of money thinking I could tell when price had "bottomed" and would turn&lt;br /&gt;around for the day. My early trading accounts are pretty convincing proof that I could not perform that&lt;br /&gt;magic.&lt;br /&gt;I eventually learned not to try to pick tops and bottoms, but it wasn't until years later that I fully understood&lt;br /&gt;what was really going on in the market and how I could take advantage of this market truth. My account&lt;br /&gt;balance had convinced me of the folly of buying abject weakness but I did not know why. I do now.&lt;br /&gt;The next chart should make this lesson in speculation come alive for you, so you don't have to waste time or&lt;br /&gt;money learning the way I did. Figure 2.17 illustrates how prices traded during an actual market day in&lt;br /&gt;Coffee; on the right-hand side, the chart shows the way the bar for the full day appeared.&lt;br /&gt;Price opened, dipped to a low, rallied to make the high of the day, then got hit by selling until the close. You&lt;br /&gt;have been aware that every day there is a battle between buyers and sellers; now you know how and where to&lt;br /&gt;look for the buyers and sellers. More importantly, you have learned about shifting&lt;br /&gt;39&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.17 Coffee (15-minute bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;relationships: that the higher the close is on a bar the closer we are to a top, while the lower the close is&lt;br /&gt;on a bar, the closer we are to a bottom. Here are two of my rules:&lt;br /&gt;1. Most all market highs can be found to occur at or shortly after a market closes right on the&lt;br /&gt;high of the day.&lt;br /&gt;2. Most all market lows can be found at or shortly after a market closes right on the low of the&lt;br /&gt;day.&lt;br /&gt;Got it? Good, now let's look at actual examples of my theoretical concept at work. I will begin&lt;br /&gt;with Figure 2.18, a chart of the Treasury Bond market from 1992. Look at the price turns, which are&lt;br /&gt;pretty easy to see, then focus on the terminal high and low days, at or just before, the end of each upand&lt;br /&gt;downswing. See it? There it is, the end of the uptrend could be foretold by the mere fact the daily&lt;br /&gt;closes were near the highs of the day, the lows, or end of the downtrend, foretold by closes near the low&lt;br /&gt;of the day.&lt;br /&gt;This is not an isolated occurrence, nor is it limited to daily charts, as the next few examples will&lt;br /&gt;show. Figures 2.19 through 2.23 show, in sequence, a 15-minute chart of the S&amp;P 500, then an hourly&lt;br /&gt;chart, a daily chart, a weekly chart, and finally a monthly chart. In each instance, you&lt;br /&gt;40&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.18 Day T-Bonds (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.19 S&amp;P 500 Index (1 5-minute bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;41&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.20 S&amp;P 500 Index (60-minute bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.21 S&amp;P 500 Index (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;42&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.22 S&amp;P 500 Index (weekly bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.23 S&amp;P 500 Index (monthly bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;43&lt;br /&gt;will note these same repetitive phenomena. The closer the daily close is to the high of a bar, especially if&lt;br /&gt;there are several such bars together, the closer we are to a market high.&lt;br /&gt;Market lows, in all time frames are just the reverse: the closer the closes of the bars are to the low then&lt;br /&gt;the closer we are to a market upturn. This is market reality; this is how the world of speculation works,&lt;br /&gt;always has, always will.&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3&lt;br /&gt;The Real Secret to Short-Term Trading&lt;br /&gt;The "secret" is the shorter your time frame of trading the less, money you will make.&lt;br /&gt;Sad but true. Think about any investment you have ever been in. Did you make a killing in one day?&lt;br /&gt;And, if you were so lucky, how many times were you able to repeat it' Not many. That is because the&lt;br /&gt;universal rule of life. Of ain, is the same as the universal rule of speculation:&lt;br /&gt;It takes time for profits to grow.&lt;br /&gt;Successful traders know that a market can only move so far in 1 minute that a market can move&lt;br /&gt;further in 5 minutes, even more in 60 minutes and a heck of a lot more in a day or a week. Losing traders&lt;br /&gt;want to trade in a very short time frame and thus automatically limit their profit potential.&lt;br /&gt;By definition, they have limited their profits and kept an unlimited loss scenario. It is no wonder so&lt;br /&gt;many have done so poorly at this of short-term trading. They have boxed themselves into a no-win situatio&lt;br /&gt;under the guise, often promoted by brokers or system sellers. That money can be made calling market highs&lt;br /&gt;and low’s during the day. The merit is bolstered with the seemingly rational statement that by tading within&lt;br /&gt;just one day and never holding anything overnight. you cannot be exposed to news or major changes; thus&lt;br /&gt;you limit your risk.&lt;br /&gt;45&lt;br /&gt;46&lt;br /&gt;That's flat-out wrong, for two reasons.&lt;br /&gt;First, your risk is under your control. The only control we have in this business is to set a stop-loss&lt;br /&gt;point, a level at which we exit the trade, all trades. Yes, a market could gap beyond your stop the following&lt;br /&gt;morning, but that is a rare experience, and even then we are still able to limit our loss with our stop-loss and&lt;br /&gt;absolute willingness to get out of losing trades. Losers hold on to losses, winners don't.&lt;br /&gt;Once you establish a position with stops, you can only lose about that much money. No matter when or&lt;br /&gt;how you got into the trade, your stop limits your risk. Your risk is the same if you buy at an all-time new&lt;br /&gt;market high, or low.&lt;br /&gt;Not holding overnight limits the amount of time your investment has to grow. While sometimes the&lt;br /&gt;market will open against you, if we are on the right track even more of the time the market will open in our&lt;br /&gt;favor.&lt;br /&gt;More importantly, by ending our trading at the end of the day, or worse yet at some artificial cutoff&lt;br /&gt;point such as a 5- or 10-minute chart, we have drastically limited the potential for profits. Remember I said&lt;br /&gt;the difference between losers and winners is losers hold on to their losses? Another difference is that&lt;br /&gt;winners hold onto their winning positions while losers get out "too early." It is almost as if losers can't stand&lt;br /&gt;being in a winning trade. they are so damn happy to get a winner, they bail out of it far too early (usually, by&lt;br /&gt;getting out during the day of entry).&lt;br /&gt;You will never make big money until you learn to hold on to your winners, and the longer you hold the&lt;br /&gt;more potential you have for making a profit. Successful farmers don't plant a crop and then dig it up every&lt;br /&gt;few minutes to see how it is doing. They let it germinate, let it grow. We traders could learn a great deal&lt;br /&gt;from this natural process of growth. Our success as traders is no different; it takes time to create winners.&lt;br /&gt;It Is All about Time&lt;br /&gt;What I have just told you is an absolute unequivocal investment truth. It takes time to make money&lt;br /&gt;regardless of the activity. Thus short-term traders, by very definition, are limiting their opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;The fallacy of day traders is their belief that they can actually call the short-term swings of the market,&lt;br /&gt;tell where price is going the vast majority of the time, predict the highs and lows as well as the precise time&lt;br /&gt;markets will top and bottom. Sorry to tell you this, folks, but it cannot be done with any consistency. It is a&lt;br /&gt;day trader's dream, a pipe dream at that.&lt;br /&gt;But don't give up hope, my years of market analysis and trading have revealed one fundamental truth&lt;br /&gt;about market structure, which is the secret to making "short term" trading profitable.&lt;br /&gt;47&lt;br /&gt;By now you understand that (1) short-term swings are very difficult to predict; (2) we must limit&lt;br /&gt;losses; (3) as short-term traders, we will only do well when there is an explosive move in our favor; (4)&lt;br /&gt;time is an ally because we need time to create profits.&lt;br /&gt;To make significant money as short-term traders, we have to be able to sense how long the most&lt;br /&gt;profitable short-term swings usually last. This is not just a question of time, it is also one of price. Just as&lt;br /&gt;there are no straight paths to heaven, price can only go straight up, or down, to a certain point. The question&lt;br /&gt;I needed to answer was, What usually represents that balance of price and time? Note I said usually; many&lt;br /&gt;times, price swings will go further and take longer than you could ever imagine; and just as often, they&lt;br /&gt;falter and fizzle out just when you think you finally have outwitted the market.&lt;br /&gt;Keeping all this in mind, I am now going to reveal my biggest shortterm secret of trading to balance&lt;br /&gt;the trade-offs of price and time swings. This secret consists of two components:&lt;br /&gt;1. We only make money on large-range days.&lt;br /&gt;2. Large-range days usually close at or near the high, if an up day, the low if a down day.&lt;br /&gt;I am willing to let the fancy dancing day traders figure out the machinations of interday swings. I&lt;br /&gt;doubt they can do it, but even if they can, it is very hard, frustrating, and demanding work. Despite the two&lt;br /&gt;old codgers' knowledge of tape reading and years of market wisdom, they had no more ability to correctly&lt;br /&gt;call market moves from tape watching than any of the rest of us. We have gone from tape reading to quote&lt;br /&gt;machines, but the game, or myth is the same, and so is the degree of difficulty. It is pressure city to sit in&lt;br /&gt;front of a quote machine for 7 hours a day battling, guessing, and being proven wrong more often than not.&lt;br /&gt;About twice 1 year, I get talked into bankrolling some hotshot trader who thinks he or she can profit&lt;br /&gt;from these short-term swings. Let's see, two traders a year for 35 years, that's 70 times I should have&lt;br /&gt;learned the lesson I am teaching right here, right now. I just don't think it can be done. The only caveat I&lt;br /&gt;would put here is that it cannot be done with a system or mechanical approach. I have seen traders with a&lt;br /&gt;"feel" succeed at this, but that feel often deserts them and is something they cannot pass on to another&lt;br /&gt;person. Therein my work is different: you or anyone can repeat what I do.&lt;br /&gt;I place my trade knowing only one of three types of days will develop: a small-range day that will&lt;br /&gt;produce a small loss or gain; a day that reverses against my position; or a large-range day that, if I am on&lt;br /&gt;the correct side, means I will finish the day very near the high of an up day or the low of a down day.&lt;br /&gt;Although no one can predict what will be the high or low of a large-range day, I can predict that such days&lt;br /&gt;48&lt;br /&gt;will most often close at their extreme-thus there is no need to try to play any silly technical games of&lt;br /&gt;wiggling and waggling buying and selling during the day.&lt;br /&gt;I can prove my point about large-range days with the following charts. Figures 3.1 through 3.6 show&lt;br /&gt;different time periods of Copper, Cotton, Soybeans, Pork Bellies, Gold, and T-Bonds, a pretty wide diversity&lt;br /&gt;of markets. Carefully go through each chart, note the large-range days, and then notice where they opened&lt;br /&gt;and closed.&lt;br /&gt;In the vast majority of the large-range, up close days you should have noted that price opened near the&lt;br /&gt;low of the day and closed near the high. The down close, large-range days reveal just the opposite trading&lt;br /&gt;pattern; openings near the highs and closes near the low of the day.&lt;br /&gt;What this all means to short-term traders is that, to catch a winning&lt;br /&gt;trade, the most profitable strategy is to hold to the close.&lt;br /&gt;I cannot emphasize this enough. The most profitable short-term trading strategy I know and use is to&lt;br /&gt;enter the trade, place my protective stop, then shut my eyes, hold my breath, quit looking at the market, and&lt;br /&gt;wait to get out on the close. Or later! If I am lucky enough to get a large-range day I will&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.1 High grade copper (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;49&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.2 Cotton #2 (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.3 Soybeans (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;50&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.4 Pork Bellies (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.5 Comex Gold (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;51&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.6 Day T-Bonds (daily bars). Graphed by the "Navigator"&lt;br /&gt;(Genesis Financial Data Services).&lt;br /&gt;have captured a major move that can pay off the small-range days. If I try to dance in and out, I will&lt;br /&gt;invariably not make as much money as holding to the close. The truth is whenever I have tried fancy&lt;br /&gt;dancing, I have had to pay the piper a stiff fee.&lt;br /&gt;To further prove this point, Figures 3.7 through 3.9 show the results of a simple little system for trading&lt;br /&gt;the S&amp;P 500. The rule is simply to buy on the open every Monday if that open is lower than Friday's close.&lt;br /&gt;This is the start of short-term system building, so don't get enamored with the results or the system quite yet.&lt;br /&gt;My point here is to show you the tremendous advantage of knowing you can make more money if you hold&lt;br /&gt;until the close.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.7 depicts what most short-term traders want to do, make about $500 a day trading so the&lt;br /&gt;results reflect a stop of $3,000 (large, but that's what this volatile market requires) and an automatic $500&lt;br /&gt;profit. Although the accuracy is high at 59 percent, the speculator loses money ... $8,150 to be specific.&lt;br /&gt;The next set of data reflects all the same rules except a $1,000 target. This time we make money,&lt;br /&gt;$13,737, again on the same number of trades, 389, giving us a small average profit per trade of $35. I have&lt;br /&gt;deducted $50 for commissions (as all results shown in this book do). To make our $13,737, we were down&lt;br /&gt;$8,897 at one point, and had 55 percent winning trades.&lt;br /&gt;52&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.7 A trade with a $500 target.&lt;br /&gt;Finally, we are able to turn the corner and make money by following my basic rule of holding until the&lt;br /&gt;close and then exiting the position. What a difference, we actually clean up, banking $39,075 of profits,&lt;br /&gt;with a $100 average profit per trade, 3 times better than when taking an automatic $1,000 profit. Our&lt;br /&gt;drawdown, how much we had to lose during our worst run to make what we did, was less at $6,650; the&lt;br /&gt;$500 target trader had a $12,837 drawdown. The facts speak for themselves. Traders can argue all day long&lt;br /&gt;about what works and what does not work, but what you have just seen settles&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.8 A trade with a $1,000 target.&lt;br /&gt;53&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.9 A trade that follows the basic rule: $100 profit per trade.&lt;br /&gt;the argument for me. It is sitting tight, not trading in and out that will make for profits.&lt;br /&gt;I hold to the close, at least, for an exit point. Until someone can do the impossible, call all short-term&lt;br /&gt;fluctuations, there will be no better strategy for a short-term trader, as you will capture the large-range days&lt;br /&gt;where serious money is to be made. The only difference in the preceding results was how long the trade was&lt;br /&gt;held: the shorter the holding period, the less opportunity for profits. Never forget that rule.&lt;br /&gt;There is even more money to be made holding over, past the close, but that should be true if what I&lt;br /&gt;said earlier is valid, that it takes time for profits to accrue. As we discuss individual markets, I will give you&lt;br /&gt;more specific rules of how to further capitalize on this phenomenon of profitable trading.&lt;br /&gt;As final proof for my thesis, Figure 3. 10 shows the same system we just looked at, buying on&lt;br /&gt;Mondays when the market opens below Friday's close. But this time, we are going to hold the position in the&lt;br /&gt;first example until the next close; that is, the first close after our entry day or until we are stopped out,&lt;br /&gt;whichever comes first. The product of this strategy nets $68,312, making an additional $30,000 and&lt;br /&gt;increasing our net profit per trade by $7 1.&lt;br /&gt;Finally, look at Figure 3.11, which depicts holding for the close 6 days after entry or being stopped&lt;br /&gt;out. Following this strategy proves my point and should cure you of the notion that big easy money can be&lt;br /&gt;made catching small swings. We now make $71,600, almost doubling the exit on close results boosting our&lt;br /&gt;average trade up to a now respectable $251. Remember, the only difference in these results is how long we&lt;br /&gt;stayed in the trade, all the other rules are the same.&lt;br /&gt;54&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.10 Using timing to increase our profits.&lt;br /&gt;The legendary Jesse Livermore said it best, "It was never my thinking that did it for me, it was my&lt;br /&gt;sitting that made the big money. My sitting!"&lt;br /&gt;He added, "Men who can be right and sit tight are uncommon."&lt;br /&gt;What I am trying to get across to you is that catching the big swing (within the time frame you are&lt;br /&gt;trading) is the only way I have been able to make millions of dollars trading. I finally figured out that I had&lt;br /&gt;to let my profits run to be able to pay off the losses that are as natural to this game as breathing is to life.&lt;br /&gt;Losses will most absolutely come to you. That is a given,&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3.11 The timing makes all the difference.&lt;br /&gt;55&lt;br /&gt;it will happen, which gives rise to the obvious question, what can we do to offset these chunks out of our&lt;br /&gt;rear end? There are only two ways to overcome this negative, we must either have a very low percentage of&lt;br /&gt;losing trades and/or a substantially higher average profit than loss. Time, and time alone, will give you&lt;br /&gt;larger profits, not thinking, not fancy dancing, not trying to buy and sell every top and bottom. That is a&lt;br /&gt;fool's game. It is not a matter of opinion-it is provable, as the simple system presented in this chapter so&lt;br /&gt;clearly demonstrates.&lt;br /&gt;By now, you should have learned how the market moves, the three most dominant time cycles, and be&lt;br /&gt;developing a sense, or feel, for the underlying order in what appears to be chaos. But most of all, you&lt;br /&gt;should have learned to hold on to winners to the end of the time frame you are trading for. In my case, I'm&lt;br /&gt;trading for 2-to 5-day swings. Whenever my greed factors have convinced me to take a quick profit-or&lt;br /&gt;overstay my time period-I have paid dearly.&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 4&lt;br /&gt;Volatility Breakouts&lt;br /&gt;The Momentum Breakthrough&lt;br /&gt;Necessity may, or may not, be the mother of nvention, but for sure it is the fatber of taking chances.&lt;br /&gt;Momentum is one of the five concepts that can bring us short-term trading profits. It is what Newton&lt;br /&gt;was talking about when he said an object once Set in motion tends to stay in motion. So it is with stocks&lt;br /&gt;and commodities: once price starts to move, it will most likely keep going that direction. There are almost&lt;br /&gt;as many ways to measure momentum as there are traders. I will not delve into all of them, just the ones I&lt;br /&gt;have found to work, and the concept, I trade with. There are other approaches; any one with a fertile mind&lt;br /&gt;should be able to go past where I have. Mathematicians, this is the chapter where you can bring all your&lt;br /&gt;techniques, concepts, and formulas to play. This is where you have a distinct advantage over those of us&lt;br /&gt;limited to basic addition. multiplication, and subtraction.&lt;br /&gt;I doubt that anyone fully understood how the markets work until the mid-1980s. Sure, we knew about&lt;br /&gt;trend; about overbought and oversold markets; about a few patterns, seasonal influences, fundamentals,&lt;br /&gt;and the like But we really did not know what caused trend or, more correctly put. how it began and ended.&lt;br /&gt;57&lt;br /&gt;58&lt;br /&gt;We do now and it is time for you to learn this fundamental truism of price structure and movement.&lt;br /&gt;Trends are set in motion by what I call "explosions of price activity." Succinctly, if price, in one hour,&lt;br /&gt;day, week, month (pick your time frame for trend identification) has an explosive move up, or down, the&lt;br /&gt;market will continue in that direction until there is an equal or greater explosive move in the opposite&lt;br /&gt;direction. This has come to be known as an expansion in volatility and verbally captured by the phrase&lt;br /&gt;coined by Doug Brie "volatility breakout," based on my early 1980 work.&lt;br /&gt;It gets down to this, price has an explosive breakout, up or down, from a center point. That is what sets&lt;br /&gt;or establishes the trend. Thus we have two problems; first, what do we mean by an explosive breakout (how&lt;br /&gt;much of an up or down move), and second, from what point do we measure this expansion in price?&lt;br /&gt;Let's start with the beginning, what set of data should we use to measure the expansion?&lt;br /&gt;Since my working thesis is that we need a very quick explosion of price change I like to use daily range&lt;br /&gt;values-the difference between the day's high and close. This value shows how volatile the market has been&lt;br /&gt;each and every day. It is when this volatility increases out of recent proportion that trends change.&lt;br /&gt;There are several ways of taking this measure. You might use the average range for the last X&lt;br /&gt;number of days, various swing points,
